Hybrid System Overview

HEV (HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM / H2 PHEV (PLUG-IN ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM / H3 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE / H4 DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE / H25 HYBRID ENERGY FLOW / H31 PLUG-IN HYBRID ENERGY FLOW / H33 STARTING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (SMART KEY) / H37 COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE / H39 HEV (HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM

The Kia Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) uses both the gasoline engine and the electric motor for power. The electric motor is run by a 360V high-voltage HEV battery. Depending on the driving conditions, the HEV computer selectively operates between the engine and the electric motor or even both at the same time. Fuel efficiency increases when the engine is at idle, or when the vehicle is driven by the electric motor with the HEV battery. The HEV battery charge must be maintained for the times when the engine acts as a generator, such as when stopped at idle. Charging also occurs when decelerating or by regenerative braking.

Engine+ Electric motor Electric motor+Engine Motor or Motor Charging Engine OFF Startup/Low speed cruise Acceleration High speed cruise Deceleration Stop

ODEP057140L

H2 PHEV (PLUG-IN ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM

The Kia Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV) shares the characteristics of both a conventional hybrid electric vehicle and an all-electric vehicle. When used as a conventional hybrid electric vehicle, the HEV computer selectively operates between the engine and the electric motor or even both at the same time. When it is operating in the electric vehicle mode, the vehicle is driven only using the electric motor over a certain distance until the hybrid battery becomes low. The driving distance in EV mode depends on customer driving style and road conditions. Aggressive driving maneuvers may at times temporarily enable the engine to operate for maximum power. The hybrid battery can be fully charged by connecting a plug to an external electric power source. The engine can be turned on based on a number of factors such as heater usage and a frequent operation of the accelerator pedal by a driver in Charge Depleting mode.

CD (Charge Depleting) Mode CS (Charge Sustaining) Mode Charging Engine+Motor Electric motor Motor Engine+Motor or Motor Charging Battery charging Electric Vehicle Mode Start up/Low speed Acceleration High speed Deceleration 6 External charging

ODEP057141L

H3 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE

Charging Information The electrical outlet in your home Depending on the condition and • AC Charger: The plug-in hybrid must comply with regulations and durability of the high-voltage bat- vehicle is charged by plugging into can safely accommodate the tery, charger specifications, and a AC Charger installed in your Voltage / Current (Amps) / Power ambient temperature, the time home or a public charging station. (Watts) ratings specified on the required for charging the high-volt- (For further details, refer to the 'AC trickle charge. Use only as a back- age battery may vary. Charge'.) up charger. • Trickle Charger: For charging at • Trickle Charger: The plug-in hybrid home. Please note that the Trickle vehicle can be charged by using Charging Time Charger is slower than the AC Charger. household electricity. • AC Charger: Takes about 2 hours 15 minutes at room temperature (Can be charged to 100%.). Charging Types

Charging Inlet Category Charging Connector Charging Outlet Charging Method Charging Time (Vehicle)

AC Charger Approximately 2 hours installed in homes 15 minutes (to fully AC Charger or public charging charge the plug-in stations hybrid,100%) ODEPQ017018 ODEPQ017019 OJFHPQ016021L For charging at home. Trickle Please note that the Household current Charger Trickle Charger is slower than the AC Charger ODEPQ017018 ODEPQ017019 OAEEQ016024 • Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the high voltage battery may vary. • Actual charger image and charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer. H4 Charging Status Operation of Charging Connector Charging Indicator Charging Status AUTO/LOCK Mode Lamp (1) Charging in Turns on (Green) progress Not Charging or Turns off fully charged Slowly blinks Waiting for sched- (Green) and then uled charging turns off (repeat (turns off after 3 for 3 minutes) minutes) ODEP047020N Quickly You can check the charging status at blinks(Green) and Aux. Battery Saver ODEPQ017021 the outside of vehicle when charging then turns off + operating in You may select when the charging or using (it is not driving status) the (repeats during progress connector can be locked and high-voltage battery. operation) unlocked in the charging inlet. ➀ : Charging indicator lamp Press the button to change Slowly blinks (Red) Malfunction between AUTO mode and LOCK mode.

H5 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

When the Charging Connector • AUTO mode (button indicator on) : • AUTO mode : The connector locks is Locked The connector locks when charg- when charging and automatically ing starts. The connector unlocks unlocks when charging is complet- LOCK AUTO when charging is complete. This ed. Before charging O X mode can be used when charging ❈For more details, refer to the in a public charging station. “Charging connector AUTO/LOCK While charging O O If the connector does not unlock mode”. Finished charging O X automatically after the charging is ❈ Locking/unlocking the charging completed in AUTO mode, the con- door • LOCK mode (button indicator off) : nector will unlock when all the The charging door lock/unlock func- doors are unlocked. The connector locks when the tion works only when the following charging connector is plugged into conditions are satisfied with the the charging inlet. The connector is ❈ Charging connector charging door closed. locked until all doors are unlocked AUTO/LOCK mode If the unlock function does not work, by the driver.This mode can be used When the charging connector is use the emergency charging door to prevent charging cable theft. plugged into the charging inlet, the unlock method to unlock the charg- - If the charging connector is connector lock timing varies with the ing door. (For more details, refer to unlocked when all doors are modes selected by pressing the but- the “Unlock charging door in emer- unlocked, but the charging cable ton. gency”) is not disconnected within 10 sec- • LOCK mode : The connector locks onds, the connector will be auto- automatically when the charging matically locked again. connector is connected normally. - If the charging connector is unlocked when all doors are unlocked, but all doors are locked again, immediately, the connector will be automatically locked again.

H6 1. Conditions for lock : 2. Conditions for unlock : Scheduled Charging ➀ : When locking doors from out- ➀ : When unlocking doors from (if equipped) side the vehicle with the outside the vehicle with the • You can set reserved charging charging door closed. charging door closed. using the AVN. ➁ : When locking the driver’s door ➁ : When unlocking the driver’s Refer to the AVN for detailed infor- using a mechanical key door using a mechanical key mation about setting reserved ➂ : When locking doors using a ➂ : When unlocking doors using a charging. smart key smart key • Scheduled charging can only be ➃ : When pressing the door ➃ : When pressing the door done when using a AC Charger or lock/unlock button on the front lock/unlock button on the front the portable charging cable (ICCB: door outside handle while the door outside handle while the In-Cable Control Box). smart key is detected and smart key is detected and ❈AVN : Audio, Video, Navigation doors are unlocked doors are locked ➄ : When locking all vehicle doors ➄ : When unlocking all vehicle with the charging door closed. doors with the charging door (When locking doors with closed. (When unlocking doors functions such as spare key, with functions such as spare smart key, door lock button on key, smart key, door lock but- the outside door handle, cen- ton on the outside door han- tral door lock switch, auto door dle, central door lock switch, lock.) auto door lock.)

H7 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

• When scheduled charging is set, charging is not initiated immediately when the AC Charger or portable charging cable (ICCB: In- Cable Control Box) is connected. • If charging is required immediately, turn off the scheduled charge using the vehicle’s touchscreen or UVO eco smartphone application or press the vehicle's scheduled charge release button( ). ODEPQ017023 • When the scheduled charge is set, ODEPQ017022 • When scheduled charging is set the charge start time is calculated • If you press the scheduled charging and the AC Charger or the portable by itself. In some cases, charging deactivation ( ) button to immedi- charging cable (ICCB: In-Cable may start immediately after con- ately charge the battery, charging Control Box) is connected for necting the charger. must be initiated 3 minutes after the charging, the indicator lamp blinks charging cable has been connected. (for 3 minutes) to indicate that When you press the scheduled scheduled charging is set. charging deactivation ( ) button for immediate charging, the scheduled charge setting is not completely deactivated. If you need to completely deactivate the scheduled charge setting, use the AVN to finalize the deactivation. Refer to "AC Charge or Trickle Charge" for details about connecting the AC Charger and the portable charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box).

H8 Charging Precautions WARNING WARNING ■ AC Charger - Interference with electron- - Touching the charging ic medical devices connector When using medical electric Do not to touch the charging devices such as an implantable connector, charging plug, and cardiac pacemaker, make sure to the charging inlet when con- ask the medical team and manu- necting the charger connecting facturer whether charging your cable to the charging outlet and electric vehicle will impact the the charging inlet on the vehi- operation of the medical cle. Doing so may result in elec- devices. In some instances, electrocution. tromagnetic waves that are gen- OJFHPQ016021L erated from the charger can seriously impact medical electric WARNING WARNING devices such as an implantable - Public Electric Outlets cardiac pacemaker. - Fires caused by dust or Do not use old or worn out pub- water lic electric outlets to charge Do not connect the charging your vehicle. There may be a cable connector plug to the vehi- risk of fire and injury when cle if there is water or dust on the using old worn out public elec- charging inlet. Connecting while trical outlets. there is water or dust on the charging cable connector and plug may cause a fire or electric shock.

H9 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

• Comply with the following in order • Always keep the charging connec- to prevent electrical shock when WARNING - Charging tor and charging plug in clean and charging: cable dry condition. Be sure to keep the - Use a waterproof charger • Immediately stop charging charging cable in a condition where there is no water or moisture. - Make sure to not touch the charg- when you discover abnormal ing connector and charging plug symptoms (smell, smoke). • Make sure to use the designated when your hand is wet • Replace the charging cable if charger for charging the vehicle. the cable coating is damaged Using any other charger may - Do not charge when there is light- cause failure. ning to prevent electrical shock. • When connecting or removing • Before charging the battery, turn - Do not charge when the charging the vehicle OFF. connector and plug is wet the charging cable, make sure to hold the charging connec- • Be careful not to drop the charging tor handle. connector. The charging connector If you pull the cable itself can be damaged. (without using the handle), the • Always inspect the charging con- internal wires may disconnect nector terminals for damage or or get damaged.This may lead overheating. Do not use if dam- to electric shock or fire. aged, as this may damage the vehicle side charge connector and is not a warrantable repair. WARNING - Cooling fan Do not touch the cooling fan while vehicle is charging. When the vehicle is switched OFF while charging, the cooling fan inside the engine compartment or interior rear seat may automatically operate.

H10 AC Charge How to Connect to a AC Charger

■ AC Charger

OJFHPQ016021L ODEPQ017026 ■ AC Charger cable ODEPQ017025 4. Remove any dust on the charging connector and charging inlet. 1. Depress the brake pedal and 5. Hold the charging connector han- apply the parking brake. dle. Then, insert it into the charg- 2. Turn OFF all switches, move the ing inlet, until you hear a click shift lever to P (Park), and turn sound. If it is not fully connected, a OFF the vehicle. bad connection between the 3. After unlocking doors, open the charging connector and the charg- OAEEQ016028 charging door by pressing it. ing terminals may cause a fire. You can charge your vehicle by plug- ✽ ging into a public charger at a charg- NOTICE ing station. The charging door does not open the doors are locked/theft alarm system is armed.

H11 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) ✽ NOTICE • Charging is in progress only when the shift lever is in P (Park). Charging the battery with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position is possible. However, it may discharge the 12-V battery. Thus, if possible, charge the battery with the Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF position. • The charging process is interrupt- ODEPQ017027 ed temporarily when the shift lever ODEPQ017028L 6. Check if the charging cable con- is moved from P (Park) to Not P(R 7. After charging has started, the nection indicator of the high volt- (Reverse)/N (Neutral)/D (Drive)) estimated charging time is dis- age battery in the instrument clus- during charging. To resume(restart) played on the instrument cluster ter is turned ON. charging, move the shift lever to the for about 1 minute. It is also dis- P (park) position. Then, the charging played, when the driver’s door is Charging does not occur when the process is resumed(restarted). indicator is OFF. When the charg- opened with charging in progress. ing connector is not connected When scheduled charging is set, properly, reconnect the charging the estimated charging time is dis- cable to charge. played as “--" .

H12 Unlock Connector in Emergency Charging Status Operation of Checking Charging Status Charging Indicator Charging Status Lamp (1) Charging in Turns on (Green) progress Not Charging or Turns off fully charged Slowly blinks Waiting for sched- (Green) and then uled charging turns off (repeat (turns off after 3 for 3 minutes) minutes) ODEPQ017029 Quickly If the charging connector does not ODEP047020N blinks(Green) and Aux. Battery Saver unlock for some reason, open the You can check the charging status then turns off + operating in hood and slightly pull the emergency from outside of vehicle when charg- (repeats during progress cable as shown above. The charging ing the high-voltage battery. operation) door will then open. Slowly blinks (Red) Malfunction If the charging door does not opened immediately after pulling the emergency cable in press the charging door lightly and pull the emergency cable again.

H13 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

How to Disconnect a AC Charger If the connector does not unlock 1.The vehicle must be in the AUTO automatically after the charging is mode or the doors must be completed in AUTO mode, the con- unlocked in order to be able to dis- nector will unlock when all the connect the charging connector. A doors are unlocked. lock system prevents charger For more details, refer to “Charging cable disconnection when the vehi- Connector AUTO/ LOCK Mode” in cle's doors are locked. this chapter.

CAUTION CAUTION In order to disconnect the ODEPQ017031 When disconnecting the charging connector, do not try to dis- charging connector, unlock the 2.While holding the charging con- connect it by force while not doors to unlatch the charging nector, pressing the locking pressing the release button. connector lock system. If not, release button (1) and then pull it This may damage the charging the charging connector and the out. vehicle's charging inlet may be connector and vehicle charging damaged. inlet. To prevent charging cable theft, the charging connector cannot be disconnected from the inlet when the doors are locked. Unlock all doors to disconnect the charging connector from the inlet. However, if the vehicle is in the charging connector AUTO mode, the charging connector automatically unlocks from the inlet when charging is completed.

H14 ✽ NOTICE Trickle Charger • Keep the charging connector and (Portable Charging Cable) the charging plug clean and dry. The charging cable should also be kept dry. • Use an air gun to blow any foreign substances from the charging connector and the charging plug.

ODEPQ017032 3. Make sure to securely close the charging door. OAEEQ016042 Trickle charger can be used if AC WARNING Charger is unavailable. Do not modify or disassemble the charging cable compo- ❈➀: Plug and cable nents. Doing so may cause a ➁ : Control box (ICCB) fire or electric shock resulting ➂ in personal injuries. : Charging connector/cable

H15 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

How to Connect Portable Charging Cable (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box)

ODEPQ017025 ODEPQ017047 3. After unlocking doors, open the 4. Connect the plug to a household charging door by pressing it. electric outlet.

OJFHPQ016015N 5. Make sure that the power connection indicator (green) lights in the 1. Turn OFF all switches, move the control box. shift lever to P (Park), and turn OFF the vehicle. ✽ NOTICE 2. Depress the brake pedal and apply the parking brake. The charging door does not open when the theft alarm system is armed.

H16 ■ Charge

ODEPQ017049 ■ Vehicle connection ODEPQ017035 ODEPQ017027 8. Charging starts automatically and 9. Check if the charging cable con- the charging light blinks. nection indicator of the high voltage battery in the instrument cluster is turned ON. Charging does not occur when the indicator is OFF. When the charging connector is not connected ODEPQ017048 properly, reconnect the charging 6. Remove any dust on the charging cable to charge. connector and charging inlet. 7. Hold the charging connector handle. Then, insert it into the charging inlet, until you hear a click sound. If it is not fully connected, improper connection between the charging connector and the charging terminals are a potential fire hazard.

H17 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) ✽ NOTICE Unlock Connector in Emergency • The charging is in progress only with the shift lever is in P (Park). Charging the battery with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position is possible. However, it may discharge the 12-V battery. Thus, if possible, charge the battery with the Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF position. • Moving the shift lever from P (Park) to R (Reverse)/N(Neutral)/D ODEPQ017028L (Drive) stops the charging process. 10. After charging has started, the ODEPQ017029 To restart the charging process, estimated charging time is dis- move the shift lever to P (Park), played on the instrument cluster If the charging connector does not press the Engine Start/Stop button for about 1 minute. It is also dis- unlock for some reason, open the to the OFF position, and discon- played, when the driver’s door is hood and slightly pull the emergency nect the charging cable. Then, opened with charging in progress. cable as shown above. The charging connect the charging cable and When scheduled charging is set, door will then open. restart the vehicle again. the estimated charging time is dis- If the charging door does not opened played as "--". immediately after pulling the emergency cable press the charging door lightly and pull the emergency cable again.

H18 Charging Status Operation of Charge cable storage Charging Indicator Charging Status Lamp (1) Charging in Turns on (Green) progress Not charged or Turns off fully charged Slowly blinks Waiting for sched- (Green) and then uled charging turns off (repeat (turns off after 3 for 3 minutes) minutes)

ODEP047020N Quickly ODEPQ017033 You can check the charging status blinks(Green) and Aux. Battery Saver then turns off + operating in We recommend that the trickle from outside of vehicle when charg- charger cable should be put in a storing the high-voltage battery. (repeat during progress operation) age box after use.

Slowly blinks (Red) Malfunction

H19 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charging Cable

Control Box Indicator Details On : Power on Blink : Plug temperature sensor failure PLUG (Green) On : Plug high temperature protection Blink : Plug high temperature warning (Red) POWER On : Power on

Blink : Charging In power saving mode, only the CHARGE CHARGE indicator is illuminated.

FAULT Blink : Charging interrupted

Charging current 12A

CHARGE LEVEL Charging current 10A

Charging current 8A

Charging connector plugged (Green)

VEHICLE Charging (Blue)

Blink : Not charging (Red) H20 Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charging Cable

NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure

• Charging connector plugged into vehicle (Green ON) • Plug temperature sensor failure (Green blink) • Plug high temperature protection - Charging connector plugged into 1 (Red blink) 2 vehicle (Green ON) • Plug high temperature warning (Red ON)

Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

- Before plugging charging connector into vehicle (Red blink) - While charging • Abnormal temperature 3 • Charge indicator (Green blink) 4 • ICCB (In-Cable Control Box) failure • Vehicle indicator (Blue ON) Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

H21 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure

- Plugged into vehicle (Red blink) - After plugging charging connector • Diagnostic device failure into vehicle (Red blink) • Current leakage • Communication failure 5 • Abnormal temperature 6 Have your vehicle inspected by an Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized authorized Kia dealer. Kia dealer.

• Plug temperature sensor failure (Green blink) • Plug high temperature protection (Red blink) - Power saving mode 7 8 • Plug high temperature warning (Red ON) • 3 minutes after charging starts (Green blink) Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

H22 How to Disconnect the Portable Charging Cable (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) 1. Before disconnecting the charging connector, make sure the doors are unlocked. When the door is locked, the charging connector lock system will not allow disconnection. To prevent charging cable theft, the charging connector cannot be dis- disconnected from the inlet when the doors are locked. Unlock all ODEPQ017031 OJFHPQ016015N doors to disconnect the charging 2. While holding the charging con- 4. Disconnect the plug from the connector from the inlet. However, nector, pressing the locking household electric outlet. Do not if the vehicle is in the charging con- release button(1) and then pull it pull the cable when disconnecting nector AUTO mode, the charging out. the plug. connector automatically unlocks from the inlet when charging is 3. Make sure to securely close the 5. Close the protective cover for the completed. For more details, refer charging door. charging connector so that foreign to “Charging Connector material cannot get into the terminal. AUTO/LOCK Mode” in this chapter. 6. Put the charging cable inside the storage bag to protect it. CAUTION In order to disconnect the charging connector, unlock the doors to unlatch the charging connector lock system. If not, the charging connector and the vehicle's charging inlet may be damaged.

H23 CHARGING THE PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

Precautions for Portable • If the ICCB case and AC Charging • Charging with a worn out or dam- Charging Cable connector is damaged, cracked, or aged household electric outlet can (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) the wires are exposed in any way, result in a risk of electric shock. If • Use a portable charging cable that do not use the portable charging you are unsure about the condition is certified by Kia. cable. of a household electric outlet, have • Do not let children operate or touch it checked by a licensed electri- • Do not try to repair, disassemble, or cian. adjust the portable charging cable. the portable charging cable. • Keep the control box free of water. • Stop using the portable charging • Do not use an extension cord or cable immediately if the household adapter. • Keep the AC Charging connector or electric outlet or any components • Stop using immediately if failure plug terminal free of foreign sub- are overheating or you smell burn- warning light occurs. stances. ing. • Do not touch the plug and charging • Do not step on the cable or cord. connector with wet hands. Do not pull the cable or cord and do not twist or bend it. • Do not touch the terminal part of the AC Charging connector and the AC • Do not charge when there is light- Charging inlet on the vehicle. ning. • Do not connect the charging con- • Do not drop the control box, charg- nector to voltage that does not ing connector, or place a heavy comply with regulations. object on the control box. • Do not use the portable charging • Do not place an object that can cable if it is worn out, exposed, or generate high temperatures near there exists any type of damage on the charger when charging. the portable charging cable.

H24 DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE

Changing plug-in hybrid mode Plug-in hybrid mode message (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) • CD (Charge Depleting, Electric) mode : The high-voltage (hybrid) battery is mainly used to drive the vehicle. ODEPQ017016L • CS (Charge Sustaining, Hybrid) mode : The high-voltage (hybrid) battery and gasoline ODEPQ017015L engine are used ■ AVN screen ODEPQ017017L to charge the high Press [PHEV] on the [Home] screen ODEP057110 voltage battery or the [All menus] screen and the ■ EV/HEV Button (hybrid) and drive the vehicle. menus related to plug-in Pressing the [EV/HEV] button hybrid([ECO driving], [Energy infor changes the plug-in hybrid system A corresponding message is dis- mation], [EV range], [Charging set- modes, between Electric (Charge played to indicate the selected mode. tings], [Charging stations], [Gas sta- Depleting/CD) mode and Hybrid tions]) are displayed. (Charge Sustaining/CS) mode. For more information, please refer to Each time the mode is changed a the Multimedia System Manual that corresponding message is displayed was separately supplied with your on the instrument cluster as follows. vehicle.

H25 DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

Warning and indicator lights Hybrid system warning EV Mode Indicator light EV Ready Indicator This warning light illuminates: This indicator illuminates when the When there is a malfunction with the vehicle is driven by the electric motor. hybrid system. This indicator illuminates : In this case, have your vehicle When the vehicle is ready to be driven. Charging Cable inspected by an authorized Kia deal- - ON : Normal driving is possible. Connection Indicator er. (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) - OFF : Normal driving is not possible, or a problem has occurred. When the warning light illuminates - Blinking : Emergency driving. This indicator illuminates in red when while driving, or does not go OFF the charging cable is connected. after starting the vehicle, have the When the ready indicator goes OFF system inspected by an authorized or blinks, there is a problem with the Kia dealer. system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

H26 Coasting guide (if equipped) • User settings ✽ NOTICE A chime will sound and the coasting Press the Engine Start/Stop button Coasting guide is only a supplemen- guide indicator will blink four times to and put the shift lever in P(Park). In tal system to assist with fuel-efficient inform the driver when to take the foot the User Settings Mode, select driving. Thus, the operating condi- off from the accelerator by anticipat- Driving Assist, Coasting Guide, and tions may be different in accordance ing a decelerating event* based on then On to turn on the system. with traffic/road conditions (i.e. the analysis of driving routes and Cancel the selection of coasting driving in a traffic jam, driving on a road conditions according to the nav- guide to turn off the system. For the slope, driving on a curve). Thus, igation system. It encourages the explanation of the system, press and take the actual driving conditions driver to remove foot from accelerator hold the [OK] button. into consideration, such as distances pedal and allow coasting down the from the vehicles ahead/ behind, road with EV motor only. This helps • Operation conditions while referring to the coasting guide prevent unnecessary fuel consump- system as guidance. tion and increases fuel efficiency. To activate the system, take the following procedures. Enter your desti- nation information on the navigation ❈ Example of a deceleration event is and select the driving route. Then, going down an extended hill, slow- satisfy the following. ing down approaching a toll booth, and approaching reduced speed - The driving speed should be zones. between 37 mph (60 km/h) and 99 mph (160 km/h).

❈ The operating speed may vary due to difference between instrument cluster and navigation effected by tire inflation level.

H27 DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

Check Hybrid system Check Hybrid system. Refill inverter coolant This message is displayed when Do not start engine. This message is displayed when the there is a problem with the hybrid This message is displayed when the inverter coolant is nearly empty. control system. hybrid battery power (SOC) level is You should refill the inverter coolant. low. A warning chime will sound until Refrain from driving when the warn- In this case, have your vehicle inspect- the problem is solved. ing message is displayed. ed by an authorized Kia dealer. In this case, have your vehicle inspect- In this case, park the vehicle in a safe ed by an authorized Kia dealer. location and have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. Stop vehicle and check brakes This message is displayed when a Check Hybrid system. failure occurs in the brake system. Turn off engine Stop vehicle and check power Supply In this case, park the vehicle in a safe This message is displayed when location and have your vehicle there is a problem with the hybrid This message is displayed when a inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. system. The " " indicator will blink failure occurs in the power supply and a warning chime will sound until system. the problem is solved. In this case, park the vehicle in a safe Check brakes In this case, have your vehicle inspect- location and have your vehicle This message is displayed when the ed by an authorized Kia dealer. inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. brake performance is low or the regenerative brake does not work properly due to a failure in the brake system. In this case, it may take longer for the brake pedal to operate and the braking distance may become longer.

H28 Refuel to prevent Hybrid battery Remaining charge time Low/High System Temp. Damage (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) Switching to Hybrid mode This message is displayed when the The message is displayed to notify (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) fuel tank is nearly empty. the remaining time to fully charge the This message is displayed when the You should refill the fuel tank to pre- battery. temperature of the high-voltage vent hybrid battery damage. (hybrid) battery is too low or high. This warning message is to protect Charger Error! the battery and the hybrid system. Check Virtual Engine Sound (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) System This message is displayed when Switching to Hybrid mode to allow This message is displayed when there is a problem with the charger. heating (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) there is a problem with the Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS). • When the coolant temperature is Low/High System Temp. lower than 57 °F (-14 °C), and you In this case, have the system Maintaining Hybrid mode turn the climate control On for inspected by an authorized Kia deal- (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) heating, this message will be dis- er. This message is displayed when the played in the cluster. Then, the temperature of the high-voltage vehicle will automatically switch to (hybrid) battery is too low or too high. HEV mode. This warning message is to protect • When the coolant temperature is the battery and the hybrid system. higher than 57 °F (-14 °C), or you turn the climate control Off, the vehicle will automatically return to EV mode.

H29 DRIVING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

Wait until fuel door opens Fuel door open Unplug vehicle to start (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) This message is displayed when you This message is displayed when the This message is displayed when you attempt to open the fuel filler lid with fuel filler lid is opened. start the engine without unplugging the fuel tank pressurized. Wait until Also means "Ready to refuel". the charging cable. Unplug the the fuel tank is depressurized. charging cable, and then start the vehicle. ✽ Check fuel door NOTICE (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) • It may take up to 20 seconds to Maintaining Hybrid mode to con- This message is displayed when the tinue heating open fuel filler lid. fuel filler lid is open or an abnormal- (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) • When the fuel filler lid is frozen ity has occurred. and does not open after 20 seconds This message is displayed when at freezing temperature, slightly heat-ng is in operation and the HEV tap the fuel filler lid and then Charging Door Open mode is maintained to meet the attempt to open it. (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) heating operating conditions when This message indicates that the attempting to switch to EV mode by charging door is open. pressing the HEV button. (Driving with the charging door open may result in moisture inflow or dam- EV / HEV modes age. This message is used to prevent (Plug-in hybrid vehicle) such occurrences.) A corresponding message is displayed when a mode is selected by pressing the HEV button.

H30 HYBRID ENERGY FLOW

Kia hybrid system notifies the driver EV Propulsion Engine Only Propulsion of energy flow in various operating modes. Eleven Modes show the driver the current operating condition.

ODE046121N ODE046123N Electric power is used to move the Engine power is used to move the vehicle. vehicle. (Battery ➞ Wheel) (Engine ➞ Wheel)

Vehicle Stop Power Assist Engine Generation

ODE046120N ODE046122N ODE046124N The mode means the vehicle is at a Electric and Engine power are used Vehicle is stopped with the Engine complete stop. (There is no energy to move the vehicle. charging the hybrid battery. flow.) (Battery & Engine ➞ Wheel) (Engine ➞ Battery)

H31 HYBRID ENERGY FLOW (CONT.)

Regeneration Power Reserve Engine Generation/Regeneration

ODE046121N ODE046127N ODE046128N Hybrid battery is being charged by Engine is both driving the vehicle The engine and regenerative braking regenerative braking. and charging the hybrid battery. system is charging the hybrid battery (Wheel ➞ Battery) (Engine ➞ Wheel & Battery) through deceleration. (Engine & Wheel ➞ Battery) Engine Brake Engine Generation/Motor Drive Engine Brake/Regeneration

ODE046126N ODE046128N ODE046122N The vehicle is being slowed by The vehicle is being slowed by engine The engine compression can be engine compression. compression and regenerative brak- used to slow the vehicle. The regen- (Wheel ➞ Engine) ing. The hybrid battery is being erative braking system can be used charged by regenerative braking. to charge the hybrid system. ➞ ➞ (Engine Battery Wheel) (Wheel ➞ Engine & Battery)

H32 PLUG-IN HYBRID ENERGY FLOW

Kia hybrid system notifies the drivers EV Propulsion Engine Only Propulsion of energy flow in various operating modes. Eleven Modes show drivers the current operating condition.

ODEP047202N ODEP047204N Electric power is used to move the Engine power is used to move the vehicle. vehicle. (Battery ➞ Wheel) (Engine ➞ Wheel)

Vehicle Stop Power Assist Engine Generation

ODEP047201N ODEP047203N ODEP047205N The mode means the vehicle at stop. Electric and Engine power are used Vehicle is stopped with the Engine (There is no energy flow.) to move the vehicle. charging the hybrid battery. (Battery & Engine ➞ Wheel) (Engine ➞ Battery)

H33 PLUG-IN HYBRID ENERGY FLOW (CONT.)

Regeneration Power Reserve Engine Generation/Regeneration

ODEP047206N ODEP047207N ODEP047207N Hybrid battery is being charged by Engine is both driving the vehicle The engine and regenerative braking regenerative braking. and charging the hybrid battery. system charge the hybrid battery (Wheel ➞ Battery) (Engine ➞ Wheel & Battery) driving deceleration. (Engine & Wheel ➞ Battery) Engine Brake Engine Generation/Motor Drive Engine Brake/Regeneration

ODEP047208N ODEP047209N ODEP047210N The vehicle is being slowed by The vehicle is being slowed by engine The engine compression can be engine compression. compression and regenerative brak- used to slow the vehicle. The regen- (Wheel ➞ Engine) ing. The hybrid battery is being erative braking system can be used charged by regenerative braking. to charge the hybrid system. ➞ ➞ (Engine Battery Wheel) (Wheel ➞ Engine & Battery) H34 AUX. BATTERY SAVER+ (For Mode ✽ NOTICE Plug-in Hybrid, if equipped) • Cycle Mode : The Aux. Battery Saver+ activates The Aux. Battery Saver+ is a function When the vehicle is OFF with all for a maximum of 20 minutes. If the that monitors the charging status of doors, hood and liftgate closed, the Aux. Battery Saver+ function acti- the 12V auxiliary battery. Aux. Battery Saver+ periodically activates more than 10 times consecu- If the auxiliary battery level is low, the vates according to the auxiliary bat- tively, in the Automatic Mode, this main high voltage battery charges tery status. function will stop activating, judg- the auxiliary battery. ing that there is a problem with the auxiliary battery. In this case, drive • Automatic Mode : the vehicle for some period of time. ✽ NOTICE When the engine start/stop button is The function will start activating if The Aux. Battery Saver+ function will in the ON position with the charging the auxiliary battery returns to nor- be ON when the vehicle is delivered. If connector plugged in, this function mal. the function is not needed, you may activates according to the auxiliary turn it off in the Users Settings mode battery status to prevent over-dis- CAUTION charge of the auxiliary battery. on the LCD display. For more infor- The Aux. Battery Saver+ func- mation, refer to the "System setting" tion cannot prevent battery dis- on the following page. charge if the auxiliary battery is damaged, worn out, used as a power supply or unauthorized electronic devices are used.

✽ NOTICE If the Aux. Battery Saver+ function was activated, a message will be displayed on the instrument cluster and the high voltage battery level may have decreased.

H35 PLUG-IN HYBRID ENERGY FLOW (CONT.)

System setting LCD message The driver can activate the Aux. WARNING Battery Saver+ function by placing the engine start/stop button to the ON position and by selecting: "User Settings ➞ Other Features ➞ Aux. Battery Saver+"

ODEPQ017051 ODEP047473N This message is displayed when the The Aux. Battery Saver+ relies Aux. Battery Saver+ function has on the high voltage battery to been completed when the vehicle is charge the 12V battery. The turned ON. charging indicator lamp will blink However, if the LCD message pops rapidly when this is occurring. up frequently, have your vehicle`s To reduce the risk of electrical auxiliary battery or electric/electronic shock, do not touch any high components serviced by an author- voltage components (orange) or ized Kia dealer. other electrical devices while charging is occurring.

H36 STARTING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (SMART KEY)

Starting the Hybrid System • When the engine start/stop but- If the starting procedure is fol- ton is in the ACC or ON position lowed, the " " symbol on the 1.Carry the smart key into the vehicle. and if any door is open, the sys- instrument cluster will turn on. For 2.Make sure the parking brake is tem checks for the smart key. If more details, Please check chap- firmly applied. the smart key is not in the vehicle, ter 4. 3.Place the shift lever in the P(Park) the warning, "Key is not in vehi- position. cle" will come on, and if all doors In N (neutral) position, you cannot are closed, the chime will also start the vehicle. sound for about 5 seconds. The indicator will turn off while the 4.Depress the brake pedal. vehicle is moving. Keep the smart 5.Press the engine start/stop button. key in the vehicle when using the 6.The engine should be started with- ACC position or if the vehicle out pressing the accelerator. In engine is on. extremely cold weather or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days, let the engine warm up without depressing the accelerator. • Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, if it is far away from you, the engine may not start.

H37 STARTING THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (SMART KEY) (CONT.) ECONOMICAL and SAFE ✽ NOTICE OPERATION of Hybrid system When the hybrid system is in ready • Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a mode, the engine will automatically moderate rate and maintain a start and stop as needed. steady cruising speed. Don't make The " " symbol will illuminate in "jack-rabbit" starts. Don't race the cluster when the system is oper- between stoplights. ational. Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible. Always maintain a safe dis- CAUTION - Extended tance from other vehicles so you cranking can avoid unnecessary braking. This also reduces brake wear. Do not crank the engine for a prolonged period of time with- • The regenerative brake generates out the engine starting. This energy when the vehicle deceler- could result in damage to the ates. HEV battery and becoming • When the hybrid battery power is totally discharged. low, the hybrid system automatically recharges the hybrid battery. • When the engine runs in "N" position, the hybrid system cannot generate electricity. The hybrid battery cannot recharge in "N" position. Please refer to chapter 6.

H38 COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE

1. Engine : 1.6 L 5. HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit) 2. Motor : 32 kw (hybrid)/44.5 kw (plug-in hybrid) 6. High voltage battery system 3. Transmission : 6 DCT 7. Generative brake system 4. Hybrid starter generator (HSG) 8. Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS)

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. ODEP017006N

H39 COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

The Hybrid battery uses high voltage HPCU to operate the electric motor and WARNING - High voltage other components and other compo- components nents. High voltage is dangerous if Never touch orange or high touched. voltage labeled components Your vehicle is equipped with orange including wires, cables, and colored insulation which covers over connectors. If the insulators or the high voltage components to pro- covers are damaged or tect people from electric shock. High removed, severe injury or death voltage warning labels are attached ODEQ016002 from electrocution may occur. to some system components as addi- HEV Battery tional warnings. Have your vehicle serviced by an authorized Kia dealer. WARNING - Touching HPCU When replacing the fuses in the engine compartment, never touch the HPCU. The HPCU car- ries high voltage. Touching the HPCU could result in electrocu- ODEQ016003 tion, serious injury, or death.

H40 Motor CAUTION - High Voltage WARNING - After market Battery Damage battery charger When loading your vehicle, be Do not use an after-market bat- careful of transporting items in tery charger to charge the a manner that could damage the Hybrid battery. Doing so may high voltage battery. Do not result in death or serious injury. store items on top of the high voltage battery or overload the trunk area. Such actions may WARNING - High Waters ultimately damage the high voltage battery unit. • Avoid high waters as this may ODEQ016004 result in your vehicle becoming saturated with water and WARNING - Battery elec- could compromise the high CAUTION - Carrying trolyte voltage components. Liquids in Trunk As with all batteries, avoid fluid • Do not touch any of the high Do not load large amounts of contact with the Hybrid battery. voltage components within liquid in open containers in the If the battery is damaged and if your vehicle if your vehicle vehicle. If spilled onto the HEV electrolyte comes in contact has been submerged in water battery, the liquid may cause a with your body, clothes or eyes, equal to half of the vehicle short or further damage to the immediately flush with a large height. Touching high voltage battery. quantity of fresh water. components once submerged in water could result in severe burns or electric shock that could result in death or serious injury.

H41 COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

✽ NOTICE - Prolonged parking CAUTION - Cleaning WARNING - Use of Water Engine Prolonged parking might cause bat- or Liquids tery discharge and operation failure When you clean the engine com- If water or liquids come into due to natural discharge. Driving partment, do not wash using contact with the hybrid system the vehicle approximately once water. Water may cause electric components, and you are also every 2 months, more than 9 miles arcing to occur and damage elec- in contact with the water, severe (15 km) is recommended. The bat- tronic parts and components. injury or death due to electrocu- tery will be charged automatically tion may occur. when driving the vehicle.

WARNING - Exposure to High Voltage WARNING - Hot • High voltage in the hybrid bat- Components tery system is very dangerous When the hybrid battery system and can cause severe burns operates, the HEV battery system and electric shock. This may can be hot. Heat burns may result result in serious injury or death. from touching even insulated • For your safety, never touch, components of the HEV system. replace, dismantle or remove any portion of the hybrid battery system including components, cables and connectors.

H42 Safety plug Some Special Features of the WARNING - Safety Plug ■ Hybrid Hybrid Vehicle. Never touch the safety plug. Hybrid vehicles sound different than Safety plug is attached to high gasoline engine vehicles. When the voltage hybrid battery system. hybrid system operates, you may Touching safety plug may result hear a sound from the hybrid battery in death or serious injury. system behind the rear seat. If you Service personnel should follow apply the accelerator pedal rapidly, the appropriate procedures in you may hear a sound. When you the service manual. apply the brake pedal, you may hear a sound from the regenerative brake system. When the hybrid system is ODEQ016006 turned off or on, you may hear a ■ Plug-in Hybrid sound in the engine compartment. If you depress the brake pedal repeatedly when the hybrid system is turned on, you may hear a sound in the engine compartment. None of these sounds indicate a problem. They are characteristics of hybrid vehicles.

When the hybrid system is turned on, the engine may run. This does not ODEPQ017038 indicate a malfunction. If the " " symbol is on, the hybrid system is operating. Even if the gasoline engine is off, you can operate the vehicle.

H43 COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

The HEV system may emit electro- Virtual Engine Sound System magnetic waves which can affect the WARNING - Turning off (VESS) performance of electronic devices HEV system The Virtual Engine Sound System appliances, such as laptop comput- When you leave the vehicle, you generates engine sound for pedestri- ers, which are not part of the vehicle should turn off the hybrid sys- ans to hear vehicle sound because design. tem. If you depress the acceler- there is limited sound while electric ator pedal by mistake and the motor power is used. vehicle is not in the "P" posi- If you park the vehicle for a long time, • If the vehicle is moving at low tion, the vehicle will accelerate. the hybrid system will discharge. You speed, the VESS will operate. need to drive the vehicle approximate- This may result in serious injury • When the gear is shifted to R ly once every 2 months, more than 9 or death. (Reverse), an additional warning miles (15 km) is recommended. sound will be heard.

When you start the hybrid system in the "P" transmission position, the " " symbol is illuminated in the cluster. The driver can drive the vehicle even if the engine is stopped.

H44 High Voltage Battery Air Intake If An Accident Occurs Air Intake WARNING - • Avoid the engine compartment. • Blocking the air intake behind • Avoid making contact with any the rear seats may damage orange or high voltage wires, the HEV battery. cables, or components. • Do not allow any water into • Assume that a high voltage compo- the air intake even when nent is exposed and move away from cleaning. If any water enters the vehicle as promptly as possible. the air intake, the Hybrid battery may cause an electric • Refer to Chapter 7 for towing infor- shock which can cause seri- mation. ous injury or death due to electrocution. ODEQ016007 The hybrid battery air intake is located on bottom and side of the rear seats. The air intake cools down the WARNING hybrid battery. When the hybrid bat- - Interference with electron- tery air intake is blocked, the hybrid ic medical devices battery may be overheated. Do not Electromagnetic waves that are obstruct the air intake with any other generated from the charger can objects. impact medical electric devices such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker. When using such medical electric devices, ask your medical professional and the device manufacturer whether charging your electric vehicle will impact the operation of the medical electric devices.

H45 COMPONENTS OF THE HYBRID/PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.) • After parking the vehicle, shift the ✽ NOTICE If a vehicle accident occurs: transmission into "P" position. Turn • If a small scale fire occurs, use a 1.Stop the vehicle and shift the trans- off the hybrid system by pushing fire extinguisher (ABC, BC) that is mission into "P" position and then the Engine Start/Stop button. meant for electrical fires. depress the parking brake. • For your safety, do not touch high If it is impossible to extinguish the 2.Turn off the Hybrid system by voltage cables, connectors and fire in the early stage, remain a pushing the Engine Start/Stop package modules. High Voltage safe distance from the vehicle and Button. components are orange in color. immediately call your local fire 3.Step away from the vehicle and go • Exposed cables or wires may be emergency responders. Also, to a safe place. visible inside or outside of the vehi- advise them that a hybrid vehicle cle. Never touch the wires or is involved. 4.Call emergency services for help cables, because an electrical If the fire spreads to the high volt- and let them know the vehicle is a shock may occur causing injury or age battery, large amount of water Hybrid vehicle. death. is needed to put out the fire. Do not touch high voltage cables, Using small amount of water or connectors and package modules. fire extinguishers not meant for High voltage components are electrical fires could cause serious orange in color. injury or death from electrical Exposed cables or wires may be vis- shocks. ible inside or outside of the vehicle. • If you need towing, refer to chap- Never touch the wires or cables, ter 7. because an electrical shock may occur causing injury or death.

H46 When the hybrid vehicle shuts WARNING off WARNING - Vehicle Accident If a submersion in water occurs: When the high voltage battery or 12- If your vehicle was flooded and volt battery discharges, or fuel tank is Never touch electric wires or has soaked carpeting or water empty, the hybrid system may not cable. If exposed electric wires on the flooring, you should not operate. or cables are visible inside or outside of your vehicle, an elec- try to start the Hybrid system. If the Hybrid system stops operating tric shock may occur. Never touch the high voltage while the vehicle is moving, reduce cables, connectors and pack- the vehicle speed gradually, pull your age modules, because an elec- vehicle off the road to a safe area, trical shock may occur causing and shift the transmission in to Park WARNING - Putting out injury or death. High Voltage (P) position and; fire cables are orange in color. 1. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. Never use a small quantity of In this case, have the vehicle water to put out a fire in your towed to and inspected by an 2. Set the start button at OFF, and try vehicle. If a fire occurs, evacu- authorized Kia dealer. to start the Hybrid system by ate the car immediately and applying the brake pedal and contact the fire department. pushing the start button. 3. If the Hybrid system will not operate, refer to "EMERGENCY STARTING" in chapter 7. Before you try to jump start the vehicle, confirm the fuel level. If the fuel level is low add more fuel before attempting as emergency start.

H47 Kia, THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle. As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out.

This manual applies to all trims of this vehicle and includes images, descriptions, and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, some material in this manual may not be applicable to your specific Kia vehicle. Some images are shown for illustration only and may show features that differ from those on your vehicle.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia! Foreword

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle. The information and specifications provided in this manual When you require service, remember that your Kia dealer were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech- discontinue or change specifications or design at any time nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace- without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac- have questions, always check with your Kia dealer. tion. We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring Because subsequent owners require this important information pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle. as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold. This manual will familiarize you with operational, maintenance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is supplemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle. We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle. © 2018 Kia Canada Inc. Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic or for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any described in this manual, along with the various illustrations, information storage and retrieval system or translation in may not be applicable to your particular vehicle. whole or part is not permitted without written authorization from Kia Canada Inc.. Printed in Korea

i Foreword

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest You will find various WARNINGs, possible driving pleasure from your CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can manual. These WARNINGs were pre- assist you in many ways. We strong- pared to enhance your personal safely recommend that you read the ty.You should carefully read and follow entire manual. In order to minimize ALL procedures and recommenda- the chance of death or injury, you tions provided in these WARNINGs, must read the WARNING and CAU- CAUTIONs and NOTICEs. TION sections in the manual. Illustrations complement the words WARNING in this manual to best explain how to A WARNING indicates a situa- enjoy your vehicle. By reading your tion in which harm, serious bod- manual, you will learn about fea- ily injury or death could result if tures, important safety information, the warning is ignored. and driving tips under various road conditions. The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents. CAUTION Use the index when looking for a A CAUTION indicates a situation specific area or subject; it has an in which damage to your vehicle alphabetical listing of all information could result if the caution is in your manual. ignored. Sections: This manual has nine sections plus an index. Each section ✽ NOTICE begins with a brief list of contents so A NOTICE indicates interesting or you can tell at a glance if that section helpful information is being provided. has the information you want.

Introduction 1

Your vehicle at a glance 2

Safety features of your vehicle 3

Features of your vehicle 4 table of contents Audio system 5 Driving your vehicle 6

What to do in an emergency 7

Maintenance 8

Specifications & Consumer information 9

Index I Introduction

Fuel requirements ...... 1-2 1 • Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol...... 1-2 • Do not use methanol ...... 1-4 • Fuel additives...... 1-4 • Operation in foreign countries...... 1-4 Vehicle break-in process ...... 1-5 HEV/PHEV powertrain...... 1-5 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders. . 1-6 Introduction

FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new vehicle is designed to use Do not use gasohol containing more only unleaded fuel having a pump WARNING - Refueling than 15% ethanol, and do not use octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 • Do not “top off” after the noz- gasoline or gasohol containing any (Research Octane Number 91) or zle automatically shuts off. methanol. higher. (Do not use methanol blend- Attempts to force more fuel Either of these fuels may cause dried fuels.) into the tank can cause fuel vability problems and damage to the overflow onto you and the fuel system, engine control system Your new vehicle is designed to ground causing a risk of fire. and emission control system. obtain maximum performance with • Always check that the fuel cap Discontinue using gasohol of any UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini- is installed securely to pre- kind if drivability problems occur. mize exhaust emissions and spark vent fuel spillage, especially Vehicle damage or drivability prob- plug fouling. in the event of an accident. lems may not be covered by the Never add any fuel system cleaning manufacturer’s warranty if they result agents to the fuel tank other than from the use of: what has been specified. (Consult an Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol 1. Gasoline or gasohol containing authorized Kia dealer for details.) methanol. Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and • Tighten the cap until it clicks one 2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. time, otherwise the Check Engine ethanol (also known as grain alco- light will illuminate. hol), and gasoline or gasohol con- 3. Gasohol containing more than taining methanol (also known as 15% ethanol. wood alcohol) are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline.

21 Introduction

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com- Other fuels Use of MTBE prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si), Kia recommends avoiding fuels con- percent gasoline, and is manufac- MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl tured exclusively for use in Flexible (Fe), and Other metalic additives, Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati- may cause vehicle and engine dam- Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle. ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85” age or cause misfiring, poor acceler- Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% may result in poor engine perform- ation, engine stalling, catalyst melt- ance and damage to your vehicle's vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) ing, clogging, abnormal corrosion, may reduce vehicle performance and engine and fuel system. Kia recom- life cycle reduction, etc. mends that customers do not use produce vapor lock or hard starting. fuel with an ethanol content exceed- Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate. ing 15 percent. ✽ NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited ✽ ✽ NOTICE NOTICE Warranty may not cover damage to Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Damage to the fuel system or per- the fuel system and any perform- does not cover damage to the fuel sys- formance problem caused by the use ance problems that are caused by tem or any performance problems of these fuels may not be covered by the use of fuels containing methanol caused by the use of “E85” fuel. your New Vehicle Limited or fuels containing MTBE (Methyl Warranty. Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.) ✽ NOTICE Never use any fuel containing methanol. Discontinue use of any methanol containing product which may inhibit proper drivability.

13 Introduction

Gasoline containing MMT Fuel Additives Operation in foreign countries Some gasoline contains harmful man- Kia recommends that you use good If you are going to drive your vehicle ganese-based fuel additives Such as quality gasolines treated with deter- in another country, be sure to: MMT(Methylcyclopentadienyl gent additives such as TOP TIER • Observe all regulations regarding Manganese Tricarbonyl). Kia does not Detergent Gasoline, which help pre- registration and insurance. recommend the use of gasoline con- vent deposit formation in the engine. taining MMT. This type of fuel can These gasolines will help the engine • Determine that acceptable fuel is reduce vehicle performance and affect run cleaner and enhance perform- available. your emission control system. The ance of the Emission Control System. Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the For more information on TOP TIER cluster may come on. Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website (www.toptiergas.com) Do not use methanol For customers who do not use TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, Fuels containing methanol (wood and have problems starting or the alcohol) should not be used in your engine does not run smoothly, addi- vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce tives that can be purchased sepa- vehicle performance and damage rately may be added to the gasoline. components of the fuel system, engine control system and emission If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is control system. not available, one bottle of additive should be added to the fuel tank at every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or every engine oil change is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

41 Introduction

VEHICLE BREAK-IN HEV/PHEV POWERTRAIN PROCESS By following a few simple precautions No special break-in period is needed. for the first 1,000 km (600 miles) you By following a few simple precautions may add to the performance, econo- for the first 1,000 km (600 miles) you my and life of your vehicle. may add to the performance, econo- • Do not race the engine. my and life of your vehicle. • Avoid hard stops, except in emer- • Do not race the engine. gencies, to allow the brakes to seat • While driving, keep your engine properly. speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute) between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm. • Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine. • Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly. • Don't tow a trailer during the first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) of operation.

15 Introduction

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS This vehicle is equipped with an These data can help provide a bet- To read data recorded by an EDR, event data recorder (EDR). The ter understanding of the circum- special equipment is required, and main purpose of an EDR is to stances in which crashes and access to the vehicle or the EDR is record, in certain crash or near injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data needed. In addition to the vehicle crash-like situations, such as an are recorded by your vehicle only manufacturer, other parties, such air bag deployment or hitting a if a non-trivial crash situation as law enforcement, that have the road obstacle, data that will assist occurs; no data are recorded by special equipment, can read the in understanding how a vehicle's the EDR under normal driving information if they have access to systems performed. The EDR is conditions and no personal data the vehicle or the EDR. designed to record data related to (e.g., name, gender, age, and vehicle dynamics and safety sys- crash location) are recorded. tems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as typically 30 seconds or less. The law enforcement, could combine EDR in this vehicle is designed to the EDR data with the type of per- record such data as: sonally identifying data routinely • How various systems in your acquired during a crash investiga- vehicle were operating; tion. • Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/ fastened; • How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and, • How fast the vehicle was traveling.

61 Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview ...... 2-2 Interior overview ...... 2-4 Instrument panel overview ...... 2-5 2 Engine compartment ...... 2-6 Your vehicle at a glance

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

■ Front view

1. Hood...... 4-32 2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle) ...4-116 Head lamp (Maintenance)...... 8-87 3. Day time running light (D.R.L)...... 4-116 4. Fog lamp ...... 4-120, 8-90 5. Wheel and tire...... 8-41, 9-4 6. Outside rearview mirror...... 4-50 7. Sunroof...... 4-39 8. Front windshield wiper blades (Features of your vehicle)...... 4-121 Front windshield wiper blades (Maintenance) ...... 8-36 9. Windows ...... 4-27 10. Parking assist system ...... 4-110 11. Roof rack ...... 4-165 12. Charging door (plug-in)...... Intro

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. ODEP017001

22 Your vehicle at a glance

■ Rear view

1. Door locks ...... 4-20 2. Fuel filler lid...... 4-34, 4-35 3. Rear combination lamp (Maintenance) ...... 8-86 4. High mounted stop lamp (Maintenance) ...... 8-86 5. Liftgate...... 4-25 6. Antenna ...... 5-2 7. Rear wiper and Rearview camera ...... 4-123, 4-115 8. Parking assist system (Rear)...4-107, 4-110

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. ODEP017002

23 Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

■ Hybrid ■ Plug-in Hybrid 1. Inside door handle...... 4-21 2. Power window switch ...... 4-28 3. Central door lock switch ...... 4-22 4. Power window lock button...... 4-30 5. Outside rearview mirror control...... 4-51 6. Outside rearview mirror folding ...... 4-52 7. Instrument panel illumination control ....4-56 8. BSD On/Off button ...... 6-69 9. LKAS On/Off button ...... 6-77 10. 12V battery reset switch...... 7-5 11. ESC Off button ...... 6-29 12. Fuel filler lid open button...... 4-34, 4-35 13. Auto Lock mode button (plug-in) ...... Intro 14. Scheduled charging deactivation button (plug-in) ...... Intro 15. Steering wheel ...... 4-44 16. Tilt and telescopic steering control lever...... 4-45 17. Inner fuse panel ...... 8-62, 8-63 18. Brake pedal ...... 6-23 19. Parking brake pedal ...... 6-25, 8-30 20. Hood release lever ...... 4-32 21. Seat ...... 3-4

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. ODEP017003N

42 Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Steering wheel audio controls...... 5-7 2. Driver`s front air bag ...... 3-58 3. Horn...... 4-47 4. Instrument cluster...... 4-53 5. Wiper and washer control lever (Right)...... 4-121 Turn signal / headlamp control lever (Left) ...... 4-119 6. Engine start/stop button ...... 6-9 7. Cruise control ...... 6-48 Smart cruise control ...... 6-52 8. Audio ...... 5-5 9. Hazard warning flasher ...... 7-2 10. Climate control system...... 4-130 11. Shift lever DCT ...... 6-14 12. Front seat warmer ...... 4-152 Front air ventilation seat ...... 4-154 13. Heated steering wheel button ...... 4-46 14. Parking assist system On/Off button.4-110 15. Smart phone wireless charger ...... 4-158 16. Center console storage box ...... 4-149 17. Power outlet...... 4-155 18. USB charger...... 4-156 19. Glove box ...... 4-149 20. Passenger`s front air bag...... 3-58 ❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 21. AC 115V inverter ...... 4-157 ODE016004

25 Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

■ Hybrid (Kappa 1.6 GDI)

1. Engine coolant reservoir...... 8-22 2. Engine oil filler cap ...... 8-19 3. Engine oil dipstick ...... 8-19 4. Brake fluid reservoir...... 8-26 5. Inverter coolant reservoir...... 8-22 6. Fuse box ...... 8-56 7. Engine clutch actuator reservoir tank.8-27 8. Air cleaner...... 8-31 9. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....8-29

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. ODE076001

62 Your vehicle at a glance

■ Plug-in Hybrid (Kappa 1.6 GDI)

1. Engine coolant reservoir...... 8-22 2. Engine oil filler cap ...... 8-19 3. Engine oil dipstick ...... 8-19 4. Brake fluid reservoir...... 8-26 5. Inverter coolant reservoir...... 8-22 6. Fuse box ...... 8-56 7. Engine clutch actuator reservoir tank .8-27 8. Air cleaner...... 8-31 9. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....8-29

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. ODEP077001

27 Safety features of your vehicle

Important safety precautions ...... 3-2 Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint • Always wear your seat belt ...... 3-2 system ...... 3-43 • Restrain all children ...... 3-2 • How does the air bag system operate? ...... 3-44 • Air bag hazards ...... 3-2 • Air bag warning light ...... 3-46 • Driver distraction ...... 3-2 • SRS components and functions ...... 3-47 • Control your speed ...... 3-3 • Occupant Detection System (ODS) ...... 3-50 • Keep your vehicle in safe condition ...... 3-3 • Driver's and passenger's front air bag ...... 3-58 3 Seat ...... 3-4 • Side air bag ...... 3-61 • Front seat adjustment - manual...... 3-7 • Curtain air bag ...... 3-63 • Front seat adjustment - power...... 3-8 • SRS Care ...... 3-67 • Driver position memory system (For power seat) . . . 3-9 • Adding equipment to or modifying your • Headrest (For front seat) ...... 3-11 air bag-equipped vehicle...... 3-68 • Seatback pocket...... 3-14 • Air bag warning label ...... 3-68 • Rear seat adjustment ...... 3-14 Seat belts ...... 3-20 • Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-20 • Pre-tensioner seat belt ...... 3-27 • Seat belt precautions ...... 3-29 • Care of seat belts ...... 3-31 Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 3-32 • Children always in the rear ...... 3-32 • Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 3-33 • Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)...... 3-36 Safety features of your vehicle

IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS You will find many safety precautions Restrain all children Driver distraction and recommendations throughout All children under age 13 should ride Driver distraction presents a serious this section, and throughout this man- in your vehicle properly restrained in and potentially deadly danger, espe- ual.The safety precautions in this sec- a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants cially for inexperienced drivers. tion are among the most important. and small children should be Safety should be the first concern restrained in an appropriate child when behind the wheel and drivers Always wear your seat belt restraint. Larger children should use need to be aware of the wide array of a booster seat with the lap/shoulder potential distractions, such as drowsi- A seat belt is your best protection in belt until they can use the seat belt ness, reaching for objects, eating, all types of accidents. Air bags are properly without a booster seat. personal grooming, other passen- designed to supplement seat belts, gers, and using cellular phones. not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with air Air bag hazards Drivers can become distracted when bags, ALWAYS make sure you and they take their eyes and attention off While air bags can save lives, they the road or their hands off the wheel your passengers wear your seat can also cause serious or fatal belts, and wear them properly. to focus on activities other than driv- injuries to occupants who sit too ing. To reduce your risk of distraction close to them, or who are not prop- or getting into an accident: erly restrained. Infants, young children, and shorter adults are at the • ALWAYS set up your mobile greatest risk of being injured by an devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones, inflating air bag. Follow all instruc- navigation units, etc.) when your tions and warnings in this manual. vehicle is parked or safely stopped.

23 Safety features of your vehicle

• ONLY use your mobile device Control your speed Keep your vehicle in safe con- when allowed by laws and when Excessive speed is a major factor in dition conditions permit safe use. NEVER crash injuries and deaths. Generally, Having a tire blowout or a mechani- text or email while driving. Most the higher the speed, the greater the cal failure can be extremely haz- countries have laws prohibiting risk, but serious injuries can also ardous. To reduce the possibility of drivers from texting. Some coun- occur at lower speeds. Never drive such problems, check your tire pres- tries and cities also prohibit drivers faster than is safe for current condi- sures and condition frequently, and from using handheld phones. tions, regardless of the maximum perform all regularly scheduled • NEVER let the use of a mobile speed posted. maintenance. device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road.

33 Safety features of your vehicle

SEAT Front seat (1) Forward and backward (2) Seatback angle (3) Seat cushion height (Driver`s seat) ■ Manual seat (4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)* (5) Head rest

Rear seat (6) Seatback folding ■ Power seat (7) Headrest (8) Armrest* * : if equipped

ODE036001L

43 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver respon- WARNING - Seat cushion objects sibility for passengers Occupants should never sit on Do not place anything in the dri- aftermarket seat cushions or sit- ver's foot well or under the front ting cushions. The passenger's seats. Loose objects in the dri- hips may slide under the lap por- ver's foot area could interfere tion of the seat belt during an with the operation of the foot accident or a sudden stop. pedals. WARNING - Driver’s seat WARNING - Uprighting • Never attempt to adjust the seat seat while the vehicle is mov- 1KMN3662 ing. This could result in loss Do not press the release lever of control of your vehicle. on a manual seatback without The driver must advise the pas- • Do not allow anything to inter- holding and controlling the sengers to keep the seatback in seatback. The seatback will fere with the normal position an upright position whenever of the seatback. Storing items spring upright possibly impact- the vehicle is in motion. If a seat ing you or other passengers. against the seatback could is reclined during an accident, result in serious or fatal injury the restraint system's ability to in a sudden stop or collision. restrain will be greatly reduced. • Sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while still maintaining comfortable control of the your vehicle. A distance of at least 25 cm (10 in) from your chest to the steering wheel is recommended. Failure to do so can result in air bag inflation injuries to the driver. 35 Safety features of your vehicle

Feature of Seat Leather WARNING - Rear seatbacks WARNING - Seat • Leather is made from the outer Always lock the rear seatback adjustment skin of an animal, which goes before driving. Failure to do so • Do not adjust the seat while through a special process to be could result in passengers or wearing seat belts. Moving the available for use. Since it is a nat- objects being thrown forward seat forward will cause strong ural substance, each part differs in injuring vehicle occupants. pressure on the abdomen. thickness or density. • Do not place your hand near Wrinkles may appear as a natural the seat bottom or seat track result of stretching and shrinking WARNING - Unexpected while adjusting the seat. Your depending on the temperature and Seat Movement hand could get caught in the humidity. seat mechanism. After adjusting a manual seat, • The seat is made of stretchable always check that it is locked by fabric to improve comfort. shifting your weight to the front • The parts contacting the body are and back. Sudden or unexpect- WARNING - Small curved and the side supporting ed movement of the driver's Objects area is high which provides driving seat could cause you to lose Use extreme caution when pick- comfort and stability. control of the vehicle. ing up small objects trapped • Wrinkles may appear naturally under the seats or between the from usage. It is not a fault of the seat and the center console. product. Your hands might be cut or injured by the sharp edges of the seats mechanism.

63 Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat adjustment - manual Seatback angle (2) CAUTION To recline the seatback: • Belts with metallic acces- 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the sories, zippers or keys inside seatback recline lever. the back pocket may damage the seat fabric. 2. Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the • Make sure not to wet the seat. seat to the position you desire. It may change the nature of natural leather. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The • Jeans or clothes which could lever MUST return to its original bleach may contaminate the position for the seatback to lock.) surface of the seat covering fabric. ODE036062 Reclining seatback Forward and backward (1) Sitting in a reclined position when ✽ NOTICE To move the seat forward or backward: the vehicle is in motion can be dan- Wrinkles or abrasions which appear 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment gerous. Even when buckled up, the naturally from usage are not cov- lever up and hold it. protections of your restraint system ered by warranty. 2. Slide the seat to the position you (seat belts and/or air bags) is greatly desire. reduced by reclining your seatback. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place. Adjust the seat before driving, and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.

37 Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belts must be snug against your Seat height (3) Front seat adjustment - power hips and chest to work properly. To change the height of the seat, push (if equipped) When the seatback is reclined, the the lever upwards or downwards. shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be snug against • To lower the seat cushion, push the your chest. Instead, it will be in front lever down several times. of you. During an accident, you could • To raise the seat cushion, pull the be thrown into the seat belt, causing lever up several times. neck or other injuries. The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger’s hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger’s neck will strike the shoulder belt. ODEP037061N The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switches located on the outside of the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper position so you can easily control the steering wheel, pedals and switches on the instrument panel.

WARNING - Unattended children Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle. Children might operate features of the vehicle that could injure them.

83 Safety features of your vehicle

Forward and backward (1) Lumbar support (for driver’s seat, Driver position memory system Push the control switch forward or if equipped) (4) (if equipped, for power seat) backward to move the seat to the The lumbar support can be adjusted desired position. Release the switch by pressing the lumbar support once the seat reaches the desired switch on the side of the seat. position. 1. Press the front portion of the switch to increase support, or the Seatback angle (2) rear portion of the switch, to Push the control switch forward or decrease support. backward to move the seatback to 2. Release the switch once it reach- the desired angle. Release the es the desired position. switch once the seat reaches the desired position. ODE036023 Seat height (3) A driver position memory system is provided to store and recall the driv- Pull the front portion of the control er seat and outside rearview mirror switch up to raise or press down to position with a simple button opera- lower the front part of the seat cush- tion. By saving the desired position ion. Pull the rear portion of the con- into the system memory, different trol switch up to raise or press down drivers can reposition the driver seat to lower the seat cushion. Release based upon their driving preference. the switch once the seat reaches the If the battery is disconnected, the desired position. desired seat position memory will need to be re-saved.

39 Safety features of your vehicle

Storing positions into memory Recalling positions from memory WARNING - Driver using the buttons on the door 1. Shift the shift lever into P. Position Memory System Storing driver’s seat positions 2. To recall the position in the memo- Never attempt to operate the 1. Shift the shift lever into P while the ry, press the desired memory but- driver position memory system engine start/stop button is ON or ton (1 or 2). The system will beep while the vehicle is moving. ignition switch is ON. once, then the driver’s seat will This could result in loss of con- 2. Adjust the driver’s seat and out- automatically adjust to the stored trol, and an accident causing side rearview mirror comfortable position. death or serious injury. for the driver. Adjusting the control switch for the 3. Press SET button on the control driver’s seat while the system is panel. The system will beep once. recalling the stored position will cause the movement to stop and 4. Press one of the memory buttons move in the direction that the control (1 or 2) within 4 seconds after switch is moved. pressing the SET button. The system will beep twice when memory has been successfully stored. When recalling an adjustment memory button while sitting in the vehicle, you can be surprised by the setting chosen if the memory has been adjusted by someone else. If that occurs, immediately push the seat position control knob in the direction of the desired position to stop further undesired movement.

3 10 Safety features of your vehicle

Easy access function (if equipped) Headrest (for front seat) Also, adjust the headrest as close to The system will move the driver's your head as possible. For this rea- seat automatically as follows: son, the use of a cushion that holds • Without smart key system the body away from the seatback is not recommended. - It will move the driver’s seat rearward when the ignition key is removed and front driver’s door is WARNING - Headrest opened. removal/adjustment - It will move the driver’s seat forward • Do not operate the vehicle when the ignition key is inserted. with the headrests removed. • With smart key system Headrests can provide critical neck and head support in a - It will move the driver’s seat rear- ODE036074L crash. ward when the engine start/stop button is changed to the OFF The driver's and front passenger's • Do not adjust the headrest position. seats are equipped with a headrest height while the vehicle is in for the occupant's safety and comfort. motion. Driver may lose con- - It will move the driver’s seat for- trol of the vehicle. ward when the engine start/stop The headrest not only provides com- button is changed to the ACC or fort for the driver and front passenger, START position. but also helps protect the head and - It will move the driver's seat for- neck in the event of a rear collision. ward when you get in your vehicle For maximum effectiveness in case with the smart key after closing of an accident, the headrest should the driver's door. be adjusted so the middle of the You can activate or deactivate this headrest is at the same height of the feature. Refer to "User settings" in center of gravity of an occupant's chapter 4. head. Generally, the center of gravity of most people's head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes.

311 Safety features of your vehicle

Adjusting the height up and down Removal and reinstallation

■ Type A

OYFH034205 ✽ ODE036009 NOTICE ODEP037011N ■ To raise the headrest, pull it up to the If you recline the seatback towards Type B desired position (1). To lower the the front with the headrest and seat headrest, push and hold the release cushion raised, the headrest may button (2) on the headrest support come in contact with the sunvisor or and lower the headrest to the desired other parts of the vehicle. position (3).

ODEP037012N

3 12 Safety features of your vehicle

To remove the headrest: ■ Type A To reinstall the headrest : 1. Recline the seatback (2) with the 1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the recline lever or switch (1). holes while pressing the release 2. Raise headrest as far as it can go. button (1). 3. Press the headrest release button 2. Recline the seatback (4) with the (3) while pulling the headrest up (4). recline lever or switch (3). 3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height. WARNING - Headrest Removal NEVER allow anyone to ride in a WARNING - Headrest ODEP037062N Reinstallation seat with the headrest removed ■ Type B or reserved. Headrests can pro- To reduce the risk of injury to vide critical neck and head sup- the head or neck, always make port in a crash. sure the headrest is locked into position and adjusted properly after reinstalling.

ODEP037063N

313 Safety features of your vehicle

Seatback pocket Rear seat adjustment For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident, the headrest should Headrest be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the center of gravity of most people's heads is similar with the height as the top of their eyes. Also, adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended. ODE036015 The seatback pocket is provided on ODE036075L the back of the front passenger’s and The rear seat is equipped with head- driver’s seatbacks. rests in all the seating positions for the occupant's safety and comfort. The headrest not only provides com- WARNING - Seatback fort for passengers, but also helps pockets protect the head and neck in the Do not put heavy or sharp event of a collision. objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and injure vehicle occupants.

3 14 Safety features of your vehicle

Armrest (if equipped)

ODE036016 ODE036017

Adjusting the height up and down Removal and reinstallation ODE036018 To raise the headrest, pull it up to the To remove the headrest, raise it as To use the armrest, pull it forward desired position (1). To lower the far as it can go then press the from the seatback. headrest, push and hold the release release button (1) while pulling the button (2) on the headrest support headrest upward (2). and lower the headrest to the desired To reinstall the headrest, put the position (3). headrest poles (3) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). Then adjust it to the appropriate height and ensure that it locks in position.

315 Safety features of your vehicle

Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks may be folded to CAUTION facilitate carrying long items or to - Blocked Hybrid battery increase the luggage capacity of the duct vehicle.

WARNING - Folded Seatback The purpose of the fold-down rear seatbacks is to allow you to carry longer objects than could ODE036019 not otherwise be accommodated. To fold down the rear seatback • Never allow a passenger to sit 1. Set the front seatback to the on top of the folded down upright position and if necessary, seatback while the car is mov- ODEQ016007 slide the front seat forward. ing. This is not a proper seating position since no seat Do not put objects on the left 2. Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position as above the pic- belts are available for use. side of rear seats. This could block the battery cooling duct ture. • To reduce the risk of injury causing battery degradation. caused by sliding cargo within the passenger compartment WARNING - Objects of the vehicle, objects carried Objects carried on the folded on the folded down seatback down seatback should not should not extend higher than extend higher than the top of the top of the front seats. the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.

3 16 Safety features of your vehicle

ODE036029L

ODE036021 ODE036022L 4. Pull on the seatback folding lever, 5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull the then fold the seat toward the front seatback backward by lifting up of the vehicle. When you return the seat back. Pull the seatback firmly seatback to its upright position, until it clicks into place. Make sure always be sure it has locked into the seatback is locked in place. position by pushing on the top of 6. Return the rear seat belt to the the seatback. proper position.

ODE036020 3. When folding the seat back, insert the rear seat belt buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion then make sure both seatbelts do not interfere with stowed luggage and cargo. Then, insert the seat belt into the two holes located on both sides.

317 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Uprighting WARNING - Rear CAUTION - Damaging seat Seatback rear seat belt buckles When you return the seatback To ensure maximum protection When you fold the rear seat- to its upright position, hold the in the event of an accident or back, insert the buckle between seatback and return it slowly. If sudden stop, when returning the the rear seatback and cushion. the seatback is returned with- rear seat to the upright position: Doing so can prevent the buckle out holding it, the back of the • Be careful not to damage the from being damaged by the rear seat could spring forward, seat belt webbing or buckle. seatback. resulting in injury caused by being struck by the seatback. • Do not allow the seat belt webbing or buckle to become When returning the rear seatbacks to pinched or caught in the rear the upright position, remember to seat. return the rear shoulder belts to their • Ensure the seatback is com- proper position. pletely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback. Failure to adhere to any of these instructions could result in serious injury or death in the event of a crash.

3 18 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Cargo Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and causing injury to the vehicle occupants. Do not place objects in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit the front seat occupants in a collision.

WARNING - Cargo loading Make sure the engine is off, the dual clutch transmission is in P (Park) and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo. Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position.

319 Safety features of your vehicle

SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system Seat belts are designed to bear upon - Shoulder Belt • For maximum restraint system pro- WARNING the bony structure of the body, and tection, the seat belts must always • Never wear the shoulder belt should be worn low across the front be used whenever the vehicle is under your arm or behind of the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as moving. A properly positioned your back. An improperly applicable; wearing the lap section of shoulder belt should be positioned positioned shoulder belt can- the belt across the abdominal area midway over your shoulder across not protect the occupant in a must be avoided. your collarbone. crash. Seat belts should be adjusted as • Never allow children to ride in the • Always wear both the shoul- firmly as possible, consistent with front passenger seat. See child der portion and lap portion of comfort, to provide the protection for restraint system section for further the lap/shoulder belt. which they have been designed. discussion. A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer. WARNING - Damaged Care should be taken to avoid con- - Twisted seat WARNING seat belt tamination of the webbing with pol- belt Replace the entire seat belt ishes, oils and chemicals, and partic- Make sure your seat belt is not assembly if any part of the web- ularly battery acid. Cleaning may twisted when worn. A twisted bing or hardware is damaged as safely be carried out using mild soap seat belt may not properly pro- you can no longer be sure that a and water. The belt should be tect you in an accident and damaged seat belt will provide replaced if webbing becomes frayed, could even cut into your body. protection in a crash. contaminated or damaged.

3 20 Safety features of your vehicle

• No modifications or additions should be made by the user which WARNING - Seat belt would either prevent the seat belt buckle adjusting devices from operating to Do not allow foreign material remove slack, or prevent the seat (gum, crumbs, coins, liquids, belt assembly from being adjusted etc.) to obstruct the seat belt to remove slack. buckle. This may prevent the • When you fasten the seat belt, be seat belt from fastening securely. careful not to latch the seat belt in buckles of other seat. It's very dangerous and you may not be protected by the seat belt properly. • Do not unfasten the seat belt and do not fasten and unfasten the seat belt repeatedly while driving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death, serious injury, or property damage. • When fastening the seat belt, make sure that the seat belt does not pass over objects that are hard or can break easily.

321 Safety features of your vehicle

■ Type A ■ Type B

ODE036084L ODE036083N Front seat belt warning Driving Conditions Warning pattern conditions Seat belt Vehicle speed Light Sound Buckled No sound While parked Illuminates - Sounds 0 km/h (0 mph) (for 6 seconds, driver`s seat) (Ignition Unbuckled (for 6 seconds) switch ON) - No sound (for passenger’s seat) 9 km/h (6 mph) or more but Unbuckled Continuously Illuminates No sound While less than 20 km/h (12mph) driven When the seatbelt is Less than 20 km/h (12mph) Continuously Illuminates No sound unbuckled after use 20 km/h (12mph) or more Blinks continuously Alarm sounds for 100 seconds

3 22 Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system Front seat with emergency locking retractor

B200A02NF OJF035031 The seat belt automatically adjusts to Height adjustment the proper length only after the lap You can adjust the height of the shoul- B180A01NF-1 belt portion is adjusted manually so der belt anchor to one of the 4 posi- To fasten your seat belt: that it fits snugly around your hips. If tions for maximum comfort and safety. To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of you lean forward in a slow, easy The height of the adjusting seat belt the retractor and insert the metal tab motion, the belt will extend and let should not be too close to your neck. (1) into the buckle (2). There will be you move around. If there is a sud- The shoulder portion should be an audible "click" when the tab locks den stop or impact, however, the belt adjusted so that it lies across your into the buckle. will lock into position. It will also lock chest and midway over your shoulder if you try to lean forward too quickly. near the door and not your neck. To adjust the height of the seat belt ✽ NOTICE anchor, lower or raise the height If you are not able to pull out the adjuster into an appropriate position. seat belt from the retractor, firmly To raise the height adjuster, pull it up pull the belt out and release it. Then (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while you will be able to pull the belt out pressing the height adjuster button (2). smoothly.

323 Safety features of your vehicle

Release the button to lock the Seat belts - Front passenger and It automatically adjusts to the proper anchor into position. Try sliding the rear seat 3-point system with length only after the lap belt portion height adjuster to make sure that it combination locking retractor of the seat belt is adjusted manually has locked into position. To fasten your seat belt: so that it fits snugly around your hips. Improperly positioned seat belts can Combination retractor type seat belts When the seat belt is fully extended cause serious injuries in an accident. are installed in the rear seat posi- from the retractor to allow the instal- tions to help accommodate the lation of a child restraint system, the seat belt operation changes to allow WARNING - Shoulder belt installation of child restraint systems. Although a combination retractor is the belt to retract, but not to extend positioning (Automatic Locking Retractor Type). Verify the shoulder belt anchor also installed in the front passenger seat position, it is strongly recom- Refer to “Using a child restraint sys- is locked into position at the tem” in this section. appropriate height. Never posi- mended that children always be tion the shoulder belt across seated in the rear seat. NEVER your neck or face. Improperly place any infant restraint system in ✽ NOTICE positioned seat belts can cause the front seat of the vehicle. Although the combination retractor serious injuries in an accident. This type of seat belt combines the provides the same level of protection features of both an emergency lock- for seated passengers in either emer- ing retractor seat belt and an auto- gency or automatic locking modes, matic locking retractor seat belt. To WARNING - Seat belt have the seated passengers use the fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the emergency locking feature for improv- replacement retractor and insert the metal tab into ed convenience. The automatic locking Replace your seat belts after the buckle. There will be an audible function is intended to facilitate child being in an accident. Failure to "click" when the tab locks into the restraint installation. To convert from replace seat belts after an acci- buckle. When not securing a child the automatic locking feature to the dent could leave you with dam- restraint, the seat belt operates in the emergency locking operation mode, aged seat belts that will not pro- same way as the driver's seat belt allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully vide protection in the event of (Emergency Locking Retractor Type). retract. another collision.

3 24 Safety features of your vehicle

CAUTION WARNING Do NOT fold down the left por- Prior to fastening the rear seat tion of the rear seat back when belts, ensure the latch matches the rear center seat belt is buck- the seat belt buckle. Forcefully led. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the fastening the left or right seat rear center seat belt before fold- belt to the center buckle can ing down the left portion of the result in an improper fastening rear seat back. If the rear center scenario that will not protect seat belt is buckled when the you in an accident.. left portion of the rear seat back is folded down, distortion and ODEP037091L damage to the top portion of the seat back and seat belt garnish The seat belt should be locked into may result, causing the seat the buckle on each seat cushion to back to lock into the folded be properly fastened. down position. ❈ A :Rear right seat belt fastening buckle B : Rear center seat belt fastening buckle C :Rear left seat belt fastening buckle

325 Safety features of your vehicle

Stowing the rear seat belt

■ Outboard belt

ODEP037092L B210A01NF-1 ODE036028 When using the rear center seat belt, To release the seat belt: ■ Center belt the buckle with the “CENTER” mark The seat belt is released by pressing must be used. the release button (1) on the locking buckle. When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again. ODE036027L • If the center seat belt is not in use, always lock the latch plate into the buckle as above illustration.

3 26 Safety features of your vehicle

• The rear seat belt buckles can be Pre-tensioner seat belt (1) Retractor Pretensioner stowed in the pocket between the The purpose of the retractor pre- rear seatback and cushion when tensioner is to make sure that the not in use. shoulder belts fit in tightly against • Insert the seat belt into the two the occupant's upper body in cer- holes (A) located on both sides. It tain frontal collisions. will help keep the belts from being (2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device) trapped behind or under the seats. The purpose of the EFD is to After inserting the seat belt, tighten make sure that the pelvis belts fit the belt webbing by pulling it up. in tightly against the occupant's lower body in certain frontal collisions. OQL035065 Your vehicle is equipped with driver's If the system senses excessive ten- and front passenger's pre-tensioner sion on the driver or passenger's seat belts (retractor pretensioner and seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys- EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)). tem activates, the load limiter inside The pre-tensioner seat belts may be the retractor pre-tensioner will release activated, when a frontal collision is some of the pressure on the affected severe enough, together with the air seat belt. bags. When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ✽ NOTICE if the occupant tries to lean forward When the pre-tensioner seat belts too quickly, the seat belt retractor are activated, a loud noise may be may lock into position. In certain heard and fine dust, which may frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner appear to be smoke, may be visible will activate and pull the seat belt into in the passenger compartment. tighter contact against the occu- These are normal operating condi- pant's body. tions and are not hazardous. 327 Safety features of your vehicle

If the pre-tensioner seat belt system WARNING - Skin Irritation is not working properly, this warning Wash all exposed skin areas light will illuminate even if there is not thoroughly after an accident in a malfunction with the SRS air bag. If which the pre-tensioner seat the SRS air bag warning light does belts were activated. The fine not illuminate when engine start/stop dust from the pre-tensioner button has been changed to ON, or if activation may cause skin irrita- it remains illuminated after illuminat- tion and should not be breathed ing for approximately 6 seconds, or if for prolonged periods. it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven, have an authorized Kia ODMESA2024 dealer inspect the pre-tensioner seat ❈ ✽ belt and SRS air bag system as soon The actual position of seat belt pre- NOTICE as possible. tensioner system components may dif- • Both the driver's and front pas- fer from the illustration. senger's seat belt pre-tensioner system may be activated not only in ✽ NOTICE The seat belt pre-tensioner system certain frontal collision, but also in Do not attempt to service or repair consists mainly of the following com- certain side collisions or rollovers, the pre-tensioner seat belt system in ponents. Their locations are shown in if the vehicle is equipped with a any manner. Do not attempt to the illustration: side or curtain air bag. inspect or replace the pre-tensioner • Because the sensor that activates seat belts yourself. This must be (1) SRS air bag warning light the SRS air bag is connected with done by an authorized Kia dealer. (2) Retractor pre-tensioner assembly the pre-tensioner seat belt, the (3) SRS control module SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illumi- (4) Emergency fastening device (EFD) nate for approximately 6 seconds after engine start/stop button has been changed to ON position, and then it should turn off.

3 28 Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belt precautions Larger children WARNING - Hot preten- Infant or small child Children who are too large for child sioner restraint systems should always Most countries have child restraint Do not touch the pre-tensioner occupy the rear seat and use the laws.You should be aware of the spe- seat belt assemblies for several available lap/shoulder belts. The lap cific requirements in your country. minutes after they have been portion should be fastened and Child and/or infant seats must be activated. When the pre-ten- snugged on the hips as low as possi- properly placed and installed in the sioner seat belt mechanism ble. Check periodically to insure that rear seat. For more information about fires during a collision the pre- the belt fits. A child's squirming could the use of these restraints, refer to tensioner becomes hot and can put the belt out of position. Children “Child restraint system” in this sec- burn you. are given the most safety in the event tion. of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint sys- Pre-tensioners are designed to oper- ✽ NOTICE tem in the rear seat. If a larger child ate only one time. After activation, Small children are best protected (over age 12) must be seated in the pre-tensioner seat belts must be front seat, the child should be replaced. If the pre-tensioner must from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat securely restrained by the available be replaced, contact an authorized lap/shoulder belt and the seat should Kia dealer. by a child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Safety be placed in the rearmost position. Standards of your country. Before Children age 12 and under should be buying any child restraint system, restrained securely in the rear seat. make sure that it has a label certify- NEVER place a child age 12 and ing that it meets Safety Standards of under in the front seat. NEVER place your country. The restraint must be a rear facing child seat in the front appropriate for your child's height seat of a vehicle. and weight. Check the label on the child restraint for this information. Refer to “Child restraint system” in this section.

329 Safety features of your vehicle

If the shoulder belt portion slightly Restraint of pregnant women Injured person touches the child’s neck or face, try Pregnant women should wear A seat belt should be used when an placing the child closer to the center of lap/shoulder belt assemblies when- injured person is being transported. the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still ever possible according to specific When this is necessary, you should touches their face or neck they need to recommendations by their doctors. consult a physician for recommenda- be returned to a child restraint system. The lap portion of the belt should be tions. worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS POSSIBLE. WARNING - Small children One person per belt Do not allow small children to Two people (including children) ride in the vehicle without an WARNING - Pregnant should never attempt to use a single appropriate child restraint sys- women seat belt. This could increase the tem. If the shoulder belt comes Pregnant women must never severity of injuries in case of an acci- in contact with your child's neck place the lap portion of the seat dent. or face your child is too small to belt above or on the abdomen ride in the vehicle. In a crash the where the fetus is located. The seat belt will inflict injury to your force of the seat belt during a child's neck, throat and face. collision will crush the fetus.

3 30 Safety features of your vehicle

Do not lie down Care of seat belts Periodic inspection To reduce the chance of injuries in Seat belt systems should never be All seat belts should be inspected the event of an accident and to disassembled or modified. In addi- periodically for wear or damage of achieve maximum effectiveness of tion, care should be taken to assure any kind. Any damaged parts should the restraint system, all passengers that seat belts and belt hardware are be replaced as soon as possible. should be sitting up and the front and not damaged by seat hinges, doors rear seats should be in an upright or other abuse. position when the vehicle is moving. Keep belts clean and dry A seat belt cannot provide proper Seat belts should be kept clean and protection if the person is lying down WARNING - Pinched seat dry. If belts become dirty, they can be in the rear seat or if the front and rear belt cleaned by using a mild soap solu- seats are in a reclined position. Make sure that the webbing tion and warm water. Bleach, dye, and/or buckle does not get strong detergents or abrasives caught or pinched in the rear should not be used because they seat when returning the rear may damage and weaken the fabric. seatback to its upright position. A caught or pinched webbing/ When to replace seat belts buckle may become damaged and could fail during a collision The entire in-use seat belt assembly or sudden stop. or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no damage is visible. Additional WARNING questions concerning seat belt oper- Seatbelts can become hot in a ation should be directed to an vehicle that has been closed up authorized Kia dealer. in sunny weather. They could burn infants and children.

331 Safety features of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS) Children Always in the Rear Children under age 13 must always Child restraint systems must be ride in the rear seats and must always properly placed and installed in the be properly restrained to minimize the rear seat. You must use a commer- WARNING - Restraint risk of injury in an accident, sudden cially available child restraint system Location stop or sudden maneuver. According that meets the requirements of the Never install a child or infant to accident statistics, children are Safety Standard of your country. seat on the front passenger's safer when properly restrained in the Child restraint systems are generally seat. A child riding in the front rear seats than in the front seat. Even designed to be secured in a vehicle passenger seat can be forceful- with air bags, children can be serious- seat by lap belt portion of a ly struck by an inflating airbag ly injured or killed. Children too large lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys- and seriously injured. for a child restraint must use the seat tem in the rear seats of the vehicle. belts provided. Most countries have child restraint WARNING - Hot Child laws which require children to travel Restraint in approved child restraint devices. The laws governing the age or A child restraint system can height/weight restrictions at which become very hot if it is left in a seat belts can be used instead of closed vehicle on a sunny day. child restraints differs among coun- Be sure to check the seat cover, tries, so you should be aware of the buckles and latches before specific requirements in your coun- placing a child in the restraint try, and where you are travelling. system.

3 32 Safety features of your vehicle

Child restraint system (CRS) (Continued) Selecting a Child Restraint Infants and younger children must be System (CRS) • Always properly restrain your restrained in an appropriate rear-fac- child in the child restraint. When selecting a CRS for your child, ing or forward-facing CRS that has always: first been properly secured to the • If the vehicle head restraint • Make sure the CRS has a label rear seat of the vehicle. Read and prevents proper installation of certifying that it meets applicable comply with the instructions for a child seat (as described in Safety Standards of your country. installation and use provided by the the child restraint system manufacturer of the child restraint. manual), the head restraint of • Select a child restraint based on the respective seating posi- your child’s height and weight. The tion shall be readjusted or required label or the instructions WARNING entirely removed. for use typically provide this infor- Child Restraint Installation - • Do not use an infant carrier or mation. An improperly secured child a child safety seat that • Select a child restraint that fits the restraint can increase the risk "hooks" over a seatback, it vehicle seating position where it of serious injury or death in an may not provide adequate will be used. accident. Always take the fol- protection in an accident. • Read and comply with the warn- lowing precautions when using ings and instructions for installation a child restraint system: ✽ and use provided with the child • Always follow the child NOTICE restraint system. restraint system manufactur- After an accident, have a Kia dealer er’s instructions for installa- check the child restraint system, seat tion and use. belts, tether anchors and lower (Continued) anchors.

333 Safety features of your vehicle

Child restraint system types WARNING - Holding WARNING - Unattended There are three main types of child Children Children restraint systems: rear-facing seats, Never hold a child in your arms Never leave children unattended forward-facing seats, and booster or lap when riding in a vehicle. in a vehicle. The car can heat up seats. They are classified according The violent forces created dur- very quickly, resulting in injuries to the child’s age, height and weight. ing a crash will tear the child to the child in the vehicle. from your arms and throw the child against the car’s interior. Always use a child restraint system which is appropriate for WARNING - Seat Belt Use your child's height and weight. Do not use one seat belt for two occupants at the same time. This will eliminate any safety benefit provided by the seat belt to the occupants.

3 34 Safety features of your vehicle

Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typically have higher height and weight limits for the rear-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rear-facing for a longer period of time. Continue to use a rear-facing child seat for as long as your child will fit within the height and weight limits allowed by the child seat manufacturer. It’s the best way to keep them safe. Once your child has outgrown ODE036031 the rear-facing child restraint, your ODE026007 Rear-facing child seats child is ready for a forward-facing Forward-facing child restraints child restraint with a harness. A rear-facing child seat provides A forward-facing child seat provides restraint with the seating surface restraint for the child’s body with a against the back of the child. The harness. Keep children in a forward- harness system holds the child in facing child seat with a harness until place, and in an accident, acts to they reach the top height or weight keep the child positioned in the seat limit allowed by your child restraint’s and reduces the stress to the neck manufacturer. and spinal cord. Once your child outgrows the for- All children under age one must ward-facing child restraint, your child always ride in a rear-facing infant is ready for a booster seat. child restraint.

335 Safety features of your vehicle

Booster seats Installing a Child Restraint • Secure the child in the child A booster seat is a restraint designed System (CRS) restraint. Make sure the child is properly strapped in the child to improve the fit of the vehicle’s seat After selecting a proper child seat for restraint according to the manufac- belt system. A booster seat positions your child, check to make sure it fits turer instructions. the seat belt so that it fits properly properly in your vehicle. Follow the over the lap of your child. instructions provided by the manu- Keep your child in a booster seat facturer when installing the child until they are big enough to sit in the seat. Note these general steps when seat without a booster and still have installing the seat to your vehicle: the seat belt fit properly. For a seat • Properly secure the child belt to fit properly, the lap belt must restraint to the vehicle. All child lie snugly across the upper thighs, restraints must be secured to the not the stomach. The shoulder belt vehicle with the lap part of a should lie snug across the shoulder lap/shoulder belt or with the and chest and not across the neck or LATCH system. face. Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and • Make sure the child restraint is must always be properly restrained firmly secured. After installing a to minimize the risk of injury. child restraint to the vehicle, push and pull the seat forward and from side-to-side to verify that it is securely attached to the seat. A child restraint secured with a seat belt should be installed as firmly as possible. However, some side-to- side movement can be expected.

3 36 Safety features of your vehicle

Lower Anchors and Tether for Children (LATCH) System WARNING - LATCH Lower The LATCH system holds a child Anchors restraint during driving and in an Never attempt to attach a LATCH accident. This system is designed to equipped seat in the center make installation of the child restraint seating position. LATCH lower easier and reduce the possibility of anchors are only to be used in improperly installing your child the left and right rear outboard restraint. The LATCH system uses seating positions.You may dam- anchors in the vehicle and attach- age the anchors or the anchors ments on the child restraint. The may fail and break in a collision. LATCH system eliminates the need ODE036077L to use seat belts to secure the child LATCH anchors have been provided restraint to the rear seats. in the left and right outboard rear Lower anchors are metal bars built seating positions. Their locations are into the vehicle. There are two lower shown in the illustration. There are anchors for each LATCH seating no LATCH anchors provided for the position that will accommodate a center rear seating position. child restraint with lower attachments. To use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you must have a child restraint with LATCH attachments. The child seat manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child seat with its attachments for the LATCH lower anchors.

337 Safety features of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint with the LATCH anchors system WARNING To install a LATCH-compatible child Take the following precautions restraint in either of the rear outboard when using the LATCH system: seating positions: • Read and follow all installation 1. Move the seat belt buckle away instructions provided with from the lower anchors. your child restraint system. 2. Move any other objects away from • To prevent the child from the anchors that could prevent a reaching and taking hold of secure connection between the unretracted seat belts, buckle child restraint and the lower all unused rear seat belts and ODE036035 anchors. retract the seat belt webbing The lower anchor position indicator 3. Place the child restraint on the behind the child. Children can symbols are located on the left and vehicle seat, then attach the seat be strangled if a shoulder belt right rear seat backs to identify the to the lower anchors according to becomes wrapped around their position of the lower anchors in your the instructions provided by the neck and the seat belt tightens. vehicle (see arrows in illustration). child restraint manufacturer. • NEVER attach more than one The LATCH anchors are located 4. Follow the child restraint instruc- child restraint to a single between the seatback and the seat tions for properly adjusting and anchor. This could cause the cushion of the rear seat left and right tightening the lower attachments anchor or attachment to come outboard seating positions. on the child restraint to the lower loose or break. To use the lower anchor, push the anchors. • Always have the LATCH sys- upper portion of the lower anchor tem inspected by your author- cover. ized Kia dealer after an accident. An accident can damage ❈ (1) : Lower Anchor position indicator the LATCH system and may (2) : Lower Anchor not properly secure the child restraint.

3 38 Safety features of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint seat with "Tether Anchor" system WARNING Take the following precautions when installing the tether strap: • Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your child restraint system. • NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single tether anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break. ODE036033 • Do not attach the tether strap To install the tether anchor: ODE036032R to anything other than the cor- 1. Route the child restraint tether rect tether anchor. It may not strap over the child restraint seat- First secure the child restraint with work properly if attached to back. Route the tether strap under the LATCH lower anchors or the seat something else. the head restraint and between belt. If the child restraint manufactur- the head restraint posts, or route er recommends that the top tether • Do not use the tether anchors for adult seat belts or harness- the tether strap over the top of the strap be attached, attach and tighten vehicle seatback. Make sure the the top tether strap to the top tether es, or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle. strap is not twisted. strap anchor. 2. Connect the tether strap hook to Child restraint hook holders are • Always fasten the seat belts behind the child restraint seat the tether anchor, then tighten the located on the shelf behind the rear tether strap according to the child seats. when they are not used to secure the child seat. Failure seat manufacturer’s instructions to to do so may result in child firmly secure the child restraint to strangulation. the seat.

339 Safety features of your vehicle

3. Check that the child restraint is Securing a child restraint with a securely attached to the seat by lap/shoulder belt pushing and pulling the seat for- When not using the LATCH system, ward and from side-to-side. all child restraints must be secured to a vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.

OLMB033044 Automatic locking mode Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency locking mode), you must manually pull the seat belt all the way out to shift the retractor to the “Automatic Locking” mode to secure a child restraint. The “Automatic Locking” mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system. To secure a child restraint system, use the following procedure.

3 40 Safety features of your vehicle

To install a child restraint system on the rear seats, do the following: 1.Place the child restraint system on a rear seat and route the lap/ shoulder belt around or through the child restraint, following the restraint manufacturer’s instructions. Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted.

OEN036101 OEN036102 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch 3. Pull the shoulder portion of the into the buckle. Listen for the dis- seat belt all the way out. When the tinct “click” sound. shoulder portion of the seat belt is Position the release button so that fully extended, it will shift the it is easy to access in case of an retractor to the “Automatic emergency. Locking” (child restraint) mode.

341 Safety features of your vehicle

5. Remove as much slack from the ✽ NOTICE belt as possible by pushing down When the seat belt is allowed to on the child restraint system while retract to its fully stowed position, feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor will automatically the retractor. switch from the "Automatic 6. Push and pull on the child restraint Locking" mode to the emergency system to confirm that the seat lock mode for normal adult usage. belt is holding it firmly in place. If it is not, release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6. WARNING - Auto lock mode 7. Double check that the retractor is OEN036103 in the "Automatic Locking" mode Set the retractor to Automatic Lock mode when installing any 4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion by attempting to pull more of the child restraint system. If the of the seat belt to retract and listen seat belt out of the retractor. If you retractor is not in the Automatic for an audible "clicking" or "ratchet- cannot, the retractor is in the Locking mode, the child restraint ing" sound. This indicates that the "Automatic Locking" mode. can move when your vehicle retractor is in the "Automatic turns or stops suddenly. Locking" mode. If no distinct sound If your CRS manufacturer instructs or is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4. recommends you to use a tether To remove the child restraint, press anchor with the lap/shoulder belt, the release button on the buckle and refer to the previous pages for more then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of information. the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully.

3 42 Safety features of your vehicle

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) Passenger’s front air bag (3) Side air bag (4) Curtain air bag (5) Driver’s knee air bag

Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover.

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

ODE036036

343 Safety features of your vehicle

How does the air bag system • The front air bags will completely • In order to help provide protection, operate? inflate and deflate in an instant. the air bags must inflate rapidly. • Air bags are activated (able to It is virtually impossible for you to The speed of the air bag inflation is inflate if necessary) only when the see the air bags inflate during an a consequence of extremely short ignition switch is turned to the ON accident. time in which to inflate the air bag or START position or when engine between the occupant and the It is much more likely that you will vehicle structures before the occu- start/stop button has been simply see the deflated air bags changed to ON position. pant impacts those structures. This hanging out of their storage com- speed of inflation reduces the risk • The appropriate air bags inflate partments after the collision. of serious or life-threatening instantly in the event of a serious • In addition to inflating in serious injuries and is thus a necessary frontal collision or side collision in side collisions, side and/or curtain part of the air bag design. order to help protect the occupants air bags will inflate if the sensing from serious physical injury. However, air bag inflation can also system detects a rollover. cause injuries which can include • There is no single speed at which • When a rollover is detected, side facial abrasions, bruises and bro- the air bags will inflate. and/or curtain air bags will remain ken bones because the inflation Generally, air bags are designed to inflated longer to help provide pro- speed also causes the air bags to inflate based upon the severity of a tection from ejection, especially expand with a great deal of force. collision and its direction. These when used in conjunction with the • There are even circumstances two factors determine whether the seat belts. under which contact with the sensors produce an electronic steering wheel or passenger air deployment/ inflation signal. bag can cause fatal injuries, • Air bag deployment depends on a especially if the occupant is number of factors including vehicle positioned excessively close to speed, angles of impact, and, the the steering wheel or passenger density and stiffness of the vehi- air bag. cles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision. The determining factors are not limited to those mentioned above.

3 44 Safety features of your vehicle

Noise and smoke WARNING - Airbag infla- When inflated, the air bags make a WARNING - Hot compo- tion loud noise and leave smoke and nents Sit as far back as possible from powder in the air inside the vehicle. Do not touch the air bag storage the steering wheel while still This is normal and is a result of the area's internal components maintaining comfortable con- ignition of the air bag inflator. After immediately after airbag infla- trol of your vehicle. A distance the air bag inflates, you may feel sub- tion. The air bag related parts in of at least 25 cm (10 in.) from stantial discomfort in breathing due the steering wheel, instrument your chest to the steering wheel to the contact of your chest with both panel and the roof rails above is recommended. Failure to do the seat belt and the air bag, as well the front and rear doors are so can result in airbag inflation as from breathing the smoke and very hot. Hot components can injuries to the driver. powder. Open your doors and/or result in burn injuries. windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder. WARNING Do not install or place any Though smoke and powder are non- accessories near air bag toxic, it may cause irritation to the deployment areas, such as the skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If instrument panel, windows, pil- this is the case, wash and rinse with lars, and roof rails. cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists.

345 Safety features of your vehicle

Do not install a child restraint on Air bag warning light the front passenger’s seat WARNING - Air bag deployment When children are seated in the rear outboard seats of a vehicle equipped with side and/or curtain air bags, install the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible. Inflation of the side and/or curtain air bags could impact the child.

W7-147 1JBH3051 The purpose of air bag warning light Never place a rear-facing child in your instrument panel is to alert restraint in the front passenger’s you of a potential problem with your seat. If the air bag deploys, it would air bag system, which could include impact the rear-facing child restraint, your side and/or curtain air bags causing serious or fatal injury. used for rollover protection. In addition, do not place front-facing child restraints in the front passenger’s seat. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it could cause serious or fatal injuries to the child.

3 46 Safety features of your vehicle

SRS components and functions 8. Front impact sensors 9. Side impact sensors* 10. Side pressure sensors* 11. Occupant detection system (Front passenger’s seat only) 12. Front passenger’s seat belt buckle sensor 13. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies*

*: if equipped W7-147 ODE036078N If the air bag warning light is illuminated for more than 6 seconds after ❈ The actual position of SRS compo- engine start/stop button has been nents may differ from the illustration. changed to ON, or of it illuminates during vehicle operation, an SRS The SRS consists of the following component may not be functioning components: properly and you should have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia 1. Driver's front air bag module dealer. 2. Passenger's front air bag module 3. Side air bag modules 4. Curtain air bag modules 5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies* 6. Air bag warning light 7. SRS control module (SRSCM)

347 Safety features of your vehicle

If any of the following conditions Driver’s front air bag (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) occur, this indicates a malfunction in the air bag system. Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible. • The light does not turn on briefly when you change engine start/stop button to ON. • The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds. • The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion. B240B01L B240B02L • The light blinks when engine The front air bag modules are locat- Upon deployment, tear seams mold- start/stop button is ON position. ed both in the center of the steering ed directly into the pad covers will wheel and in the front passenger's separate under pressure from the panel above the glove box. When the expansion of the air bags. Further SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe opening of the covers then allows full impact to the front of the vehicle, it inflation of the air bags. will automatically deploy the front air bags.

3 48 Safety features of your vehicle

Driver’s front air bag (3) Passenger’s front air bag WARNING - Flying objects Do not place any objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front door and the front seat. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles if the side airbag inflates.

• If an air bag deploys, there may be B240B03L B240B05L a loud noise followed by a fine dust A fully inflated air bag, in combina- released in the vehicle. These con- tion with a properly worn seat belt, ditions are normal and are not haz- WARNING - Air bag ardous - the air bags are packed in slows the driver's or the passenger's obstructions forward motion, reducing the risk of this fine powder. The dust generat- head and chest injury. Do not install or place any ed during air bag deployment may accessories on the steering cause skin or eye irritation as well wheel, instrument panel, or on as aggravate asthma for some per- After complete inflation, the air bag the front passenger's panel sons. Always wash all exposed immediately starts deflating, enabling above the glove box in a vehi- skin areas thoroughly with cold the driver to maintain forward visibility cle. Such objects may become water and a mild soap after an and the ability to steer or operate dangerous projectiles if the air accident in which the air bags were other controls. bag deploys. deployed.

349 Safety features of your vehicle

• The SRS can function only when Occupant Detection System Do not put anything in front of the engine start/stop button is ON (ODS) passenger air bag indicator. position. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate, or continuously remains on after illuminating for about 6 seconds when engine start/stop button is ON position, or after the engine is started, comes on while driving, the SRS is not working properly. If this occurs, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

✽ NOTICE ODE036039N Before you replace a fuse or discon- Your vehicle is equipped with an nect a battery terminal, change occupant detection system in the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF front passenger's seat. position. Never remove or replace The occupant detection system is the air bag related fuse(s) when designed to detect the presence of a engine start/stop button is ON posi- properly-seated front passenger and tion. Failure to heed this warning determine if the passenger's front air will cause the SRS air bag warning bag should be enabled (may inflate) light to illuminate. or not. Only the front passenger front air bag is controlled by the Occupant Detection System.

3 50 Safety features of your vehicle

Main components of the occu- If the front passenger seat is occu- Always be sure that you and all vehicle pant detection system pied by a person that the system occupants are seated and restrained • An detection device located within determines to be of appropriate size, properly (sitting upright with the seat in the front passenger seat cushion. and he/she sits properly (sitting an upright position, centered on the upright with the seatback in an seat cushion, with the person’s legs • An electronic system which deter- upright position, centered on the comfortably extended, feet on the mines whether the passenger air seat cushion with their seat belt on, floor, and wearing the safety belt prop- bag systems should be activated legs comfortably extended and their erly) for the most effective protection or deactivated. feet on the floor), the PASSENGER by the air bag and the safety belt. • An indicator light located on the AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn off instrument panel which illuminates and the front passenger's air bag will • The ODS (Occupant Detection the words PASSENGER AIR BAG be able to inflate, if necessary, in System) may not function properly if “OFF” indicates the front passen- frontal crashes. the passenger takes actions which ger air bag system is deactivated. You will find the PASSENGER AIR can defeat the detection system. • The instrument panel air bag warn- BAG “OFF” indicator on the center These include: ing light is interconnected with the facia panel. This system detects the (1) Failing to sit in an upright position. occupant detection system. conditions 1~4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front (2) Leaning against the door or cen- passenger air bag based on these ter console. conditions. (3) Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat. (4) Putting legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat. (5) Improperly wearing the safety belt. (6) Reclining the seat back.

351 Safety features of your vehicle

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system CAUTION • Do not install a child restraint Indicator/Warning light Devices seat in the passenger seat when the seat is heavily Condition detected by the “PASSENGER SRS warning Front passenger soaked with any type of liquid. occupant classification system AIR BAG OFF” light air bag indicator light • Do not alter or remodel the ODS (Occupant Detection 1. Adult*1 Off Off Activated System).This may damage the 2. Child restraint system with system and prevent its proper child under 12 months old On Off Deactivated function in a collision. *2 *3 *4 3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated

4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated

*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture. *2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position. *3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat. *4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.

3 52 Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE ODS system • Do not use car seat cushions that WARNING - When the PASS AIR BAG “OFF” cover up the surface of the seat Riding in an improper position or symbol is illuminated, the passenger and aftermarket manufactured placing items on or under the air bag system will not operate. The passenger seat heaters. passenger seat may interfere passenger air bag system will oper- • After conducting car interior with the normal operation of the ate when necessary if the symbol is cleaning using steam or detergent, ODS (Occupant Detection not illuminated. the seat should be dried properly. System). It is important for the Afterward, check for normal driver to instruct the passenger ✽ NOTICE operation of the PASS AIR BAG as to the proper seating instruc- “OFF” and air bag warning lights. tions as contained in this manual. Do not modify or replace the front • Any service related to the passen- passenger seat. Don't place anything ger seat and the ODS must be on or attach anything such as a blan- done at Kia service center. ket, front seat cover or after market • After the passenger seat has been seat heater to the front passenger removed or installed for repair seat. This can adversely affect the purposes, check for normal opera- occupant detection system. tion of the PASS AIR BAG “OFF” and air bag warning lights with a person seated or not seated in the passenger seat.

353 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - ODS System Riding in an improper position adversely affects the Occupant Detection System and may result in the deactivation of the front passenger airbag. It is important for the driver to instruct the passenger as to the proper seating instructions as contained in this manual.

OJFA035104 OJFA035105 OJFA035106 - Do not place a heavy load in - Do not place feet on the front - Never sit with hips shifted the front passenger seatback passenger seatback. towards the front of the seat. pocket or on the front passenger seat.

(Continued)

3 54 Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued)

OJFA035107 OJFA035108 OJFA035109 - Never excessively recline the - Never place feet on the dash- - Never lean on the door or cen- front passenger seatback. board. ter console. - Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat.

(Continued)

355 Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued)

OJFA035101 OJFA035102 OJFA035103 - Do not use car seat acces- - Do not place electronic - Wet Passenger Seat sories such as thick blankets devices such as laptops, DVD and cushions which cover up player, or conductive materi- Do not spill liquid in the pas- the car seat surface. als such as water bottles on senger seat. Spilled liquid on the passenger seat. the passenger seat may cause - Do not sit on the passenger the air bag warning light to illu- seat wearing heavily padded - Do not use electronic devices minate or malfunction. If any clothes such as ski wear and such as laptops and satellite liquid is spilled, make sure the hip protector. radios which use inverter seat has been completely dried chargers. before driving the vehicle.

3 56 Safety features of your vehicle

Proper position If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” ✽ NOTICE indicator is still on, ask the passen- The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” ger to move to the rear seat. indicator illuminates for about 4 seconds after Engine Start/Stop button WARNING - “AIR BAG is turned to the ON position after the OFF” light engine is started. If the front passen- Do not allow an adult passenger ger seat is occupied, the occupant to ride in the front seat when the detection sensor will then classify PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” the front passenger after several indicator is illuminated, more seconds. because the air bag will not B990A01O deploy in the event of a crash. When an adult is seated in the front The driver must instruct the passenger seat, if the PASSENGER passenger to reposition himself AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, in the seat. Failure to properly change Engine Start/Stop button to position yourself may lead to air the OFF position and ask the pas- bag deactivation resulting in air senger to sit properly (sitting upright bag non-deployment in a colli- with the seat back in an upright posi- sion. If the PASSENGER AIR tion, centered on the seat cushion BAG “OFF” indicator remains with their seat belt on, legs comfort- illuminated after the passenger ably extended and their feet on the repositions themselves proper- floor). Restart the engine and have ly and the car is restarted, it is the person remain in that position. recommended that passenger This will allow the system to detect move to the rear seat because the person and to enable the pas- the passenger's front air bag senger air bag. will not deploy.

357 Safety features of your vehicle

• Even though your vehicle is Any child age 12 and under should Driver's and passenger's front equipped with the occupant detec- ride in the rear seat. Children too air bag tion system, never install a child large for child restraints should use restraint system in the front pas- the available lap/shoulder belts. No ■ Driver’s front air bag senger's seat. A deploying air bag matter what type of crash, children of can forcefully strike a child result- all ages are safer when restrained in ing in serious injuries or death. Any the rear seat. child age 12 and under should ride in the rear seat. Children too large for child restraints should use the If the occupant detection system is available lap/shoulder belts. No not working properly, the SRS air matter what type of crash, children bag warning light on the instrument of all ages are safer when panel will illuminate because the restrained in the rear seat. passenger's front air bag is connect- ODE036037 ed with the occupant detection sys- ■ Driver’s knee air bag • If the PASSENGER AIR BAG tem. If there is a malfunction of the “OFF” indicator is illuminated when occupant detection system, the PAS- the front passenger's seat is occu- SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator pied by an adult and he/she sits will not illuminate and the passen- properly (sitting upright with the ger's front air bag will inflate in frontal seatback in an upright position, impact crashes even if there is no centered on the seat cushion with occupant in the front passenger's their seat belt on, legs comfortably seat. extended and their feet on the floor), have that person sit in the ODE036063 rear seat.

3 58 Safety features of your vehicle

■ Passenger’s front air bag The SRS consists of air bags These sensors provide the ability to installed under the pad covers in the control the SRS deployment based on center of the steering wheel and the whether or not the seat belts are fas- passenger's side front panel above tened, and how severe the impact is. the glove box. The purpose of the SRS is to provide The advanced SRS offers the ability the vehicle's driver and/or the front to control the air bag inflation with passenger with additional protection two levels. A first stage level is pro- than that offered by the seat belt sys- vided for moderate-severity impacts. tem alone in case of a frontal impact A second stage level is provided for ODE036038 of sufficient severity. The SRS uses more severe impacts. Your vehicle is equipped with an sensors to gather information about Advanced Supplemental Restraint the driver's and front passenger's The passenger’s front air bag is (Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder seat belt usage and impact severity. designed to help reduce the injury of belts at both the driver and passen- The seat belt buckle sensor deter- children sitting close to the instru- ger seating position. mines if the front passenger's seat ment panel in low speed collisions. The indication of the system's pres- belt is fastened. However, children are safer if they ence are the letters "AIR BAG" locat- are restrained in the rear seat. ed on the air bag pad cover on the steering wheel and the passenger's According to the impact severity and side front panel pad above the glove seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS box. Control Module) controls the air bag inflation. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.

359 Safety features of your vehicle

Additionally, your vehicle is equipped Front air bags are not intended to with an occupant detection system in WARNING - Replacement / deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or the front passenger's seat. The occu- modifications rollover crashes. However, when pant detection system detects the The front passenger seat, dash- frontal deployment threshold is satis- presence of a passenger in the front board or door should not be fied at side-impact, front air bags passenger's seat and will turn off the replaced except by an author- may deploy. In addition, front air bags front passenger's air bag under cer- ized Kia dealer using original will not deploy in frontal crashes tain conditions. For more detail, see Kia parts designed for this vehi- below the deployment threshold. "Occupant detection system" in this cle and model. Any other such chapter. replacement or modification WARNING - SRS Wiring Modification to the seat structure can could adversely affect the operation of the occupant detection Do not tamper with or discon- cause the air bag to deploy at a dif- nect SRS wiring or other com- ferent level than should be provided. system and your advanced air bags. ponents of the SRS system. Manufacturers are required by gov- Doing so could result in injury, ernment regulations to provide a due to accidental deployment of contact point concerning modifica- Advanced air bags are combined with the air bags or by rendering the tions to the vehicle for persons with pre-tensioner seat belts to help pro- SRS inoperative. disabilities, which modifications may vide enhanced occupant protection in affect the vehicle's advanced air bag frontal crashes. Front air bags are not system. That contact is Kia's toll-free intended to deploy in collisions in Customer Experience Department at which sufficient protection can be pro- 1-877-KIA-AUTO (1-877-542-2886). vided by the pre-tensioner seat belt. However, Kia does not endorse nor ✽ will it support any changes to any NOTICE part or structure of the vehicle that Air bags can only be used once – could affect the advanced air bag have an authorized Kia dealer system, including the occupant replace the air bag immediately detection system. after deployment.

3 60 Safety features of your vehicle

Side air bag The purpose of the air bag is to pro- WARNING - No attaching vide the vehicle's driver and/or the objects front passenger with additional pro- No objects (such as crash pad tection than that offered by the seat cover, cellular phone holder, belt alone. cup holder, perfume or stickers) • The side air bags are designed to should be placed over or near deploy during certain side-impact the air bag modules on the collisions, depending on the crash steering wheel, instrument severity, angle, speed and point of panel, windshield glass, and the impact. However, when side deploy- front passenger's panel above ment threshold is satisfied at front- the glove box. Such objects ODE036040 impact, side air bags may deploy. could cause harm if the vehicle • The side air bags may deploy on the is in a crash severe enough to side of the impact or on both sides. cause the air bags to deploy. • The side and/or curtain air bags on Do not place any objects over both sides of the vehicle will deploy the air bag or between the air if a rollover or possible rollover is bag and yourself. detected. • The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations. ODE036041 - Unexpected ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ WARNING from the illustration. deployment Avoid impact to the side impact Your vehicle is equipped with a side airbag sensor when Engine air bag in each front seat. Start/Stop button is ON to prevent unexpected deployment of the side air bag.

361 Safety features of your vehicle

• The side air bag is supplemental to • If seat or seat cover is damaged, the driver's and the passenger's have the vehicle checked and WARNING - No attaching seat belt systems and is not a sub- repaired by an authorized Kia deal- objects stitute for them. Therefore your er. Inform the dealer that your vehi- • Do not place any objects over seat belts must be worn at all times cle is equipped with side air bags the air bag or between the air while the vehicle is in operation. and an occupant detection system. bag and yourself. Also, do not • For best protection from the side attach any objects around the air bag system and to avoid being WARNING - Flying objects area the air bag inflates such injured by the deploying side air as the door, side door glass, bag, both front seat occupants Do not place any objects (an front and rear pillar. umbrella, bag, etc.) between the should sit in an upright position • Do not put any objects with the seat belt properly fas- front door and the front seat. Such objects may become dan- between the side airbag label tened. The driver's hands should and seat cushion. It could be placed on the steering wheel at gerous projectiles if the side airbag inflates. cause harm if the vehicle is in the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The a crash severe enough to passenger's arms and hands cause the air bags to deploy. should be placed on their laps. • Never place or insert any object into any small opening WARNING - Deployment near side airbag labels Do not install any accessories attached to the vehicle seats. including seat covers, on the When the air bag deploys, the side or near the side air bag as object may affect the deploy- this may affect the deployment ment and result in unexpected of the side air bags. accident or bodily harm. • Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bags.

3 62 Safety features of your vehicle

Curtain air bag Curtain air bags are located along Do not allow the passengers to lean both sides of the roof rails above the their heads or bodies against the front and rear doors. doors, put their arms on the doors, They are designed to help protect stretch their arms out of the window occupants in certain side impacts or place objects between the doors and to help prevent them from eject- and passengers when they are seating out of the vehicle as a result of a ed on seats equipped with side rollover, especially when the seat- impact and/or curtain air bags. belts are also in use. • The curtain air bags are designed to ✽ NOTICE deploy during certain side impact Never try to open or repair any com- ODE036042 collisions, depending on the crash ponents of the side and curtain air severity, angle, speed and point of bag system. This should only be impact. However, when side deploy- done by an authorized Kia dealer. ment threshold is satisfied at front- impact, side air bags may deploy. • The curtain air bags may deploy on WARNING - No attaching the side of the impact or on both objects sides. • Do not place any objects over • Also, the curtain air bags on both the air bag. Also, do not attach sides of the vehicle will deploy in any objects around the area certain rollover situations. the air bag inflates such as the ODE036043 door, side door glass, front ❈ • The curtain air bags are not and rear pillar, roof side rail. The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ designed to deploy in all side from the illustration. impact or rollover situations. • Do not hang hard, breakable, or heavy objects on the coat hooks for safety reasons.

363 Safety features of your vehicle

Why didn’t my air bag go off in a Air bag collision sensors collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag) There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts.

ODE036044/ODE036045/ODE036046/ODE036047/ODE036048 (1) SRS control module/ (3) Side pressure sensor Rollover sensor (4) Side impact sensor (2) Front impact sensor ❈ The actual shape and position of sensors may differ from the illustration.

3 64 Safety features of your vehicle

Problems may arise if the sensor Air bag inflation conditions WARNING - Air bag sen- installation angles are changed due Front air bags to the deformation of the front sors Front air bags are designed to inflate bumper, front end module, body or • Do not hit or allow any objects in a frontal collision depending on front doors where side collision sen- to impact the locations where the severity of impact of the front col- sors are installed. Have the vehicle air bags or sensors are lision. installed. checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer. This may cause unexpected Side and/or curtain air bags air bag deployment, which Installing bumper guards (or side Side and/or curtain air bags are could result in serious per- step or running board) or replacing a designed to inflate when an impact is sonal injury or death. bumper (or front door module) with non-genuine parts may adversely detected by side collision sensors • If the installation location or affect your vehicle’s collision and air depending on the severity of impact angle of the sensors is altered bag deployment performance. resulting from a side impact collision. in any way, the air bags may Also, the side and curtain air bags are deploy when they should not designed to inflate when a rollover is or they may not deploy when detected by a rollover sensor. they should. Although the front air bags (driver’s Therefore, do not try to per- and front passenger’s air bags) are form maintenance on or designed to inflate in frontal collisions, around the air bag sensors. they also may inflate in other types of Have the vehicle checked and collisions if the front impact sensors repaired by an authorized Kia detect a sufficient frontal force in dealer. another type of impact. Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions.

365 Safety features of your vehicle

They may inflate in other types of Air bag non-inflation conditions • Just before impact, drivers often collisions where a side force is • In certain low-speed collisions the brake heavily. Such heavy braking detected by the sensors. Side air bag air bags may not deploy. The air lowers the front portion of the vehi- and/or curtain air bags may also bags are designed not to deploy in cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi- inflate where rollover sensors indi- such cases because they may not cle with a higher ground clearance. cate the possibility of a rollover provide benefits beyond the pro- Air bags may not inflate in this occurring (even if none actually tection of the seat belts in such col- "under-ride" situation because occurs) or in other situations, includ- lisions. deceleration forces that are detecting when the vehicle is tilted while ed by sensors may be significantly being towed. • Air bags are not designed to inflate reduced by such “under-ride” colli- in rear collisions, because occu- sions. Even where side and/or curtain air pants are moved backward by the bags would not provide impact pro- force of the impact. In this case, • Front air bags may not inflate in all tection in a rollover, however, they inflated air bags would not be able rollover accidents where the will deploy to prevent ejection of to provide any additional benefit. SRSCM indicates that the front air occupants, especially those who are bag deployment would not provide restrained with seat belts. • Front air bags may not inflate in additional occupant protection. side impact collisions, because If the vehicle chassis is impacted by occupants move to the direction of • Air bags may not inflate if the vehi- bumps or objects on unimproved the collision, and thus in side cle collides with objects such as util- roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive impacts, frontal air bag deployment ity poles or trees, where the point of carefully on unimproved roads or on would not provide additional occu- impact is concentrated to one area surfaces not designed for vehicle pant protection. and the full force of the impact is not traffic to prevent unintended air bag delivered to the sensors. deployment. • In an angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags.

3 66 Safety features of your vehicle

SRS Care For cleaning the air bag pad covers, - Tampering The SRS is virtually maintenance- use only a soft, dry cloth or one which WARNING free and so there are no parts you can has been moistened with plain water. with SRS safely service by yourself. If the SRS Solvents or cleaners could adversely Do not tamper with or discon- air bag warning light does not illumi- affect the air bag covers and proper nect SRS wiring, or other com- nate, or continuously remains on, have deployment of the system. ponents of the SRS system. your vehicle immediately inspected by If components of the air bag system Doing so could result in the an authorized Kia dealer. must be discarded, or if the vehicle accidental inflation of the air must be scrapped, certain safety bags or render the SRS inoper- precautions must be observed. An ative. Any work on the SRS system, such authorized Kia dealer knows these as removing, installing, repairing, or precautions and can give you the any work on the steering wheel, the necessary information. Failure to fol- - Towing Vehicle front passenger’s panel, front seats low these precautions and proce- WARNING and roof rails must be performed by dures could increase the risk of per- Always have the ignition off an authorized Kia dealer. Improper sonal injury. when your vehicle is being handling of the SRS system may towed. The side air bags may result in serious personal injury. inflate if the vehicle is tilted such as when being towed because of the rollover sensors in the vehicle.

367 Safety features of your vehicle

Adding equipment to or modi- Air bag warning label fying your air bag-equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system. ODE036090N Air bag warning labels, some required by the Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS), are attached to the sunvisor to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system.

368 Features of your vehicle

Folding key ...... 4-4 Windows ...... 4-27 • Record your key number ...... 4-4 • Power windows ...... 4-28 • Key operations ...... 4-4 Hood...... 4-32 • Transmitter precautions ...... 4-6 • Opening the hood ...... 4-32 • Battery replacement ...... 4-7 • Hood open warning ...... 4-33 • Immobilizer system ...... 4-8 • Closing the hood ...... 4-33 Smart key ...... 4-11 Fuel filler lid lid ...... 4-34 • Record your key number ...... 4-11 • Closing the fuel filler lid ...... 4-34 • Smart key function ...... 4-11 Fuel filler lid (Plug-in Hybrid) ...... 4-35 4 • Loss of the smart key ...... 4-13 • Opening the fuel filler lid ...... 4-35 • Smart key precautions ...... 4-14 Sunroof ...... 4-39 • Battery replacement ...... 4-14 • Sunroof open warning...... 4-40 • Smart key immobilizer system...... 4-15 • Sliding the sunroof ...... 4-40 Theft-alarm system ...... 4-17 • Tilting the sunroof ...... 4-42 • Armed stage ...... 4-17 • Sunshade...... 4-42 • Theft-alarm stage ...... 4-18 • Resetting the sunroof ...... 4-43 • Disarmed stage...... 4-18 Steering wheel...... 4-44 Door locks ...... 4-20 • Electronic power steering (EPS) ...... 4-44 • Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-20 • Tilt and telescopic steering ...... 4-45 • Operating door locks from inside the vehicle...... 4-21 • Heated steering wheel ...... 4-46 • Child-protector rear door lock ...... 4-23 • Horn ...... 4-47 Liftgate ...... 4-25 Mirrors ...... 4-48 • Opening the liftgate...... 4-25 • Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-48 • Closing the liftgate...... 4-25 • Outside rearview mirror...... 4-50 • Emergency liftgate safety release...... 4-26 Instrument cluster ...... 4-53 Parking assist system ...... 4-110 • Instrument cluster control ...... 4-56 • Operation of the parking assist system ...... 4-110 • LCD window control...... 4-56 • Non-operational conditions of parking assist • Gauges ...... 4-57 system ...... 4-112 • Dual clutch transmission shift indicator...... 4-63 • Self-diagnosis ...... 4-114 LCD windows ...... 4-64 Rearview camera ...... 4-115 • Over view ...... 4-64 Lighting ...... 4-116 • Trip information (Trip computer, for Hybrid) . . . . . 4-64 • Battery saver function...... 4-116 4 • Digital speedometer...... 4-67 • Headlight escort function ...... 4-116 • One time driving information mode ...... 4-68 • Daytime running light...... 4-116 • Energy flow ...... 4-69 • Lighting control ...... 4-117 • Trip information (Trip computer, • High beam operation...... 4-118 for Plug-in Hybrid) ...... 4-71 • Turn signals and lane change signals ...... 4-119 • Energy flow ...... 4-75 • Check headlight...... 4-120 • LCD modes...... 4-77 • Front fog light ...... 4-120 Warning and indicator lights ...... 4-94 Wipers and washers ...... 4-121 • Warning lights ...... 4-94 • Windshield wipers ...... 4-121 • Indicator lights...... 4-102 • Front windshield washers...... 4-122 Rear parking assist system ...... 4-107 • Rear window wiper and washer switch ...... 4-123 • Operation of the rear parking assist system...... 4-107 Interior lights ...... 4-125 • Non-operational conditions of rear parking assist • Automatic turn off function ...... 4-125 system ...... 4-108 • Room lamp...... 4-125 • Rear parking assist system precautions ...... 4-109 • Map lamp ...... 4-126 • Self-diagnosis ...... 4-109 • Liftgate room lamp ...... 4-127 • Vanity mirror lamp ...... 4-127 Welcome system ...... 4-128 Interior features ...... 4-152 • Headlight (Headlamp) escort function ...... 4-128 • Cup holder ...... 4-152 • Interior light...... 4-128 • Seat warmer...... 4-152 • Pocket lamp ...... 4-128 • Air ventilation seat ...... 4-154 Defroster ...... 4-129 • Sunvisor ...... 4-155 • Rear window defroster ...... 4-129 • Power outlet ...... 4-155 Automatic climate control system...... 4-130 • USB charger...... 4-156 • Automatic heating and air conditioning ...... 4-131 • AC inverter...... 4-157 • Manual heating and air conditioning ...... 4-133 • Wireless smart phone charging system ...... 4-158 4 • Automatic ventilation ...... 4-140 • Clothes hanger...... 4-162 • Sunroof inside air recirculation ...... 4-140 • Floor mat anchor (s) ...... 4-162 • System operation ...... 4-140 • Luggage net holder ...... 4-163 • Climate control air filter...... 4-143 • Cargo security screen ...... 4-164 • Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and Exterior features...... 4-165 compressor lubricant ...... 4-143 • Roof rack ...... 4-165 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 4-145 • Automatic climate control system ...... 4-145 • Defogging logic...... 4-146 Storage compartments...... 4-149 • Center console storage ...... 4-149 • Glove box ...... 4-149 • Sunglass holder ...... 4-150 • Luggage box...... 4-151 Features of your vehicle

FOLDING KEY (IF EQUIPPED) Record your key number Key operations CAUTION The key code number is stamped on Do not fold the key without the key code tag pressing the release button. attached to the key This may damage the key. set. Should you lose your keys, this number will enable an authorized Kia dealer to WARNING - Aftermarket duplicate the keys easily. Remove key the key code tag and store it in a safe place. Also, record the key code Use only Kia original parts for number and keep it in a safe place, the ignition key in your vehicle. but not in the vehicle. If an aftermarket key is used, ODE046037N the ignition switch may not • Used to start the engine. return to ON after START. If this happens, the starter will contin- • Used to lock and unlock the doors. ue to operate causing damage • To unfold the key, press the release to the starter motor and possi- button then the key will unfold auto- ble fire due to excessive current matically. To fold the key, fold the in the wiring. key manually while pressing the release button.

44 Features of your vehicle

Door Unlock (2) WARNING - Ignition key 1. Press the unlock button(2). (smart key) 2. The driver's door will unlock. The Never leave the keys in your hazard warning lights will blink two vehicle with unsupervised chil- times. dren. Leaving children unat- 3. Press the unlock button(2) twice tended in a vehicle with a man- within 4 seconds and all doors and ual ignition key or a smart key liftgate will unlock. The hazard is dangerous. Children copy warning lights will blink two times. adults and they could place the key in the ignition switch or press the start button. The key OXMA043317 ✽ NOTICE would enable children to oper- Door Lock (1) You can activate or deactivate the ate power windows or other 1. Close all doors, engine hood and Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to controls, or even make the vehi- “User settings” in this chapter. cle move, which could result in liftgate. serious bodily injury or death. 2. Press the lock button(1). 3. All doors and liftgate will lock. The hazard warning lights will blink once. 4. If the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds, the hazard warning lights will blink and the horn will sound once. 5. Make sure that doors are locked by checking the door lock button inside or pulling the outside door handle.

45 Features of your vehicle

Liftgate unlock (3) Panic (4) Transmitter precautions The liftgate is unlocked if the button The horn sounds and hazard warn- • The transmitter will not work if any is pressed for more than 1 second. ing lights flash for about 27 seconds of following occur: Also, once the liftgate is opened and if this button is pressed for more than - The ignition key is in the ignition then closed, the liftgate will be locked 0.5 seconds. To stop the horn and switch. automatically. lights, press any button on the transmitter. - You exceed the operating distance limit (about 10 m [30 feet]). - The battery in the transmitter is weak. - Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal. - The weather is extremely cold. - The transmitter is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio sub- station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter.

64 Features of your vehicle

• When the transmitter does not work Battery replacement correctly, open and close the door CAUTION - Transmitter with the ignition key. If you have a Keep the transmitter away from problem with the transmitter, con- water or any liquid as it can tact an authorized Kia dealer. become damaged and not func- • If the transmitter is in close proxim- tion properly if wet. ity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile ✽ phones normal operational signals. NOTICE This is especially important when If the keyless entry system is inoper- the phone is active such as making ative due to exposure to water or liq- and receiving calls, text messag- uids, it will not be covered by your ing, and/or sending/receiving manufacturer’s vehicle warranty. emails. Avoid placing the transmit- OYDDCO2005 ter and your mobile phone in the The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium same pants or jacket pocket and battery which will normally last for always try to maintain an adequate several years. When replacement is distance between the two devices. necessary, use the following procedure. 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter center cover. 2. Replace the battery with a new battery (CR2032). When replacing the battery, make sure the battery is positioned correctly. 3. Install the battery in the reverse order of removal.

47 Features of your vehicle

For replacement transmitters, see an Immobilizer system authorized Kia dealer for transmitter CAUTION - Transmitter damage Your vehicle is equipped with an reprogramming. electronic engine immobilizer system • The transmitter is designed to give Do not drop, wet or expose the to reduce the risk of unauthorized you years of trouble-free use. keyless entry system transmit- vehicle use. ter to heat or sunlight. However it can malfunction if Your immobilizer system is com- exposed to moisture or static elec- prised of a small transponder in the tricity. If you are unsure how to use ignition key and electronic devices your transmitter or replace the bat- IC WARNING inside the vehicle. tery, contact an authorized Kia dealer. This device complies with With the immobilizer system, when- Industry Canada licence- ever you insert your ignition key into • Using the wrong battery can cause exempt RSS standard(s). the ignition switch and turn it to ON, the transmitter to malfunction. Be verifies if the ignition key is valid. sure to use the correct battery. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this If the key is determined to be valid, • To avoid damaging the transmitter, device may not cause interfer- the engine will start. don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it ence, and (2) this device must to heat or sunlight. If the key is determined to be invalid, accept any interference, includ- the engine will not start. • An inappropriately dis- ing interference that may cause posed battery can be undesired operation of the harmful to the environment device. and may cause harm to human health. Dispose the battery according to your local law(s) or regulation.

84 Features of your vehicle

To activate the immobilizer sys- Do not put metal accessories near tem: the ignition switch. CAUTION - Immobilizer Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi- Metal accessories may interrupt the damage tion. The immobilizer system acti- transponder signal and may prevent Do not expose your immobilizer vates automatically. Without a valid the engine from being started. system to moisture, static elec- ignition key for your vehicle, the tricity or rough handling. This may damage your immobilizer. engine will not start. ✽ NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose To deactivate the immobilizer your keys, contact an authorized ✽ NOTICE - Immobilizer system: Kia dealer. alterations Insert the ignition key into the key Do not change, alter or adjust the cylinder and turn it to the ON position. immobilizer system because it could In order to prevent theft of your vehi- cause the immobilizer system to cle, do not leave spare keys anywhere malfunction. in your vehicle.Your Immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential. Do not leave this number anywhere in your vehicle.

✽ NOTICE When starting the engine, do not use the key with other immobilizer keys around. Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts. Keep each key separate in order to avoid a starting malfunction.

49 Features of your vehicle

This device complies with Industry Limp home (override) proce- 3. To enter the first digit (in this exam- Canada licence-exempt RSS stan- dure ple “2”), turn the ignition switch to dard(s). When you turn the ignition switch to the ON and ACC position twice. Operation is subject to the following the ON position, if the immobilizer Perform the same procedure for two conditions: indicator ( ) goes off after blink- the next digits between 3 seconds ing 5 times, your transponder and 10 seconds (for example, for (1) This device may not cause inter- “3”, turn the ignition ON and ACC ference, and equipped in the ignition key is out of order. You cannot start the engine 3 times). (2) This device must accept any without the limp home procedure. To 4. If all of the digits have been input interference, including interfer- start the engine, you have to input successfully, you have to start the ence that may cause undesired your password by using the ignition engine within 30 seconds. If you operation of the device. switch. Your password is only avail- attempt to start the engine after 30 able from an authorized Kia dealer- seconds, the engine will not start ✽ NOTICE ship. Contact an authorized dealer and you will have to input your for more information. Changes or modifications not password again. expressly approved by the party The following procedure is how to After performing the limp home pro- responsible for compliance could input your password of “2345” as an cedure, you have to see an author- void the user’s authority to operate example. ized Kia dealer immediately to the equipment. If the keyless entry 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON inspect and repair your ignition key system is inoperative due to changes position. The immobilizer indicator or immobilizer system. or modifications not approved by ( ) will blink 5 times and go off the party responsible for compli- indicating the beginning of the limp ance, it will not be covered by your home procedure. manufacturer’s vehicle warranty. 2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position.

4 10 Features of your vehicle

SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED) Record your key number Smart key function With a smart key, you can lock or The key code number unlock a door (and liftgate) and start is stamped on the bar the engine. code tag attached to Refer to the following for more details. the key set. Should you lose your keys, WARNING - Smart key this number will enable an authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys Never leave the keys in your easily. Remove the bar code tag and vehicle with unsupervised chil- store it in a safe place. Also, record dren. Leaving children unat- the code number and keep it in a tended in a vehicle with a man- safe and handy place, but not in the ual a smart key is dangerous. vehicle. Children copy adults and they OJF045325L could press the start button. To remove the mechanical key, press The key would enable children and hold the release button(1) and to operate power windows or remove the mechanical key (2). other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could To reinstall the mechanical key, put result in serious bodily injury or the key into the hole and push it until death. a click sound is heard.

411 Features of your vehicle

Locking The hazard warning lights will blink Unlocking once to indicate that all doors (and Pressing the button of the front out- liftgate) are locked. The button will side door handles with all doors (and only operate when the smart key is liftgate) closed and locked, unlocks within 0.7 ~ 1 m (28 ~ 40 in) from the all the doors (and liftgate). The haz- outside door handle. If you want to ard warning lights will blink twice to make sure that a door has locked or indicate that all doors (and liftgate) not, you should check the door lock are unlocked. The button will only button inside the vehicle or pull the operate when the smart key is within outside door handle. 0.7 ~ 1 m (28 ~ 40 in) from the out- Even though you press the button, side door handle. OYDDCO2004 the doors will not lock and an audible When Two press unlock function is chime will sound if any of the follow- activated, ing occurs: - If you press the Door Unlock but- • The smart key is in the vehicle. ton(2) on the smart key, driver`s • The ENGINE START/STOP button door will unlock. is in the ACC or ON position. - If you press Door Unlock button(2) • Any door except the liftgate is on the smart key within four sec- opened. onds again, then all the doors will unlock. - If you press the driver's outside ODE046001 door handle button, driver`s door Pressing the button of the front out- will unlock. side door handles with all doors (and - If you press the driver's outside liftgate) closed and any door door handle button within four sec- unlocked, locks all the doors (and lift- onds again, then all the doors will gate). unlock.

4 12 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Panic Loss of the smart key You can activate or deactivate the 1. Press the panic button (4) for more A maximum of 2 smart keys can be Two Press Unlock function. Refer to than 1 second. registered to a single vehicle. “User settings” in this chapter. 2. The horn sounds and hazard If you happen to lose your smart key, warning light flash for about 27 you will not be able to start the Liftgate unlocking seconds. engine. You should immediately take If you are within 28 ~ 40 in (0.7 ~ 1 m) the vehicle and remaining key to your from the outside liftgate handle, with ✽ NOTICE authorized Kia dealer (tow the vehi- your smart key in possession, the lift- cle, if necessary) to protect it from gate will unlock and open when you To stop the horn and lights, press potential theft. press the liftgate handle switch. any button on the smart key. The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the liftgate is Engine start unlocked. You can start the engine without Also, once the liftgate is opened and inserting the key. For detailed infor- then closed, the liftgate will lock mation refer to the “Engine start/stop automatically. button” in chapter 6.

413 Features of your vehicle

Smart key precautions • If the smart key is in close proximi- Battery replacement • The smart key will not work if any ty to your cell phone or smart of the following occur: phone, the signal from the smart key could be blocked by normal - The smart key is close to a radio operation of your cell phone or transmitter such as a radio sta- smart phone. This is especially tion or an airport which can inter- important when the phone is active fere with normal operation of the such as making a call, receiving smart key. calls, text messaging, and/or send- - The smart key is near a mobile ing/receiving emails. Avoid placing two way radio system or a cellu- the smart key and your cell phone lar phone. or smart phone in the same pants - Another vehicle’s smart key is or jacket pocket and maintain ade- being operated close to your quate distance between the two OJF045400L vehicle. devices. A smart key battery should last for • When the smart key does not work several years, but if the smart key is correctly, open and close the door CAUTION - Transmitter not working properly, try replacing with the mechanical key and contact Keep the transmitter away from the battery with a new one. If you are an authorized Kia dealer. water or any liquid, as it can unsure how to use your smart key or become damaged and not func- replace the battery, contact an tion properly if wet. authorized Kia dealer. 1. Remove the mechanical key. ✽ NOTICE 2. Pry open the rear cover. 3. Replace the battery with a new If the keyless entry system is inoper- battery (CR2032). When replacing ative due to exposure to water or liq- the battery, make sure the battery uids, it will not be covered by your is in the correct position. manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

4 14 Features of your vehicle

4. Install the battery in the reverse Smart key immobilizer system order of removal. IC WARNING Your vehicle is equipped with an • The smart key is designed to give This device complies with electronic engine immobilizer system you years of trouble-free use, how- Industry Canada licence- to reduce the risk of unauthorized ever it can malfunction if exposed exempt RSS standard(s). vehicle use. to moisture or static electricity. If Operation is subject to the fol- Your immobilizer system is com- you are unsure how to use or lowing two conditions: (1) this prised of a small transponder in the replace the battery, contact an device may not cause interfer- smart key and electronic devices authorized Kia dealer. ence, and (2) this device must inside the vehicle. accept any interference, includ- • Using the wrong battery can cause With the immobilizer system, when- ing interference that may cause the smart key to malfunction. Be ever you turn the engine start/stop undesired operation of the sure to use the correct battery. button to the ON position by pressing device. • To avoid damaging the smart key, the button while carrying the smart don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it key, it verifies if the smart key is valid. to heat or sunlight. If the key is determined to be valid, • An inappropriately dis- the engine will start. posed battery can be harm- If the key is determined to be invalid, ful to the environment and the engine will not start. human health. Dispose the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.

CAUTION - Smart key damage Do not drop, get wet or expose the smart key to heat or sunlight, or it will be damaged.

415 Features of your vehicle

To deactivate the immobilizer This device complies with Industry system: CAUTION - Immobilizer Canada licence-exempt RSS stan- Turn the engine start/stop button to damage dard(s). the ON position by pressing the but- Do not expose your immobilizer Operation is subject to the following ton while carrying the smart key. system to moisture, static elec- two conditions: In order to prevent theft of your vehi- tricity or rough handling. This (1) This device may not cause inter- cle, do not leave spare keys any- may damage your immobilizer. ference, and where in your vehicle. (2) This device must accept any ✽ NOTICE - Immobilizer alter- interference, including interfer- To activate the immobilizer system: ations ence that may cause undesired operation of the device. Turn the engine start/stop button to Do not change, alter or adjust the the OFF position. The immobilizer immobilizer system because it could system activates automatically. cause the immobilizer system to ✽ NOTICE Without a valid smart key for your malfunction. Changes or modifications not vehicle, the engine will not start. expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could ✽ NOTICE void the user’s authority to operate When starting the engine, do not use the equipment. If the keyless entry the key with other immobilizer keys system is inoperative due to changes around. Otherwise the engine may or modifications not expressly not start or may stop soon after it approved by the party responsible starts. Keep each key separate in for compliance, it will not be cov- order to avoid a starting malfunction. ered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty. ✽ NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose your keys, contact an authorized Kia dealer.

4 16 Features of your vehicle

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM Armed stage The system can also be armed by Park the vehicle and stop the engine. locking the doors with the key from Arm the system as described below. the front doors; however, the hazard Armed warning lights will not blink using this stage 1. Turn off the engine. method. 2. Make sure that all doors (and liftgate) and engine hood are closed ✽ and latched. NOTICE Disarmed Theft-alarm The theft-alarm system can be deac- stage stage 3. Lock the doors by depressing the door lock button on the smart key. tivated by an authorized Kia dealer. If you want this feature, consult an After completion of the steps above, authorized Kia dealer. the hazard warning lights will blink This system is designed to provide (for smart key, the chime also protection from unauthorized entry sounds) once to indicate that the into the vehicle. This system is oper- system is armed. ated in three stages: the first is the If any door (or liftgate) or engine “Armed” stage, the second is the hood remains open, the hazard “Theft-alarm” stage, and the third is warning lights and the chime will not the “Disarmed” stage. If triggered, operate and the theft-alarm will not the system provides an audible arm. If all doors and liftgate and alarm with blinking of the hazard engine hood are closed after the lock warning lights. button is pressed, the hazard warning lights blink once.

417 Features of your vehicle

Do not arm the system until all Theft-alarm stage Disarmed stage passengers have left the vehicle. If The alarm will be activated if any of The system will be disarmed when the system is armed while a pas- the following occurs while the system • The doors (and liftgate) are senger(s) remains in the vehicle, is armed. the alarm may be activated when unlocked with the smart key. the remaining passenger(s) leave • A front or rear door is opened with- After depressing the unlock button, the vehicle. If any door (or liftgate) out using the smart key. the hazard warning lights will blink or engine hood is opened within • The liftgate is opened without using and the chime will sound twice (in 30 seconds after the system smart key. smart key) to indicate that the sys- enters the armed stage, the sys- • The engine hood is opened. tem is disarmed. tem is disarmed to prevent an After depressing the unlock button, if unnecessary alarm. The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously any door (or liftgate) is not opened for approximately 27 seconds, and within 30 seconds, the system will be repeat the horn 3 times unless the rearmed. system is disarmed. To turn off the system, unlock the doors with the smart key.

4 18 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE • Avoid trying to start the engine Malfunctions caused by improper while the alarm is activated. The alterations, adjustments or modifi- vehicle starting motor is disabled cations to the theft-alarm system are during the theft-alarm stage. not covered by your vehicle manu- If the system is not disarmed with facturer warranty. the smart key, open the doors by using the mechanical key and start the engine by directly pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the smart key. • If you lose your keys, consult your authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION - Adjusting alarm system Do not change, alter or adjust the theft alarm system in your vehicle. Improper installation of the alarm system could damage the vehicle or cause the system to malfunction.

419 Features of your vehicle

DOOR LOCKS Operating door locks from ✽ NOTICE CAUTION outside the vehicle • In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not Do not unnecessarily open and work properly due to freezing con- close the door repeatedly or ditions. with excessive force. Such • If the door is locked/unlocked action can damage the vehicle multiple times in rapid succession door. with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to WARNING protect the circuit and prevent If adult passengers must remain damage to system components. in the vehicle while it is very hot or cold outside, there is risk of ODEP047002N WARNING injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the out- • Turn the key clockwise (1) to lock • Securely close your door side when there are adult pas- and counterclockwise (2) to unlock. before you begin driving. sengers in the vehicle. • If you lock the driver’s door with a Failure to fully close your door key, all vehicle doors will lock auto- may cause it to open during matically. vehicle operation. • Doors can also be locked and • Keep your body out of the way unlocked with the transmitter. of the closing door to prevent injuries. • Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. • When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure the doors are closed securely.

4 20 Features of your vehicle

Operating door locks from • If the inner door handle of the dri- inside the vehicle ver’s (or front passenger’s) door is pulled when the door lock button is With the door lock button in the lock position, the button will unlock and the door will open. • Doors cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and a door is open.

If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle, try ODE046040N one or more of the following tech- • To lock a door without the key, niques to exit: push the inside door lock button (1) • Operate the door unlock feature or central door lock switch (2) to ODE046004 repeatedly (both electronic and the “Lock” position and close the manual) while simultaneously door (3). • To unlock a door, pull the door lock pulling on the door handle. button (1) to the “Unlock” position. • If you lock the door with the central The red mark on the button will be • Operate the other door locks and door lock switch (2), all vehicle visible. handles, front and rear. doors will lock automatically. • To lock a door, push the door lock • Lower a front window and use the button (1) to the “Lock” position. If key to unlock the door from out- ✽ NOTICE the door is locked properly, the red side. Always turn the Engine Start/Stop mark on the door lock button will button to OFF position, engage the not be visible. parking brake, close all windows, • To open a door, pull the door handle and lock all doors when leaving your (2) outward. vehicle unattended.

421 Features of your vehicle

With central door lock switch • When pressing the left portion(2) WARNING for driver side or the lower por- ■ Driver side Do not pull the inner door han- tion(2) for passenger side of the dle of driver’s(or passenger’s) switch, all vehicle doors will unlock. door while the vehicle is mov- • If the smart key is in the vehicle ing. and any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the right portion(1) for driver side or upper portion(1) for passenger side of the central door lock switch is pressed.

ODE046005 WARNING - Doors ■ Passenger side • The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental opening of the door. • Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the ODE046041N path of the door. Opening a Operate by pressing the central door door when something is lock switch. approaching can cause injury. • When pressing the right portion(1) for driver side or the upper portion(1) for passenger side of the switch, all vehicle doors will lock.

4 22 Features of your vehicle

Impact sensing door unlock Child-protector rear door lock WARNING - Unattended system children/animals In the event of air bag deployment Never leave children or animals resulting from a vehicle impact, all unattended in your vehicle. An doors will automatically unlock. enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or severe injury to unattended Speed sensing door lock system children or animals who cannot All doors will automatically lock after escape the vehicle. the vehicle speed exceeds 10 mph (15 km/h).

✽ NOTICE ODE046006L You can select some auto door The child safety lock is provided to lock/unlock features in “User Settings” help prevent children from acciden- For more information, refer to tally opening the rear doors from “User Settings” in this chapter. inside the vehicle. The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. 1. Open the rear door. 2. Turn the child safety lock (1) located on the rear edge of the door to the lock ( ) position. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled.

423 Features of your vehicle

3. Close the rear door. To open the rear door, pull the outside door handle (2). Even though the doors may be unlocked, the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked.

WARNING - Rear door locks Use the rear door safety locks whenever children are in the vehicle. If a child accidently opens the rear doors while the vehicle is moving, they may fall out.

4 24 Features of your vehicle

LIFTGATE Opening the liftgate Closing the liftgate WARNING The liftgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the liftgate.

✽ NOTICE In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

ODE046007 ODE046008N • The liftgate is locked or unlocked CAUTION - Liftgate lift To close the liftgate, lower and push when all doors are locked or Make certain that you close the down the liftgate firmly. Make sure unlocked with the key, transmitter liftgate before driving your vehi- that the liftgate is securely latched. (or smart key) or central door lock cle. Possible damage may occur Make sure your hands, feet and other switch. to the liftgate lift cylinders and parts of your body are safely out of • If unlocked, the liftgate can be attached hardware if the liftgate the way before closing the liftgate. opened by pressing the handle is not closed prior to driving. switch and then pulling the handle up. • Only the liftgate is unlocked if the liftgate unlock button on the smart key is pressed (if equipped). Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate is locked automatically.

425 Features of your vehicle

Emergency liftgate safety WARNING - Exhaust release WARNING fumes • No one should be allowed to The liftgate should always be occupy the cargo area of the kept completely closed while vehicle at any time. The cargo the vehicle is in motion. If it is area is a very dangerous loca- left open or ajar, poisonous tion in the event of a crash. exhaust gases may enter the • Use the release lever for vehicle and serious illness or emergencies only. Use with death may result. extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.

WARNING - Rear cargo area ODE046009N CAUTION Occupants should never ride in Your vehicle is equipped with the Make sure nothing is near the the rear cargo area where no liftgate latch and striker while restraints are available. emergency liftgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the lift- closing the liftgate. It may dam- Occupants should always be age the liftgate's latch. properly restrained. gate. When someone is inadvertently locked in the luggage compartment. The liftgate can be opened by doing as follows: 1. Input the mechanical key into the hole. 2. Push the mechanical key to the right (1). 3. Push up the liftgate.

4 26 Features of your vehicle

WINDOWS ■ Front (1) Driver’s door power window switch (2) Front passenger’s door power window switch (3) Rear door (left) power window switch (4) Rear door (right) power window switch (5) Window opening and closing* (6) Automatic power window up/down* (Driver's and Passenger's window) ■ Rear (7) Power window lock button

* if equipped

In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

ODE046010N

427 Features of your vehicle

Power windows ✽ NOTICE Window opening and closing The ignition switch or Engine While driving with the rear windows Star/Stop button must be in the ON down or with the sunroof (if position for power windows to oper- equipped) in an open (or partially ate. open) position, your vehicle may Each door has a power window demonstrate a wind buffeting or switch that controls the door's win- pulsation noise. This noise is a nor- dow. The driver has a power window mal occurrence and can be reduced lock button which can block the oper- or eliminated by taking the follow- ation of rear passenger windows. ing actions. If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows The power windows can be operated down, partially lower both front for approximately 30 seconds after windows approximately 2.5 cm (1 the engine is turned off. in.). If you experience the noise with OJF045016 However, if the front doors are the sunroof open, slightly reduce the The driver’s door has a master power opened, the power windows cannot size of the sunroof opening. window switch that controls all the be operated even within the 30 sec- windows in the vehicle. ond period. CAUTION To open or close a window, press If the window cannot be closed Do not install any accessories down or pull up the front portion of because it is blocked by objects, in the vehicle that extend into the corresponding switch to the first remove the objects and close the the open window area. Such detent position (5). window. objects will impact the proper function of the Automatic reversal “jam protection” feature.

4 28 Features of your vehicle

Auto up/down window (if equipped) 1. Turn to the Engine Start/Stop button ON position. 2. Close the driver's and passenger's window and continue pulling up the driver’s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed.

OUN026013

OJF045017L Automatic reversal (for Auto up/down window) Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second If the upward movement of the win- detent position (6) completely lowers dow is blocked by an object or part of or raises the window even when the the body, the window will detect the switch is released. To stop the window resistance and will stop upward at the desired position while the win- movement. The window will then dow is in operation, pull up or press lower approximately 30 cm (11.8 in.) down and release the switch. to allow the object to be cleared. If the power window does not operate The distance may vary based on the normally, the automatic power win- size or position of the window. If the dow system must be reset as follows: window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.).

429 Features of your vehicle

If the power window switch is pulled Power window lock button up continuously again within 5 sec- WARNING onds after the window is lowered by The automatic reverse feature the automatic window reversal fea- doesn’t activate while resetting ture, the automatic window reversal power window system. Make will not operate. sure body parts or other objects The automatic reverse feature for the are safely out of the way before driver’s window is only active when closing the windows to avoid the “auto up” feature is used by fully injuries. pulling up the switch. The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway WARNING position on the power window switch. Do not install any accessories ODE046013 in the vehicle that extend into • The driver can disable the power WARNING the open window area. Such window switches on the rear pas- Always check for obstructions objects could prevent the auto- senger doors by pressing the before raising any window to matic reverse feature from func- power window lock button located avoid injuries or vehicle dam- tioning. on the driver’s door to the LOCK age. If an object less than 4 mm position (pressed). (0.16 in.) in diameter is caught between the window glass and the upper window channel, the automatic reverse window may not detect the resistance and will not stop and reverse direction.

4 30 Features of your vehicle

• When the power window lock If the window cannot be close button is pressed : CAUTION - Opening /clos- because it is blocked by objects, - The driver's master control can ing Window remove the objects and close the operate all the power windows. To prevent possible damage to window. - The front passenger's control can the power window system, do operate the front passenger's not open or close two windows power window. or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of - The rear passenger's control can- the fuse. not operate the rear passenger's power window. Always double check to make sure all arms, hands, head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window.

WARNING - Power windows • Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the power window lock button (on the driver's door) in the LOCK (pressed) position. • Do not extend a face or arms outside through the window opening while driving.

431 Features of your vehicle

HOOD Opening the hood

ODE046015 ODE046016

ODE046014 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise 4. Pull out the stay rod. the hood slightly, push the second- 5. Hold the hood opened with the 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch ary latch (1) upward inside of the stay rod (1). the hood. The hood should pop hood center and lift the hood (2). open slightly. 3. Raise the hood. It will completely rise by itself after it has been WARNING - Stay Rod Open the hood after turning off the raised about halfway. • To prevent injuries from being engine on a flat surface, shifting the burned by hot metal, grab the shift lever to the P (Park) position stay rod in the area wrapped in and setting the parking brake. rubber. • Ensure that the stay rod is completely inserted into the hole on the hood whenever you inspect the engine compartment. This will prevent the hood from falling and possibly injuring you.

4 32 Features of your vehicle

Hood open warning Closing the hood - Fire risk 1. Before closing the hood, check the WARNING following: Do not leave gloves, rags or any other combustible material in the • All filler caps in the engine com- engine compartment. Doing so partment must be correctly may cause a heat-induced fire. installed. • Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be removed from the engine com- WARNING - Unsecured partment. engine hood 2. Lower the hood halfway and push Always double check to be sure down to securely lock in place. that the hood is firmly latched ODE046118N before driving away. If it is not • Then double check to be sure the latched, the hood could fly open The warning message will appear on hood is secure. the LCD display when hood is open. while the vehicle is being driv- • If the hood can be lifted with a en, causing a total loss of visi- The warning chime will operate when slight force, open the hood again bility, which might result in an the vehicle is being driven at or and close it more firmly. accident. above 3 km/h (2 mph) with the hood open. CAUTION - Hood obstruction Before closing the hood, ensure that all obstructions are removed from the hood opening. Closing the hood with an obstruction present in the hood opening may result in property damage.

433 Features of your vehicle

FUEL FILLER LID (HYBRID) Opening the fuel filler lid Closing the fuel filler lid 1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until it “clicks” once. This indicates that the cap is securely tightened. 2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it in lightly making sure that it is securely closed.

✽ NOTICE • There may be an intermittent ODE046018 noise near the refueling hole while ODE046017 1. Stop the engine. the engine is idling if the fuel cap is 2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the not closed securely. This occurs The fuel filler lid must be opened fuel filler lid opener button. normally with the OBD system. from inside the vehicle by pressing • When refueling on unlevel the fuel filler lid opener button. 3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1). ground, the fuel gauge may not If the fuel filler lid does not open 4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel point to the F position. because ice has formed around it, filler cap (2) counterclockwise. It is not a malfunction. If you tap lightly or push on the lid to break 5. Refuel as needed. move your vehicle to a level the ice and release the lid. Do not pry ground, the fuel gauge will move on the lid. If necessary, spray around to the full position. the lid with an approved de-icer fluid • Tighten the cap until it clicks once, (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or otherwise the fuel cap open warn- move the vehicle to a warm place ing indicator light will illumi- and allow the ice to melt. nate.

4 34 Features of your vehicle

FUEL FILLER LID (PLUG-IN HYBRID) Opening the fuel filler lid ✽ NOTICE • It may take up to 20 seconds to open fuel filler door. • When the fuel filler door is frozen and does not open after 20 seconds at freezing temperature, slightly tap the fuel filler door and then attempt to open it.

ODEP047180L

ODEP047017 The fuel filler lid must be opened from inside the vehicle by pushing the fuel filler lid button.

✽ NOTICE If the fuel filler lid does not open because ice has formed around it, ODEP047181L tap lightly or push on the lid to break Wait until the fuel tank is depressur- the ice and release the lid. Do not pry ized. The message is displayed when on the lid. If necessary, spray around the fuel filler lid opens after the fuel the lid with an approved de-icer fluid tank is depressurized. (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

435 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Closing the fuel filler lid • Add fuel into the fuel tank within 1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise 20 minutes after opening the fuel until it “clicks”. This indicates that filler lid. After 20 minutes, the fuel the cap is securely tightened. tank may shut off, causing fuel to 2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it overflow. In this case, re-press the lightly and make sure that it is fuel filler lid opening button. securely closed. • Do not leave the fuel filler door Always check that the fuel cap is opened for an extended period of installed securely to prevent fuel time. It may discharge the battery. spillage in the event of an accident. • Close the fuel filler lid after fuel- ODEP047474N ing the vehicle. If you start the ✽ NOTICE 1. Stop the engine. vehicle with the fuel filler lid opened, the message, “Check fuel • There may be an intermittent 2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the noise near the refueling hole while fuel filler lid opener button. door”, illuminates on the LCD display. the engine is idling if the fuel cap is 3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1). not closed securely. This occurs 4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel normally with the OBD system. filler cap (2) counterclockwise. WARNING - For Plug-in • When refueling on unlevel 5. Refuel as needed. Hybrid ground, the fuel gauge may not Avoid refueling the vehicle point to the F position. while charging the (high-volt- It is not a malfunction. If you age) hybrid battery. It may move your vehicle to a level cause a fire or an explosion due ground, the fuel gauge will move to static electricity. to the full position. • Tighten the cap until it clicks once, otherwise the fuel cap open warning indicator light will illuminate.

4 36 Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Refueling WARNING - Fire/explo- WARNING - Static Always remove the fuel cap sion risk electricity carefully and slowly. If the cap Read and follow all warnings • Before touching the fuel noz- is venting fuel or if you hear a posted at the gas station facili- zle, you should eliminate hissing sound, wait until the ty. Failure to follow all warnings potentially dangerous static condition stops before com- may result in severe personal electricity discharge by touch- pletely removing the cap. If injury, severe burns or death ing another metal part of the pressurized fuel sprays out, it due to fire or explosion. vehicle, a safe distance away can cover your clothes or skin from the fuel filler neck, noz- and subject you to the risk of zle, or other gas source. fire and burns. • Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling since you can generate static Always check that the fuel cap is electricity by touching, rubbing installed securely to prevent fuel or sliding against any item or spillage in the event of an accident. fabric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.) capable of producing static electricity. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burning. If you must reenter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline source.

437 Features of your vehicle

Make sure to refuel your vehicle WARNING - Portable fuel WARNING - Smoking according to the “Fuel requirements” container DO NOT use matches or a suggested in chapter 1. When using an approved lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or If the fuel filler cap requires replace- portable fuel container, be sure leave a lit cigarette in your vehi- ment, use only a genuine Kia cap or to place the container on the cle while at a gas station espe- the equivalent specified for your vehi- ground prior to refueling. Static cially during refueling. cle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can electricity discharge from the Automotive fuel is highly flam- result in a serious malfunction of the container can ignite fuel vapors mable and can, when ignited, fuel system or emission control sys- causing a fire. Once refueling result in fire. tem. has begun, contact with the vehicle should be maintained CAUTION - Exterior paint until the filling is complete. Use - Refueling & only approved portable plastic WARNING Do not spill fuel on the exterior fuel containers designed to Vehicle fires surfaces of the vehicle. Any carry and store gasoline. When refueling, always shut the type of fuel spilled on painted engine off. Sparks produced by surfaces may damage the paint. electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel WARNING - Cell phone vapors causing a fire. Once fires refueling is complete, check to Do not use cellular phones make sure the filler cap and while refueling. Electric current filler door are securely closed, and/or electronic interference before starting the engine. from cellular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

4 38 Features of your vehicle

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTION WARNING - Sunroof To prevent damage to the sun- operation roof, periodically remove any When closing the sunroof, make dirt that may accumulate on the sure there are no body parts in guide rail. the movement range of the sliding roof. Parts of the body could become trapped or crushed. In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly due to freezing conditions. WARNING ODE046035L After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any Never adjust the sunroof or If your vehicle is equipped with a sunshade while driving. This sunroof, you can slide or tilt your water that is on the sunroof before operating it. could result in loss of control sunroof with the sunroof control lever and an accident that may cause located on the overhead console. The sunroof cannot slide when it is in the tilt position nor can it be tilted death, serious injury, or proper- The sunroof can only be opened, ty damage. closed, or tilted when the ignition while in an open or slide position. switch is in the ON position. The sunroof can be operated for CAUTION - Sunroof CAUTION approximately 30 seconds after the control lever Make sure the sunroof is fully ignition key is removed or turned to Do not continue to press the sun- the ACC or LOCK (or OFF) position. closed when leaving your vehi- roof control lever after the sun- cle. If the sunroof is opened, However, if the front door is opened, roof is fully opened, closed, or rain or snow may leak through the sunroof cannot be operated even tilted. Damage to the motor or the sunroof and wet the interior. within the 30 seconds period. system components could occur.

439 Features of your vehicle

Sunroof open warning Sliding the sunroof CAUTION (if equipped) Do not extend any luggage outside the sunroof while driving.

WARNING To avoid accidental injury, do not let children operate the sunroof without adult supervision.

WARNING - Roof cargo ODE046020 Do not operate the sun roof ODE046119 To open or close the sunroof (manu- while using the roof rack to If the driver removes the ignition key al slide feature), push the sunroof transport cargo.This may cause (smart key: turns off the engine) control lever backward or forward to the cargo to come loose and when the sunroof is not fully closed, the first detent position. distract the driver. the warning chime will sound for a To open the sunroof (autoslide fea- few seconds and a warning image ture), push the sunroof control switch will appear on the LCD window. backward to the second detent posi- Close the sunroof securely when tion. leaving your vehicle. The sunroof will slide to the recommended open position (about 7 cm (3 in.) before the maximum slide open position). To stop the sunroof sliding at any point, push the sunroof control switch briefly.

4 40 Features of your vehicle

To open the sunroof to the maximum Automatic reversal slide open position, press the switch WARNING - Sunroof towards the rear of the vehicle once operation again and hold it until the sunroof When closing the sunroof, make slides all the way open. sure there are no body parts in the movement range of the slid- ✽ NOTICE ing glass. Parts of the body To reduce wind noise while driving, could become trapped or we recommend you to drive at the crushed. recommended position (about 7 cm (3 in.) before the maximum slide open position). OYF049215 To close the sunroof (autoslide feature), move the sunroof control If an object or part of the body is switch forward to the second detent detected while the sunroof is closing position. automatically, it will reverse the direction, and then stop. The sunroof will close all the way. To stop the sunroof sliding at any point, The auto reverse function does not pull or push the sunroof control work if a tiny obstacle is between the switch briefly. sliding glass and the sunroof sash. You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from CAUTION the sunroof before closing it. To prevent damage to the sunroof, periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail.

441 Features of your vehicle

Tilting the sunroof Sunshade WARNING - Sunroof Do not extend the face, neck, arms or body outside through the sunroof opening while driving or operating the sunroof.

CAUTION - Sunroof motor damage If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below ODE046021L freezing or when the sunroof is OBK049019 covered with snow or ice, the To tilt open the sunroof, push the glass or the motor could be When opening the sunroof, the sun- sunroof control lever upward until the damaged. shade will also open. Once the sun- sunroof moves to the desired posi- roof is closed, the sunshade can be tion. manually closed. To close the sunroof, push the sunroof lever forward until the sunroof moves to the desired position.

4 42 Features of your vehicle

Resetting the sunroof ✽ NOTICE Whenever the vehicle battery is dis- Do not release the lever until the connected or discharged, or related operation is completed. fuse is blown, you must reset your If you release the lever during oper- sunroof system as follows: ation, try again from step 2.

6. Release the sunroof control lever 1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON after all operation has completed. position or start the engine. We (The sunroof system has been recommend resetting the sunroof reset.) while the engine is running. ❈ For more detailed information, 2.Close the sunroof completely if contact an authorized Kia dealer. opened. 3.Release the sunroof control lever. ✽ NOTICE 4.Move the sunroof control lever for- If the sunroof is not reset when the ward in the direction of close until vehicle battery is disconnected or the sunroof moves tilt up. Then, discharged, or related fuse is blown, release the lever. the sunroof may operate improper- 5.Move the sunroof control lever for- ly. ward in the direction of close, until the sunroof operates as follows again: Tilt down → Slide Open → Slide Close.

443 Features of your vehicle

STEERING WHEEL Electronic power steering • If the Electronic Power Steering ✽ NOTICE (EPS) System does not operate normally, The following symptoms may occur the warning light will illuminate on The power steering uses a motor to during normal vehicle operation: the instrument cluster. The steering assist you in steering the vehicle. If • The EPS warning light does not wheel may require increased the engine is off or if the power steer- illuminate. steering effort. Take your vehicle to ing system becomes inoperative, the • The steering gets heavy immedi- an authorized Kia dealer and have vehicle may still be steered, but it will ately after turning the Engine the vehicle checked as soon as require increased steering effort. Start/Stop button is ON position. possible. The EPS is controlled by a power This happens as the system per- • When you operate the steering steering control unit which senses forms the EPS system diagnostics. wheel in low temperature, noise the steering wheel torque and vehi- When the diagnostics are complet- may occur. If temperature rises, the cle speed to command the motor. ed, the steering wheel will return noise will likely disappear. This is a to its normal condition. The steering becomes heavier as the normal condition. • A click noise may be heard from vehicle’s speed increases and • When the vehicle is stationary, and the EPS relay after turning the becomes lighter as the vehicle’s the steering wheel is turned all the Engine Start/Stop button is ON or speed decreases for optimum steer- way to the left or right continuous- OFF position. ing control. ly, the steering wheel becomes • A motor noise may be heard when Should you notice any change in the harder to turn. The power assist is the vehicle is at a stop or at a low effort required to steer during normal limited to protect the motor from driving speed. vehicle operation, have the power overheating. • If the Electronic Power Steering steering checked by an authorized As time passes, the steering wheel System does not operate normally, Kia dealer. will return to its normal condition. the warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster. The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnormally. Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible. (Continued)

4 44 Features of your vehicle

(Continued) Tilt and telescopic steering • When the charging system warning Tilt and telescopic steering allows light comes on due to the low volt- you to adjust the steering wheel age (When the alternator or bat- before you drive.You can also raise it tery) does not operate normally or to give your legs more room when malfunctions), the steering wheel you exit and enter the vehicle. may require increased steering effort. The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive, while permitting you to see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges. ODE046022 To change the steering wheel angle, pull down the lock-release lever (1), WARNING - Steering adjust the steering wheel to the wheel adjustment desired angle (2) and height (3) then Never adjust the angle and pull up the lock-release lever to lock height of the steering wheel (4) the steering wheel in place. Be while driving. You may lose sure to adjust the steering wheel to steering control. the desired position before driving.

✽ NOTICE After adjustment, sometimes the lock release lever may not lock the steering wheel. It is not a malfunction. This occurs when two gears are not engaged correctly. In this case, adjust the steering wheel again and then lock the steering wheel.

445 Features of your vehicle

Heated steering wheel (if equipped) WARNING CAUTION If the steering wheel becomes • Do not install any type of grip too warm, turn the system off. cover for the steering wheel, it The heated steering wheel may may impair the function of the cause burns even at low tem- heated steering wheel system. peratures, especially if used for • When cleaning the heated long periods of time. steering wheel, do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and ✽ NOTICE gasoline. Doing so may dam- The heated steering wheel will turn age the surface of the steering off automatically approximately 30 wheel. • If the surface of steering ODE046023 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on. wheel is damaged by sharp With the Engine Start/Stop button is object, damage to the heated ON position, pressing the heated steering wheel components steering wheel button warms the could occur. steering wheel. The indicator on the button will illuminate. To turn the heated steering wheel off, press the button once again. The indicator on the button will turn off.

4 46 Features of your vehicle

Horn

ODE046024 To sound the horn, press the horn symbols on your steering wheel. Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly.

✽ NOTICE To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed.

447 Features of your vehicle

MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Day/night rearview mirror - Mirror adjust- Adjust the rearview mirror so that the WARNING (if equipped) center view through the rear window ment is seen. Make this adjustment before Do not adjust the rearview mir- you start driving. ror while the vehicle is moving. Do not place objects in the rear seat This could result in loss of con- or cargo area which would interfere trol. with your vision through the rear window. WARNING Do not modify the inside mirror and don’t install a wide mirror. It could result in injury during an accident or deployment of the ODE046025L air bag. Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night lever (3) is in the day position. Pull the day/night lever (3) toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.

❈(1) : Day, (2) : Night

4 48 Features of your vehicle

Electric chromatic mirror (ECM) (if equipped) CAUTION - Cleaning The electric rearview mirror automat- mirror ically controls the glare from the When cleaning the mirror, use a headlights of the vehicles behind you paper towel or similar material in nighttime or low light driving condi- dampened with glass cleaner. tions. The sensor mounted in the mir- Do not spray glass cleaner ror senses the light level around the directly on the mirror. It may vehicle and automatically controls cause the liquid cleaner to enter the headlight glare from the vehicles the mirror housing. behind you. When the engine is running, the ODE046036L glare is automatically controlled by To operate the electric rearview mirror: the sensor mounted in the rearview • The mirror defaults to the ON posi- mirror. tion whenever the ignition switch is Whenever the shift lever is shifted turned on. into reverse (R), the mirror will auto- • Press the ON/OFF button (1) to matically go to the brightest setting in turn the automatic dimming func- order to improve the driver's view tion off. The mirror indicator light behind the vehicle. (2) will turn off. Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn the automatic dimming function on. The mirror indicator light (2) will illuminate.

❈(2) : Indicator, (3) : Sensor

449 Features of your vehicle

Electric chromatic mirror (ECM) Telematics buttons are also located Outside rearview mirror with UVO service (if equipped) on the mirror. Be sure to adjust the mirror angles 1) eService guide button before driving. 2) UVO(Voice local search) button Your vehicle is equipped with both 3) Roadside assist button left-hand and right-hand outside rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch. The mirror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an automatic vehicle wash or when passing through a narrow street. The right outside rearview mirror is convex. Objects seen in the mirror ODEP047475N are closer than they appear. The electric rearview mirror automat- Use your interior rearview mirror or ically controls the glare from the direct observation to determine the headlights of the vehicles behind you actual distance of following vehicles in nighttime or low light driving condi- when changing lanes. tions. The sensor (4) mounted in the mirror senses the light level around the vehicle, and automatically con- rols the headlight glare from the vehicles behind you. When the engine is running, the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror.

4 50 Features of your vehicle

Adjusting outside rearview mirror CAUTION - Rearview CAUTION - Outside mirror mirror • The mirrors stop moving when Do not scrape ice off the mirror they reach the maximum face; this may damage the sur- adjusting angles, but the face of the glass. If ice should motor continues to operate restrict the movement of the mir- while the switch is pressed. ror, do not force the mirror for Do not press the switch longer adjustment. To remove ice, use a than necessary, the motor deicer spray, a sponge or soft may be damaged. cloth with very warm water. • Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by hand. Doing so may damage If the mirror is jammed with ice, do ODE046028L the parts. not adjust the mirror by force. Use an The electric remote control mirror approved spray de-icer (not radiator switch allows you to adjust the posi- antifreeze) to release the frozen tion of the left and right outside mechanism or move the vehicle to a rearview mirrors. To adjust the posi- warm place and allow the ice to melt. tion of either mirror, press the R or L button (1) to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror, then press a WARNING - Mirror corresponding point ( ) on the mir- adjustment ror adjustment control to position the Do not adjust or fold the outside selected mirror up, down, left or right. rearview mirrors while the vehi- After adjustment, press the R or L cle is moving. This could result button again to prevent the inadver- in loss of control. tent adjustment.

451 Features of your vehicle

Folding the outside rearview mirror Center (AUTO) : (if equipped) The mirror will fold or unfold automatically as follows: • The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the folding key or smart key. • The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the button on the outside door handle. • The mirror will unfold when you approach the vehicle (all doors ODE046029 closed and locked) with a smart Manual type key in possession. (if equipped) ODE046030 To fold the outside rearview mirror, Electric type grasp the housing of the mirror and CAUTION - Electric type then fold it toward the rear of the The outside rearview mirror can be outside rearview mirror vehicle. folded or unfolded by pressing the The electric type outside rearview switch when the Engine Start/Stop mirror operates even though the button is in the ON position as below. engine start/stop button is in the Left : The mirror will unfold. OFF position. However, to prevent Right : The mirror will fold. unnecessary battery discharge, do not adjust the mirrors longer than necessary while the engine is not running. Do not fold an electric type outside rearview mirror by hand as this could cause motor failure.

4 52 Features of your vehicle

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ■ For Hybrid

1. Hybrid system gauge 2. Fuel gauge 3. Speedometer 4. Warning and indicator lights 5. LCD display (including Trip computer) 6. Battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge 7. Distance to empty

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more details, refer to the “Gauges” in this chapter.

ODEP048168C

453 Features of your vehicle

■ Type A for Plug-in Hybrid

1. Hybrid system gauge 2. Fuel gauge 3. Speedometer 4. Warning and indicator lights 5. LCD window ■ Type B for Plug-in Hybrid 6. Battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge 7. Distance To Empty

❈ For more details, refer to the “Gauges” in this chapter.

❈ The actual cluster and contents of the LCD display in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

ODEP048168C/ODEP047183C

4 54 Features of your vehicle

■ Type B Sport mode for Plug-in Hybrid

1. Hybrid system gauge 2. Fuel gauge 3. Speedometer 4. Warning and indicator lights 5. LCD window 6. Battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge

❈ For more details, refer to the “Gauges” in this chapter.

❈ The actual cluster and contents of the LCD display in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

ODEP047184C

455 Features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control LCD window control

Adjusting Instrument Cluster ■ Type A Illumination

OQLE045233 ODE046103 • If you hold the illumination control ■ Type B button (“+” or “-”), the brightness will be changed continuously. ODE047102N • If the brightness reaches to the The brightness of the instrument maximum or minimum level, an panel illumination is changed by alarm will sound. pressing the illumination control button (“+” or “-”) when Engine Start/Stop button is ON, or the taillights are turned on. ODE046104 The LCD window modes can be changed by using the control buttons on the steering wheel.

4 56 Features of your vehicle

(1) : MODE button for change the Gauges Tachometer (if equipped) LCD MODES Speedometer ■ Type B Sport mode for Plug-in Hybrid (2) / : MOVE scroll switch for select the items (3) OK : SET/RESET button for set the items or reset the items

❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCD Display” in this chapter.

ODEP047215C ODEP047105C The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revo- The speedometer indicates the lutions per minute (rpm). speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in kilometers per hour (km/h) and/or When moving the shift lever to the miles per hour (mph). “S” (SPORT) mode, the engine tachometer is displayed while switching to SPORT mode. Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.

457 Features of your vehicle

Hybrid System Gauge • CHARGE : Shows that the energy CAUTION made by the vehicle is ■ Type A Do not operate the engine with- being converted to in the tachometer's RED ZONE. electrical energy. This may cause severe engine (Regenerated energy) damage. • ECO :Shows that the vehicle is being driven in an Eco- friendly manner. • POWER : Shows that the vehicle is exceeding the Eco- friendly range. ODE046106 ■ Type B ✽ NOTICE Accordance to the hybrid system gauge area the “EV” indicator comes on or off. - “EV” indicator ON : Vehicle is driven using the electric motor or the gasoline engine is stopped except for an engine can remain idle for automatic heating and air ODEP047186 conditioning operation in winter. - “EV” indicator OFF : Vehicle is The hybrid system gauge indicates driven using the gasoline engine. whether the current driving condition is fuel efficient or not.

4 58 Features of your vehicle

Hybrid Battery SOC However, if the Service Indicator ( ) Fuel Gauge and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) (State of Charge) Gauge ■ ( ) turn on when the SOC gauge is Type A ■ Type A near the “L (Low)” level, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

✽ NOTICE Never try to start the vehicle if the fuel tank is empty. In this condition, the engine cannot charge the high voltage battery of the hybrid system. ODE046108 ODE046107 If you try to start the vehicle when ■ Type B for Plug-in Hybrid ■ Type B for Plug-in Hybrid the fuel is empty, the high voltage battery will become discharged and be damaged.

ODEPQ047188C ODEPQ017037 This gauge indicates the approxi- This gauge indicates the remaining mate amount of fuel remaining in the hybrid battery power. If the SOC is fuel tank. near the “L (Low)” level, the vehicle automatically operates the engine to charge the battery.

459 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE - Fuel gauge Distance to empty • The fuel tank capacity is given in Running out of fuel can expose vehi- ■ Hybrid chapter 9. cle occupants to danger. You must • The fuel gauge is supplemented by top and obtain additional fuel as a low fuel warning light which will soon as possible after the warning illuminate when the fuel tank is light comes on or when the gauge nearly empty. indicator comes close to the “E • On inclines or curves, the fuel (Empty)” level. gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come CAUTION - Low fuel on earlier than usual due to the ODE046142L movement of fuel in the tank. Avoid driving with an extremely ■ Type A for Plug-in Hybrid low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter.

✽ NOTICE

Fuel display may not be accurate if ODEP047192C you are filling in sloping places. ■ Type B for Plug-in Hybrid

ODEP047193

4 60 Features of your vehicle

Distance To Empty (1) - For plug-in hybrid ✽ NOTICE • The distance to empty is the esti- • Electric range (1) • If the vehicle is not on level ground mated distance the vehicle can be The distance to empty is the estimat- or the battery power has been driven with the remaining fuel. ed distance the vehicle can be driven interrupted, the distance to empty - Distance range : 1 ~ 9,999 km or with the remaining high voltage bat- function may not operate correct- 1 ~ 9,999 mi. tery. ly. • If the estimated distance is below 1 • Gasoline range (2) • The distance to empty may differ from the actual driving distance as km (1 mi.), the trip computer will The distance to empty is the esti- display “----” as distance to empty. it is an estimate of the available mated distance the vehicle can be driving distance. • If the level of the remaining fuel is driven with the remaining fuel. • The fuel economy and distance to more than three-quarters, more empty may vary significantly than 3 liters of fuel must be refilled based on driving conditions, driv- for the fuel gauge to change. In • Total range (3) Electric distance to empty(1) + ing habits, and condition of the other cases, more than 6 liters of vehicle. fuel must be refilled for the vehicle Gasoline distance to empty(2) to change the fuel gauge.

461 Features of your vehicle

Odometer - Odometer range : 1,599,999 kilo- Outside Temperature Gauge meters or 0 ~ 999,999 miles. ■ Type A ■ Type A

ODEP047214 OJF045135 ■ Type B ■ Type B

ODEP047211 ODEP047194C The odometer Indicates the total dis- This gauge indicates the current out- tance that the vehicle has been driv- side air temperatures by 1°C (1°F). en and should be used to determine - Temperature range : -40 ~ 60°C (-40 ~ when periodic maintenance should 140°F) be performed.

4 62 Features of your vehicle

The outside temperature on the dis- Dual clutch transmission shift indicator play may not change immediately ■ ■ like a general thermometer to pre- Type A-Drive mode Type A-Sport mode vent the driver from being distracted.

To change the temperature unit (from °C to °F or from °F to °C) The temperature unit can be changed by using the “User Settings” mode of the LCD window.

❈ For more details, refer to “LCD ■ Type B-Drive mode ■ Type B-Sport mode window” in this chapter.

ODE046141L/ODEP047191/ODE046140L/ODEP047215C This indicator displays which shift lever is selected. •Park :P •Drive :D • Reverse : R • Sports mode (if equipped) : S • Neutral : N

463 Features of your vehicle

LCD WINDOWS (IF EQUIPPED) Over view Trip information (Trip computer, Trip Modes for Hybrid) ■ Type A FUEL ECONOMY The trip computer is a microcomput- er-controlled driver information sys- • Average Fuel Economy tem that displays information related • Instant Fuel Economy to driving.

✽ NOTICE Some driving information stored in TRIP A/B the trip computer (for example • Tripmeter [A/B] Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the ODE046099N • Average Vehicle Speed [A/B] ■ Type B battery is disconnected. • Elapsed Time [A/B]

Digital Speedometer

Driving style

ODEP047220L LCD windows show the following various information to drivers. Energy flow - Trip information To change the trip mode, scroll the - LCD modes MOVE scroll switch ( / ) in the - Warning messages trip computer mode.

4 64 Features of your vehicle

Fuel Economy Manual reset Automatic reset To clear the average fuel economy To make the average fuel economy manually, press the OK button be reset automatically whenever (reset) on the steering wheel for refueling, select the “Fuel economy more than 1 second when the aver- auto reset” mode in User Setting age fuel economy is displayed. menu of the LCD display (User Settings Mode). • OFF - You may set to default manually by using the trip switch reset button. • After ignition - The vehicle will automatically set to default once 4 ODE046172C hours pass after the Engine Average Fuel Economy (1) start/stop button is turned to the OFF position. • The average fuel economy is calculated by the total driving distance • After refueling - After refueling and fuel consumption since the last more than 6 liters and driving over average fuel economy reset. 1 km/h (1 mph), the vehicle will reset to default automatically. - Fuel economy range : 0.0 ~ 99.9 km/L, L/100Km or MPG (for Hybrid) or 0.0 ~ 99.9, 100 ~ 999 ✽ NOTICE km/L, L/100 Km or MPG (for The average vehicle speed is not dis- Plug-in Hybrid) played, when the vehicle drives • The average fuel economy can be shorter than 300 meters (0.2 miles) reset both manually and automati- or less than 10 seconds after turning cally. ON the Engine Start/Stop button.

465 Features of your vehicle

Instant Fuel Economy (2) Trip A/B Average Vehicle Speed (2) • This mode displays the instant fuel • The average vehicle speed is cal- economy during the last few sec- culated by the total driving dis- onds when the vehicle speed is tance and driving time since the more than 10 km/h (6 mph). last average vehicle speed reset. - Fuel economy range : 0.0 ~ 30 - Speed range: 0 ~ 999 km/h or L/100km or 0.0 ~ 50.0 MPG mph. • To reset the average vehicle speed, press the OK button (reset) on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average vehicle speed is displayed. OJFH046368C Tripmeter (1) • The tripmeter is the total driving distance since the last tripmeter reset. - Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 km or mi . • To reset the tripmeter, press the OK button (reset) on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the tripmeter is displayed.

4 66 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Elapsed Time (3) Digital speedometer • The average vehicle speed is not • The elapsed time is the total driv- displayed if the driving distance ing time since the last elapsed time has been less than 500 meters (0.03 reset. miles) or the driving time has been - Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~ less than 10 seconds since the igni- 99:59 tion switch or Engine Start/Stop • To reset the elapsed time, press button was turned to ON. the OK button (reset) on the steer- • Even if the vehicle is not in ing wheel for more than 1 second motion, the average vehicle speed when the elapsed time is dis- keeps going while the engine is played. running. ✽ NOTICE ODE047229C Even if the vehicle is not in motion, This mode displays the current the elapsed time keeps going while speed of the vehicle. the engine is running.

467 Features of your vehicle

Driving style One time driving information mode

ODEP047199L The driving style is displayed when OJF045285L you are driving in ECO mode. This display shows trip distance (1), When you drive in SPORT mode, average fuel economy (2) and the each driving category will be dis- vehicle can be driven with the played with “---” remaining fuel (3). This information is displayed for a few seconds when you turn off the engine and then goes off automatically.The information provided is calculated according to each trip. If the estimated distance is below 1 km (1 mi.), the range (3) will display as “----”. When low fuel warning light ( ) illuminates in the cluster, the refuel message will appear(4). 4 68 Features of your vehicle

Energy flow EV Propulsion Engine Only Propulsion Kia hybrid system notifies the drivers of energy flow in various operating modes. Eleven Modes show drivers the current operating condition.

ODE046121N ODE046123N Electric power is used to move the Engine power is used to move the vehicle. (Battery ➞ Wheel) vehicle. (Engine ➞ Wheel)

Vehicle Stop Power Assist Engine Generation

ODE046120N ODE046122N ODE046124N This mode means the vehicle has Electric and Engine power are used Vehicle is stopped with the Engine stopped. to move the vehicle. charging the hybrid battery. (There is no energy flow.) (Battery & Engine ➞ Wheel) (Engine ➞ Battery)

469 Features of your vehicle

Regeneration Power Reserve Engine Generation/Regeneration

ODE046121N ODE046127N ODE046128N Hybrid battery is being charged by Engine is both driving the vehicle The engine and regenerative braking regenerative braking. and charging the hybrid battery. system charge the hybrid battery (Wheel ➞ Battery) (Engine ➞ Wheel & Battery) driving deceleration. (Engine & Wheel ➞ Battery) Engine Brake Engine Generation/Motor Drive Engine Brake/Regeneration

ODE046126N ODE046128N ODE046122N The vehicle is being slowed down by The vehicle is being slowed down by The engine compression can be engine compression. engine compression and regenerative used to slow down the vehicle. The (Wheel ➞ Engine) braking. The hybrid battery is being regenerative braking system can be charged by regenerative braking. used to charge the hybrid system. (Engine ➞ Battery ➞ Wheel) (Wheel ➞ Engine & Battery)

4 70 Features of your vehicle

Trip information (Trip computer, Trip Modes Fuel Economy for Plug-in Hybrid) FUEL ECONOMY The trip computer is a microcomput- er-controlled driver information sys- • Average Fuel Economy tem that displays information related • Instant Fuel Economy to driving.

✽ NOTICE Some driving information stored in TRIP A/B the trip computer (for example • Tripmeter [A/B] Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is disconnected. • Average Vehicle Speed [A/B] • Elapsed Time [A/B] ODEP047196L Average Fuel Economy (1) • The average fuel economy is calculated by the total driving distance Digital Speedometer and fuel consumption since the last average fuel economy reset. - Fuel economy range : L/ 100km Driving style or 0 ~ 99.9, km/L , 100 ~ 999 MPG • The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automati- Energy flow cally.

Engine temperature

471 Features of your vehicle

Manual reset Automatic reset Instant Fuel Economy (2) To clear the average fuel economy To make the average fuel economy • This mode displays the instant fuel manually, press the OK button be reset automatically whenever economy during the last few sec- (reset) on the steering wheel for refueling, select the “Fuel economy onds when the vehicle speed is more than 1 second when the aver- auto reset” mode in User Setting more than 10 km/h (6.2 MPH). age fuel economy is displayed. menu of the LCD display (Refer to - Fuel economy range : 0.0 ~ “LCD window”). 30L/100km or 0.0 ~ 50.0 MPG • OFF - You may set to default manually by using the trip switch reset button. • After ignition - The vehicle will automatically set to default once 4 hours pass after the Engine start/stop button is turned to the OFF position. • After refueling - After refueling more than 6 liters (1.5 gallons) and driving over 1 km/h (1 mph), the vehicle will reset to default automatically.

✽ NOTICE The average vehicle speed is not displayed, when the vehicle drives shorter than 300 meters (0.19 miles) or less than 10 seconds after turning ON the Engine Start/Stop button.

4 72 Features of your vehicle

Accumulated driving information One time driving information mode - If the engine is running, even when mode the vehicle is not in motion, the information will be accumulated.

ODEP047198L ODEP047197L The vehicle will display Driving Displays accumulated information Information once per one ignition cycle. starting from mileage/fuel - Fuel efficiency is calculated after the efficiency/time default point. vehicle has run for more than 300 • Accumulated information is calcu- meters (0.2 miles). lated after the vehicle has run for - The Driving Information will be reset more than 300 meters (0.2 miles). 4 hours after ignition has been turned • If you press “OK” button for more off. So, when the vehicle ignition is than 1 second after the Cumulative turned on within 4 hours, the informa- Information is displayed, the infor- tion will not be reset. mation will be reset. - If you press “OK” button for more • If the engine is running, even when than 1 second after the Driving the vehicle is not in motion, the Information is displayed, the informa- information will be accumulated. tion will be reset.

473 Features of your vehicle

Digital speedometer Driving style

ODEP047218L ODEP047199L This mode displays the current The driving style is displayed when speed of the vehicle. you are driving in ECO mode. When you drive in SPORT mode, each driving category will be displayed with “---”

4 74 Features of your vehicle

Energy flow EV Propulsion Engine Only Propulsion Kia hybrid system notifies the drivers of energy flow in various operating modes. Eleven Modes show drivers the current operating condition.

ODEP047202N ODEP047204N Electric power is used to move the Engine power is used to move the vehicle. vehicle. (Battery ➞ Wheel) (Engine ➞ Wheel)

Vehicle Stop Power Assist Engine Generation

ODEP047201N ODEP047203N ODEP047205N This mode means the vehicle has Electric and Engine power are used Vehicle is stopped with the Engine stopped. to move the vehicle. charging the hybrid battery. (There is no energy flow.) (Battery & Engine ➞ Wheel) (Engine ➞ Battery)

475 Features of your vehicle

Regeneration Power Reserve Engine Generation/Regeneration

ODEP047208N ODEP047209N ODEP047210N The vehicle is being slowed down by The vehicle is being slowed down by The engine compression can be engine compression. engine compression and regenerative used to slow down the vehicle. The (Wheel ➞ Engine) braking. The hybrid battery is being regenerative braking system can be charged by regenerative braking. used to charge the hybrid system. (Engine ➞ Battery ➞ Wheel) (Wheel ➞ Engine & Battery)

4 76 Features of your vehicle

Engine coolant temperature LCD Modes (3) Assist mode(if equipped)

■ For Hybrid This mode displays the state of the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS), Driver Attention Alert (DAA) and Smart Cruise Control (SCC).

(4) Audio mode (if equipped) This mode displays the state of the A/V system.

(5) Service mode ODEP047200L ODE046136N This mode informs of service interval This gauge indicates the tempera- (mileage or days) and pressure sta- ture of the engine coolant when the (1) Trip Computer mode tus of each tire. engine is running. This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, (6) Master warning mode CAUTION and so on. This mode informs of warning mes- When the gauge indicator gets ❈ For more details, refer to “Trip sages related to lamp failure or mal- out of the normal range, toward Computer” in this chapter. function of Blind Spot Detection sys- the “H (Hot)” position, it indi- tem (BSD) and so on. cates overheating of the engine. (2) Turn By Turn mode (if equipped) It may damage the engine. This mode displays the state of the Do not continue driving with the navigation. overheated engine. For further information, refer to “If the Engine Overheats” in the chapter 7.

477 Features of your vehicle

(7) Door open mode ■ For Plug-in Hybrid (3) Assist mode (if equipped) When the any door is not closed This mode displays the state of the securely, this symbol illuminated. Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS), Driver Attention Alert (DAA) and Smart Cruise Control (SCC). (8) User settings mode On this mode, you can change setting of the doors, lamps, and so on. (4) User settings mode ❈ On this mode, you can change set- For controlling the LCD modes, ting of the doors, lamps, and so on. refer to “LCD window Control” in this chapter. ❈ For controlling the LCD modes, ODEP047219L refer to “LCD window Control” in (1) Trip Computer mode this chapter. This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, (5) Master warning mode and so on. This mode informs of warning mes- ❈ For more details, refer to “Trip sages related to any system prob- Computer” in this chapter. lems, such as lamp failure or malfunction of Blind Spot Detection sys- (2) Turn By Turn mode (if equipped) tem (BSD). This mode displays the state of the navigation.

4 78 Features of your vehicle

Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped) A/V Mode (if equipped) Tire Pressure

OJF045223L OJF045142L ODE067054L This mode displays the state of the This mode displays the state of the This mode displays the pressure sta- navigation. A/V system. tus of each tire. You can change the tire pressure unit in “User settings” mode. ❈ For more details, refer to “User Settings mode” in this chapter.

479 Features of your vehicle

Service Mode

OJF045294L ODE046169N

ODEP047243C Service required Service interval OFF Service in If you do not have your vehicle serv- If the service interval is not set, iced according to the already “Service interval OFF” message is This mode calculates and displays inputted service interval, “Service displayed on the LCD window. when you need a scheduled mainte- required” message is displayed for nance service (mileage or days). several seconds each time you set ✽ If the remaining mileage or time the ignition switch or Engine NOTICE reaches 1,500 km (900 mi) or 30 Start/Stop Button to the ON position. If any of the following conditions days, respectively, “Service in” mes- To reset the service interval to the occurs, the mileage and days may be sage is displayed for several sec- incorrect. onds each time you set the ignition mileage and days you inputted before: - The battery cable is disconnected. switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to - The fuse switch is turned off. the ON position. - Press the OK button (reset) for - The battery is discharged. more than 1 second.

4 80 Features of your vehicle

User Settings Mode Edit settings after shifting to P Driving Assist (if equipped) This warning message appears if • Lane Keeping Assist System you try to adjust the User Settings (if equipped) while driving. - Lane Departure Warning : To acti- - Dual clutch transmission vate the lane departure warning For your safety, change the User function. Settings after parking the vehicle, - Standard LKA : To activate the applying the parking brake and mov- standard LKA mode of LKAS ing the shift lever to P (Park). function. - Active LKA : To activate the active LKA mode of LKAS function. ❈For more details, refer to “LKAS ODEP047216L (Lane Keeping Assist System)” in On this mode, you can change set- chapter 6. ting of the doors, lamps, and so on. • Driver Attention Alert (DAA, if equipped) : You can enable or dis- WARNING able the this function. Also this Do not adjust the User Setting function can be selected the alarm while driving.You may lose your point in two steps. steering control and cause Off/Normal/Early severe personal injury or acci- ❈For more details, refer to “Driver dents. Attention Alert System” in chapter 6.

481 Features of your vehicle

• Smart Cruise Control Response (if • BSD (Blind Spot Detection) Sound Door equipped) : Choose the sensitivi- (if equipped) : If this item is • Automatic Lock ty(Slow/Normal/Fast) of the smart checked, the blind spot detection - Enable on Speed : All doors will cruise control. sound will be activated. be automatically locked when the ❈For more details, refer to “Smart ❈For more details, refer to “Blind Spot vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h Cruise Control System” in chapter Detection System” in chapter 6. (9.3 mph). 6. • Rear Cross Traffic Alert (if - Enable on Shift: All doors will be • Autonomous Emergency Braking equipped) : If this item is checked, automatically locked if the trans- (if equipped) : If this item is the rear cross traffic alert function mission shift lever is shifted from checked, the AEB function will be will be activate the P (Park) position to the R activated. ❈For more details, refer to “Blind Spot (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D ❈For more details, refer to Detection System” in chapter 6. (Drive) position. “Autonomous Emergency Braking • Automatic Unlock (AEB)” in chapter 6. • Coasting Guide (if equipped) : To activate or deactivate the Coasting - Disable : The auto door unlock • Forward Collision Warning (if Guide system and sound. operation will be canceled. equipped) : Choose the sensitivity ❈For more information, refer to - Vehicle Off : All doors will be auto- of the forward collision warning. “Coasting Guide” in this chapter. matically unlocked when the - Late/Normal/Early Engine Start/Stop button is set to ❈ • Start Coasting (if equipped) : To the OFF position. For more details, refer to adjust the - On Shift to P : All doors will be auto- “Autonomous Emergency Braking sensitivity(Late/Normal/Early) of matically unlocked if the shift lever (AEB)” in chapter 6. the Coasting Guide. is shifted to the P (Park) position. ❈For more information, refer to “Coasting Guide” in this chapter. • Two Press Unlock : If this item is checked, the two press unlock will be activated.

4 82 Features of your vehicle

Lights Convenience Service interval • One Touch Turn Signal • Seat Easy Access (if equipped) • Service Interval - Off : The one touch turn signal - None : The seat easy access To activate or deactivate the serv- function will be deactivated. function will be deactivated. ice interval function. - 3, 5, 7 Flashes : The lane change - Normal/Extended : When you • Adjust Interval signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times turn off the engine, the driver's when the turn signal lever is seat will automatically move rear- If the service interval menu is acti- moved slightly. ward short (Normal) or long vated, you may adjust the time and distance. ❈For more details, refer to “Light” in (Extended) for you to enter or exit this chapter. the vehicle more comfortably. • Reset : To reset the service interval ❈For more details, refer to “Driver func-tion. • Head Lamp Delay (if equipped) Position Memory System” in chap- If the service interval is activated If this item is checked, the head ter 3. and the time and distance is lamp delay function will be activat- adjusted, messages are displayed ed. • Wireless charging system (if equipped) : If this item is checked, in the following situations each • Welcome Light (if equipped) the Wireless smart phone will be time the vehicle is turned on. If this item is checked, the wel- activated. - Service in : Displayed to inform come light function will be activat- the driver the remaining mileage • Wiper/Light Display (if equipped) : and days to service. ed. If this item is checked, the Wiper/ Light Display will be activated. - Service required : Displayed when the mileage and days to Sound • Gear Position Pop-up (if equipped) service has been reached or • Park Assist System Vol. (if : To activate or deactivate the gear passed. equipped) : Adjust the Park Assist position pop-up. When activated, System volume. (Level 1 ~ 3) the gear position will be displayed on the LCD display.

483 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Other Features • Fuel Economy Unit : Choose the If any of the following conditions • Instrument Cluster layout (if fuel economy unit. (L/100 Km, occur, the mileage and number of equipped) Km/L, US gallon, UK gallon) days to service may be incorrect. Selecting the mode • Temperature Unit : Choose the - The battery cable is disconnected. Simple/Normal/Detailed changes temperature unit. (°C, °F) - The fuse switch is turned off. the LCD screen of the instrument - The battery is discharged. cluster. (For Type B cluster of Plug- • Tire Pressure Unit (if equipped) : in Hybrid) Choose the tire pressure unit. (psi, kPa, bar) • Aux. Battery Saver + (if equipped) : If this item is checked, the Aux. Battery Saver + function will be Reset activated. You can reset the menus in the User ❈For more details, refer to “Aux. Settings Mode. All menus in the User Battery Saver +” in chapter Intro. Settings Mode are initialized, except service interval. • Fuel Economy Auto Reset - Off : The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling. - After Ignition : The average fuel economy will reset automatically whenever it has passed 4 hours after turning OFF the engine. - After Refueling : The average fuel economy will reset automatically when refueling. ❈For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.

4 84 Features of your vehicle

Coasting guide (if equipped) • User settings Warning messages A chime will sound and the coasting Press the Engine Start/Stop button Warning messages appear on the guide indicator will blink four times to and put the shift lever in P(Park). In LCD to warn the driver. It is located in inform the driver when to take the the User Settings Mode, select the center of the instrument cluster. foot off from the accelerator by antic- Driving Assist, Coasting Guide, and The warning message may appear ipating a decelerating event* based then On to turn on the system. differently depending on the type of on the analysis of driving routes and Cancel the selection of coasting instrument cluster and some may not road conditions of the navigation. It guide to turn off the system. For the show the warning message at all. encourages the driver to remove foot explanation of the system, press and from the pedal and allow coasting hold the [OK] button. The warning message is shown in down the road with EV motor only. either symbol, symbol and text, or This helps prevent unnecessary fuel text type only. You can choose the consumption and increases fuel effi- • Operation conditions preferred language by selecting the ciency. To activate the system, take the fol- User setting menu in LCD mode. lowing procedures. Enter your desti- nation information on the navigation ❈ Example of a deceleration event is and select the driving route. Select going down an extended hill, slow- the ECO mode in the Integrated ing down approaching a toll booth, Driving Control System. Then, satisfy and approaching reduced speed the following. zones. - The driving speed should be between 60 km/h (37 mph) and 160 km/h (99 mph).

❈ The operating speed may vary due to difference between instrument cluster and navigation effected by tire inflation level.

485 Features of your vehicle

ODE046116 ODE046117 ODE046118 Door Open Liftgate Open Hood Open • It means that any door is open. • It means that the liftgate is open. • It means that hood is open.

4 86 Features of your vehicle

ODE046119 OJF045166L ODE046137L Sunroof Open (if equipped) Turn on FUSE SWITCH (if equipped) Engine has overheated • This warning is displayed if you • This warning message illuminates This warning message illuminates turn off the engine when the sun- if the fuse switch under the steer- when the engine coolant tempera- roof is open. ing wheel is OFF. ture is above 120°C (248°F). This • It means that you should turn the means that the engine is overheated fuse switch on. and may be damaged. ❈ If your vehicle is overheated, refer to For more details, refer to “Fuses” “Overheating” in chapter 7. in chapter 8.

487 Features of your vehicle

Shift to P (for smart key system) Press START button while turn steer- Press brake pedal to start engine • This warning message illuminates ing (for smart key system) (for smart key system) if you try to turn off the engine with- • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates out the shift lever in P (Park) posi- if the steering wheel does not if the Engine Start/Stop Button tion. unlock normally when the Engine changes to the ACC position twice • At this time, the Engine Start/Stop Start/Stop Button is pressed. by pressing the button repeatedly Button turns to the ACC position (If • It means that you should press the without depressing the brake pedal. you press the Engine Start/Stop Engine Start/Stop Button while • It means that you should depress Button once more, it will turn to the turning the steering wheel right the brake pedal to start the engine. ON position). and left. Key not in vehicle (for smart key system) Low Key Battery Steering wheel unlocked • This warning message illuminates (for smart key system) (for smart key system) if the smart key is not in the vehicle • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates when you press the Engine if the battery of the smart key is if the steering wheel does not lock Start/Stop Button. discharged when the Engine when the Engine Start/Stop Button • It means that you should always Start/Stop Button changes to the changes to the OFF position. have the smart key with you. OFF position. Check Steering Wheel Lock System Key not detected (for smart key system) (for smart key system) • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not detected if the steering wheel does not lock when you press the Engine normally when the Engine Start/Stop Button. Start/Stop Button changes to the OFF position.

4 88 Features of your vehicle

Press START button again Check fuse “BRAKE SWITCH” Low Washer Fluid (for smart key system) (for smart key system) • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates on the service reminder mode if if you can not operate the Engine if the brake switch fuse is discon- the washer fluid level in the reser- Start/Stop Button when there is a nected. voir is nearly empty. problem with the Engine Start/Stop • It means that you should replace • It means that you should refill the Button system. the fuse with a new one. If that is washer fluid. • It means that you could start the not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine engine by pressing the Engine Low Fuel Start/ Stop Button once more. Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in • This warning message illuminates the ACC position. • If the warning illuminates each if the fuel tank is nearly empty. time you press the Engine Start/Stop Button, have your vehi- - When the low fuel level warning Shift to P or N to start engine light is illuminates. cle inspected by an authorized Kia (for smart key system) dealer. Add fuel as soon as possible. • This warning message illuminates if you try to start the engine with Press START button with smart key the shift lever not in the P (Park) or (for smart key system) N (Neutral) position. • This warning message illuminates if you press the Engine Start/Stop ✽ NOTICE Button while the warning message “Key not detected” is illuminating. You can start the engine with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) posi- • At this time, the immobilizer indication. But, for your safety, we recom- tor light blinks. mend that you start the engine with the shift lever in the P (Park) position.

489 Features of your vehicle

Device in wireless charger Check Hybrid system Check Hybrid system. Do not start engine. (if equipped) This warning message illuminates This warning message illuminates If a smart phone is still left on the when there is a problem with the when the hybrid battery power wireless charging pad unattended, hybrid control system. (SOC) level is low. A warning chime even when the Engine start/stop but- Refrain from driving when the warn- will sound until the problem is solved. ton is turned to the ACC or OFF posi- ing message is displayed. In this case, have your vehicle inspect- tion. And the instrument panel's one ed by an authorized Kia dealer. time driving information mode has In this case, have your vehicle inspect- finished, a warning message will lit ed by an authorized Kia dealer. up on the instrument panel. Stop vehicle and check power supply Check Hybrid system. Turn off engine. This warning message illuminates ❈ For more details, refer to “Smart This warning message illuminates when a failure occurs in the power Phone Wireless Charger” in this supply system. chapter. when there is a problem with the hybrid system. The “ ” indicator In this case, park the vehicle in a will blink and a warning chime will safe location and tow your vehicle to sound until the problem is solved. the nearest authorized Kia dealer In this case, have your vehicle inspect- and have the vehicle inspected. ed by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 90 Features of your vehicle

Stop vehicle to charge battery Check brakes Unplug vehicle to start (Plug-in hybrid) This warning message illuminates This warning message illuminates The message is displayed when you when the hybrid battery power when the brake performance is low start the engine without unplugging (SOC) level is low. or the regenerative brake does not the charging cable. Unplug the In this case, park the vehicle in a work properly due to a failure in the charging cable, and then start the safe location and wait until the hybrid brake system. vehicle. battery is charged. In this case, it may take longer for the brake pedal to operate and the brak- Remaining charge time ing distance may become longer. Refuel to prevent Hybrid battery dam- (Plug-in hybrid) age The message is displayed to notify This warning message illuminates Stop vehicle and check brakes the remaining time to fully charge the when the fuel tank is nearly empty. This warning message is displayed battery. You should refill the fuel tank to pre- when a failure occurs in the brake vent hybrid battery damage. system. Shift to P to charge (Plug-in hybrid) In this case, park the vehicle in a The message is displayed when the safe location and tow your vehicle to Refill inverter coolant charging connector is plugged with the nearest authorized Kia dealer the shift lever in R (Reverse), N This warning message illuminates and have the vehicle inspected. (Neutral) or D (Drive). Move the shift when the inverter coolant is nearly lever to P (Park) and re-start the empty. charging process. You should refill the inverter coolant.

491 Features of your vehicle

EV/HEV modes (Plug-in hybrid) Low/High System Temp. Maintaining Charger Error! (Plug-in hybrid) A corresponding message is dis- Hybrid mode (Plug-in hybrid) This message is displayed when played when a mode is selected by This message is displayed when the there is a problem with the charger. pressing the HEV button. temperature of the high-voltage (hybrid) battery is too low or too high. Charging Door Open (Plug-in hybrid) Low battery. Maintaining Hybrid This warning message is to protect the battery and the hybrid system. This message indicates that the (Plug-in hybrid) charging door is open while in driv- This message is displayed when ing-ready state to encourage you to unable to convert to EV mode even Wait until fuel door opens inspect and close the door.(Driving when pressing the HEV button dur- (Plug-in hybrid) with the charging door open may ing HEV mode driving due to insuffi- This message is displayed when you result in moisture inflow or damage. cient high-voltage (hybrid) battery attempt to open the fuel filler door This message is used to prevent level. with the fuel tank pressurized. Wait such occurrences.) until the fuel tank is depressurized. Low/High System Temp. Switching to Hybrid mode (Plug-in hybrid) Fuel door open (Plug-in hybrid) This message is displayed when the This message is displayed when the temperature of the high-voltage fuel filler door opens after the fuel (hybrid) battery is too low or high. tank is depressurized. If this mes- This warning message is to protect sage is displayed, you can refuel the the battery and the hybrid system. fuel tank.

4 92 Features of your vehicle

Switching to Hybrid mode to allow heating (Plug-in hybrid) • When the coolant temperature is lower than -14°C (57°F), and you turn the climate control On for heating, the above message will be displayed in the cluster. Then, the vehicle will automatically switch to HEV mode. • When the coolant temperature is higher than -14°C (57°F), or you turn the climate control Off, the vehicle will automatically return to EV mode.

Switching to Hybrid mode for selfdiag- nosis (Plug-in hybrid) • This message is displayed for self- diagnosis of the hybrid mode system.

493 Features of your vehicle

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning lights Air bag Warning Light Seat Belt Warning Light

✽ NOTICE - Warning lights Make sure that all warning lights This warning light illuminates: This warning light informs the driver are OFF after starting the engine. If • Once you set the Engine that the seat belt is not fastened. any light is still ON, this indicates a Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- ❈ For more details, refer to the “Seat situation that needs attention. tion. Belts” in chapter 3. - It illuminates for approximately 6 Hybrid system warning seconds and then goes off. light • When there is a malfunction with the SRS. This warning light illuminates: In this case, have your vehicle when there is a malfunction with the inspected by an authorized Kia hybrid system. dealer. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 94 Features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake If the brake fluid level in the reservoir Dual-diagonal braking system Fluid Warning Light is low: Your vehicle is equipped with dual- 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe diagonal braking systems. This This warning light illuminates: location and stop your vehicle. means you still have braking on two 2. With the engine stopped, check wheels even if one of the dual sys- • Once you set the Engine tems should fail. Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- the brake fluid level immediately tion. and add fluid as required (For With only one of the dual systems more details, refer to “Brake Fluid” working, more than normal pedal - It illuminates for approximately 3 in chapter 8). travel and greater pedal pressure are seconds Then check all brake components required to stop the vehicle. - It remains on if the parking brake for fluid leaks. If any leaks in the Also, the vehicle will not stop in as is applied. brake system are still found, the short a distance with only a portion • When the parking brake is applied. warning light remains on, or the of the brake system working. • When the brake fluid level in the brakes do not operate properly, do If the brakes fail while you are driv- reservoir is low. not drive the vehicle. ing, shift to a lower gear for addition- - If the warning light illuminates In this case, have your vehicle al engine braking and stop the vehi- with the parking brake released, it towed to an authorized Kia dealer cle as soon as it is safe to do so. indicates the brake fluid level in and inspected. Driving the vehicle with a warning reservoir is low. light ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminate with the parking brake released, it indicates that the brake fluid level is low. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

495 Features of your vehicle

Anti-lock Brake System Electronic (ABS) Warning Light Brake force WARNING - Electronic Distribution Brake force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light This warning light illuminates: (EBD) System Warning Light When both ABS and Parking • Once you set the Engine Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- These two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving: Lights are on, the brake system tion. will not work normally and you - It illuminates for approximately 3 • When the ABS and regular brake system may not work normally. may experience an unexpected seconds and then goes off. and dangerous situation during • When there is a malfunction with In this case, have your vehicle sudden braking thereby the ABS (The normal braking sys- inspected by an authorized Kia increasing the risk of a crash tem will still be operational without dealer. and injury. In this case, avoid the assistance of the anti-lock high speed driving and abrupt brake system). braking. Have your vehicle In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible. dealer.

4 96 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brake Regenerative Brake Electronic Power force Distribution (EBD) Warning Light Steering (EPS) Warning System Warning Light (red color) Light When the ABS Warning Light is on or both ABS and Parking Brake & This warning light illuminates: Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, (yellow color) • Once you set the Engine the speedometer, odometer, or trip- Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- This warning light illuminates : meter may not work. Also, the EPS tion. Warning Light may illuminate and When the regenerative brake does - It remains on until the engine is the steering effort may increase or not operate and the brake does not started. decrease. perform well. This causes the Brake In this case, have your vehicle inspect- Warning light (red) and Regenerative • When there is a malfunction with ed by an authorized Kia dealer as Brake Warning Light (yellow) to illu- the EPS. soon as possible. minate simultaneously. In this case, have your vehicle In this case, drive safely and have inspected by an authorized Kia your vehicle inspected by an author- dealer. ized Kia dealer.

497 Features of your vehicle

Malfunction Indicator Charging System Lamp (MIL) CAUTION - Malfunction Warning Light Indicator Lamp (MIL) This warning light illuminates: Driving with the Malfunction This warning light illuminates: Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may • Once you set the Engine cause damage to the emission • Once you set the Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- control systems which could Start/Stop Button to the ON position. affect drivability and/or fuel tion. - It remains on until the engine is economy. - It remains on until the engine is started. started. • When there is a malfunction with • When there is a malfunction with the emission control system. CAUTION - Catalytic either the alternator or electrical In this case, have your vehicle Converter Damage charging system. inspected by an authorized Kia If the Malfunction Indicator dealer. Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten- If there is a malfunction with either tial catalytic converter damage the alternator or electrical charging is possible which could result in system: loss of engine power. 1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe In this case, have your vehicle location and stop your vehicle. inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible. 2.Turn the engine off and check the alternator drive belt for looseness or breakage. If the belt is adjusted properly, there may be a problem in the electrical charging system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

4 98 Features of your vehicle

Engine Oil Pressure Low Tire Pressure Warning Light CAUTION - Engine Warning Light damage This warning light illuminates: If the engine is not stopped This warning light illuminates: immediately after the engine oil • Once you set the Engine pressure warning light is illumi- • Once you set the Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- nated and stays on while the Start/Stop Button to the ON position. engine is running, serious tion. - It remains on until the engine is engine damage may result. - It illuminates for approximately 3 started. seconds and then goes off. • When the engine oil pressure is low. • When one or more of your tires are If the warning light stays on while the significantly underinflated. engine is running, it indicates that If the engine oil pressure is low: there may be serious engine dam- ❈For more details, refer to “Tire 1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe age or malfunction. In this case, Pressure Monitoring System location and stop your vehicle. 1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is (TPMS)” in chapter 7. 2.Turn the engine off and check the safe to do so. engine oil level (For more details, 2. Turn off the engine and check the refer to “Engine Oil” in chapter 8). If oil level. If the oil level is low, fill the the level is low, add oil as required. engine oil to the proper level. If the warning light remains on after 3. Start the engine again. If the warn- adding oil or if oil is not available, ing light stays on after the engine have your vehicle inspected by an is started, turn the engine off authorized Kia dealer as soon as immediately. In this case, have possible. your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

499 Features of your vehicle

This warning light remains on after • The TPMS cannot alert you to Master Warning light blinking for approximately 60 seconds severe and sudden tire damage (if equipped) or repeats blinking on and off at the caused by external factors. intervals of approximately 3 seconds: • If you notice any vehicle instability, • This warning light informs the driv- • When there is a malfunction with immediately take your foot off the er of the following situations the TPMS. accelerator pedal, apply the brakes - LED headlamp failure In this case, have your vehicle gradually with light force, and slow- inspected by an authorized Kia ly move to a safe position off the - Blind Spot Detection failure dealer as soon as possible. road. - Smart Cruise Control System failure ❈For more details, refer to “Tire - Blind Spot Detection blockage Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in chapter 7. - Smart Cruise Control Radar failure - Lamp failure WARNING - Low tire pressure - Virtual Engine Sound System malfunction • Significantly low tire pressure makes the vehicle unstable The Master Warning Light illumi- and can contribute to loss of nates when one or more of the above vehicle control and increased warning situations occur. At this time, braking distances. the LCD Modes Icon will change from ( ) to ( ). • Continued driving or low pressure tires will cause the tires to If the warning situation is resolved, the overheat and fail. master warning light will be turned off and the LCD Modes Icon will be changed back to its previous icon ( ).

4 100 Features of your vehicle

Autonomous Emergency Engine Coolant LED Headlamp Warning Braking (AEB) Warning Temperature Warning Light (if equipped) light (if equipped) Light This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: • When the engine coolant tempera- • Once you set the ignition switch or • When there is a malfunction with ture is above 120°C (248°F). This Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON the AEB. means that the engine is overheat- position. In this case, have the vehicle inspected and may be damaged. - It illuminates for approximately 3 ed by an authorized Kia dealer. If your vehicle is overheated, refer seconds and then goes off. to “Overheating” in chapter 7. • When there is a malfunction with the LED headlamp. CAUTION - Engine In this case, have your vehicle inspect- Overheating ed by an authorized Kia dealer. Do not continue driving with the engine overheated. Otherwise This warning light blinks: the engine may be damaged. • When there is a malfunction with a LED headlamp related part. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION - LED Headlamp Warning Light Continuous driving with the LED Headlamp Warning Light on or blinking can reduce LED headlamp (low beam) life.

4101 Features of your vehicle

Indicator Lights Electronic Stability Immobilizer Indicator Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Light (Without Smart Key) Control (ESC) Indicator Indicator Light Light This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: • When the vehicle detects the • Once you set the Engine immobilizer in your key properly • Once you set the Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- while the Engine Start/Stop button Start/Stop Button to the ON position. is ON. tion. - It illuminates for approximately 3 - At this time, you can start the - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. engine. seconds and then goes off. • When you deactivate the ESC sys- - The indicator light goes off after • When there is a malfunction with tem by pressing the ESC OFF but- starting the engine. the ESC system. ton. In this case, have your vehicle ❈ inspected by an authorized Kia For more details, refer to This indicator light blinks: dealer. “Electronic Stability Control (ESC)” • When there is a malfunction with in chapter 6. the immobilizer system. This indicator light blinks: In this case, have your vehicle Charging Cable inspected by an authorized Kia While the ESC is operating. Connection Indicator dealer. ❈For more details, refer to (Plug-in hybrid) “Electronic Stability Control (ESC)” This indicator illuminates in red when in chapter 6. the charging cable is connected.

4 102 Features of your vehicle

Immobilizer Indicator This indicator light illuminates for 2 Turn Signal Indicator Light (With Smart Key) seconds and goes off: Light • When the vehicle cannot detect the This indicator light illuminates for up smart key which is in the vehicle This indicator light blinks: to 30 seconds: while the Engine Start/Stop Button is ON. • When you turn the turn signal light • When the vehicle detects the on. smart key in the vehicle properly In this case, have your vehicle while the Engine Start/Stop Button inspected by an authorized Kia is ACC or ON. dealer. If any of the following occurs, there may be a malfunction with the turn - At this time, you can start the signal system. In this case, have your engine. This indicator light blinks: vehicle inspected by an authorized - The indicator light goes off after • When the battery of the smart key Kia dealer. starting the engine. is weak. - The indicator light does not blink - At this time, you cannot start the but illuminates. This indicator light blinks for a few engine. However, you can start the - The indicator light blinks more seconds: engine if you press the Engine rapidly. Start/Stop Button with the smart • When the smart key is not in the key. (For more details, refer to - The indicator light does not illumi- vehicle. “Starting the Engine” in chapter 6). nate at all. - At this time, you can not start the • When there is a malfunction with engine. the immobilizer system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4103 Features of your vehicle

High Beam Indicator Light ON Indicator Light Cruise SET Indicator Light Light (if equipped) SET

This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: • When the headlights are on and in • When the tail lights or headlights • When the cruise control speed is set. the high beam position are on. ❈For more details, refer to “Cruise • When the turn signal lever is pulled Control System” in chapter 6. into the Flash-to-Pass position. Cruise Indicator Light (if equipped) Front Fog Indicator Light (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates: • When the cruise control system is This indicator light illuminates: enabled. • When the front fog lights are on. ❈For more details, refer to “Cruise Control System” in chapter 6. Low Beam Indicator Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates: • When the headlights are on.

4 104 Features of your vehicle

ECO Indicator Light SPORT Mode Indicator Ready Indicator (if equipped) Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates : This indicator light illuminates: This indicator illuminates : • When the Active ECO system is • When you select “SPORT” mode When the vehicle is ready to be driv- activated by pressing the DRIVE as drive mode. en. mode button. ❈For more details, refer to “Drive - ON : Normal driving is possible. • The ECO indicator (green) will illu- Mode” in chapter 6. - OFF : Normal driving is not possi- minate to show that the Active ble, or a problem has occurred. ECO is operating. EV Mode Indicator - Blinking : Emergency driving. ❈For more details, refer to “Drive Mode Integrated Control System" EV in chapter 6. When the ready indicator goes OFF This indicator illuminates when the or blinks, there is a problem with the vehicle is driven by the electric system. In this case, have your vehi- motor. cle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4105 Features of your vehicle

LKAS (Lane Keeping Assistant System) Indicator (if equipped)

The LKAS indicator will illuminate when you turn the lane keeping assistant system on by pressing the LKAS button. If there is a problem with the system, the yellow LKAS indicator will illuminate. ❈ For more details, refer to “LKAS” in chapter 6.

4 106 Features of your vehicle

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) Operation of the rear parking WARNING - Rear parking assist system assist system Operating condition Never rely solely on the rear • This system will activate when parking assist system. Always backing up with the ignition switch perform a visual inspection to ON. make sure the vehicle is clear of all obstructions before moving If the vehicle is moving at a speed the vehicle in any direction. Stop over 5 km/h (3 mph), the system immediately if you are aware of may not be activated correctly. a child anywhere near your vehi- • The sensing distance while the ODE046400L cle. Some objects may not be back-up warning system is in oper- The rear parking assist system detected by the sensors, due to ation is approximately 120 cm (47 assists the driver during backward the object's size or material. in.) at the rear bumper center area, movement of the vehicle by chiming if 60 cm (23.5 in.) at the rear bumper any object is sensed within a distance both side area. of 120 cm (47 in.) behind the vehicle. • When more than two objects are This system is a supplemental system sensed at the same time, the clos- and it is not intended to nor does it est one will be recognized first. replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the back sensors (➀) are limited. Whenever backing-up, pay as much attention to what is behind you as you would in a vehicle without a rear parking assist system.

4107 Features of your vehicle

Types of warning sound Non-operational conditions of The detecting range may decrease • When an object is 120 cm to 61 cm rear parking assist system when: (47 in. to 24 in.) from the rear The rear parking assist system 1. The sensor is covered with foreign bumper: Buzzer beeps intermit- may not operate properly when: matter such as snow or water. tently. (The sensing range will return to 1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It normal when removed.) • When an object is 60 cm to 31 cm will operate normally once the (24 in. to 12 in.) from the rear moisture clears. 2. Outside air temperature is bumper: Buzzer beeps more fre- extremely hot or cold. 2. The sensor is covered with foreign quently. matter, such as snow or water, or • When an object is within 30 cm (12 the sensor cover is blocked. (It will The following objects may not be in.) of the rear bumper: operate normally when the materi- recognized by the sensor: Buzzer sounds continuously. al is removed or the sensor is no 1. Sharp or slim objects such as longer blocked.) ropes, chains or small poles. 3. Driving on uneven road surfaces 2. Objects which tend to absorb the (unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, sensor frequency such as clothes, gradient). sound absorbent material or snow. 4. Objects generating excessive 3. Undetectable objects smaller than noise (vehicle horns, loud motor- 1 m (40 in.) in height and narrower cycle engines, or truck air brakes) than 14 cm (6 in.) in diameter. are within range of the sensor. 5. Heavy rain or water spray exists. 6. Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are within range of the sensor. 7. The sensor is covered with snow. 8. Trailer towing

4 108 Features of your vehicle

Rear parking assist system ✽ NOTICE Self-diagnosis precautions This system can only sense objects If you don’t hear an audible warning • The rear parking assist system within the range and location of the sound or if the buzzer sounds inter- may not sound consistently sensors. It cannot detect objects in mittently when shifting the gear to the depending on the speed and other areas where sensors are not R (Reverse) position, this may indi- shapes of the objects detected. installed. Also, small or slim objects, cate a malfunction in the rear parking • The rear parking assist system may such as poles or objects located assist system. If this occurs, have malfunction if the vehicle bumper between sensors may not be detected your vehicle checked by an author- height or sensor installation has by the sensors. ized Kia dealer as soon as possible. been modified or damaged. Any Always visually check behind the vehicle when backing up. non-factory installed equipment or ✽ NOTICE accessories may also interfere with Be sure to inform any drivers of the the sensor performance. vehicle that may be unfamiliar with Your new vehicle warranty does not the system regarding the system's cover any accidents or damage to • The sensor may not recognize capabilities and limitations. the vehicle or injuries to its occu- objects less than 40 cm (15 in.) pants due to a rear parking assist from the sensor, or it may sense an system malfunction. Always drive incorrect distance. Use caution. safely and cautiously. • When the sensor is frozen or covered with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor may be inoperative until the material is removed using a soft cloth. • To prevent damage, do not push, scratch or strike the sensor.

4109 Features of your vehicle

PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) ■ Rear This system is a supplemental sys- Operation of the parking tem and it is not intended to nor does assist system it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. Operating condition The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors (➀) are limited. Whenever moving pay as much attention to what is in front and behind of you as you would in a vehicle without a parking assist system. ODE046400L ■ Front WARNING The parking assist system is a supplemental system only. The operation of the parking ODE046402 assist system can be affected • This system activates when the by several factors (including parking assist system button is environmental conditions). pressed with the ignition switch ON. It is the responsibility of the • The indicator of the parking assist ODE046401L driver to always check the front system button turns on automatical- The parking assist system assists and rear views before and while ly and activates the parking assist the driver during movement of the parking. system when you shift the gear to vehicle by chiming if any object is the R (Reverse) position. It will turn sensed within the distance of 100 cm off automatically when you drive (39 in.) in front and 120 cm (47 in.) above 20 km/h (12.4 mph). behind the vehicle.

4 110 Features of your vehicle

• The sensing distance while backing Type of warning indicator and sound up is approximately 120 cm (47 in.) : with Warning sound when you are driving less than 10 km/h (6.2 mph). Warning indicator • The sensing distance while moving Distance Warning forward is approximately 100 cm from object When driving When driving sound (39 in.) when you are driving less forward rearward than 10 km/h (6.2 mph). Buzzer beeps 100 cm ~ 61 cm Front - • When more than two objects are intermittently sensed at the same time, the clos- Buzzer beeps 120 cm ~ 61 cm Rear - est one will be recognized first. intermittently • The side sensors are activated Buzzer beeps when you shift the gear to the R Front frequently (Reverse) position. 60 cm ~ 31 cm Buzzer beeps • If the vehicle speed is above 20 Rear - km/h (12.4 mph), the system auto- frequently matically turns off. To activate Buzzer sounds Front again, push the button. continuously 30 cm Buzzer sounds Rear - ✽ NOTICE continuously It may not operate if the vehicle’s ✽ distance from the object is already NOTICE less than approximately 25 cm (10 • The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration in.) when the system is activated. according to objects or sensor status. • Do not wash the vehicle's sensor with high pressure water.

4111 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Non-operational conditions of There is a possibility of parking • This system can only sense objects parking assist system assist system malfunction when: within the range and location of Parking assist system may not 1. Driving on uneven road surfaces the sensors; It can not detect operate normally when: such as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or gradient. objects in other areas where sen- 1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It sors are not installed. Also, small will operate normally when mois- 2. Objects generating excessive or slim objects, such as poles or ture melts.) noise such as vehicle horns, loud objects located between sensors motorcycle engines, or truck air may not be detected by the sen- 2. Sensor is covered with foreign brakes can interfere with the sensors. Always visually check behind matter, such as snow or water, or sor. the sensor cover is blocked. (It will the vehicle when backing up. 3. Heavy rain or water spray. • Be sure to inform any drivers of operate normally when the materi- the vehicle that may be unfamiliar al is removed or the sensor is no 4. Wireless transmitters or mobile with the system regarding the sys- longer blocked.) phones present near the sensor. tems capabilities and limitations. 3. Sensor is stained with foreign mat- 5. Sensor is covered with snow. ter such as snow or water. (Sensing range will return to normal when removed.) 4.The parking assist button is off.

4 112 Features of your vehicle

Detecting range may decrease ✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE when: 1. The warning may not sound This system can only sense objects 1. Outside air temperature is sequentially depending on the speed within the range and location of the extremely hot or cold. and shapes of the objects detected. sensors, it can not detect objects in 2. Undetectable objects smaller than 2. The parking assist system may other areas where sensors are not 1 m (4 in.) and narrower than 14 malfunction if the vehicle bumper installed. Also, small or slim objects, cm (5.5 in.) in diameter. height or sensor installation has or objects located between sensors been modified. Any non-factory may not be detected. installed equipment or accessories Always visually check in front and The following objects may not be may also interfere with the sensor behind the vehicle when driving. recognized by the sensor: performance. Be sure to inform any drivers in the 1. Sharp or slim objects such as 3. Sensor may not recognize objects vehicle that may be unfamiliar with ropes, chains or small poles. less than 12 in. (30 cm) from the the system regarding the systems 2. Objects, which tend to absorb sen- sensor, or it may sense an incor- capabilities and limitations. sor frequency such as clothes, rect distance. Use with caution. spongy material or snow. 4. When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow or water, the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth. 5. Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor. Sensor damage could occur.

4113 Features of your vehicle

Pay close attention when the vehicle Self-diagnosis is driven close to objects on the When you shift the gear to the R road, particularly pedestrians, and (Reverse) position and if one or more especially children. Be aware that of the below occurs you may have a some objects may not be detected malfunction in the parking assist sys- by the sensors, due to the objects tem. distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of • You don't hear an audible warning the sensor. Always perform a visual sound or if the buzzer sounds inter- inspection to make sure the vehicle mittently. is clear of all obstructions before moving the vehicle in any direction. • is displayed. (if equipped) (blinks) If this occurs, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

✽ NOTICE Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants related to a parking assist system. Always drive safely and cautiously.

4 114 Features of your vehicle

REARVIEW CAMERA • This system is a supplemental system only. It is the responsibility of WARNING - Backing & the driver to always check the using camera inside/outside rearview mirrors and Never rely solely on the rear view the area behind the vehicle before camera when backing. You must and while backing up because always use methods of viewing there is a dead zone that can't be the area behind you including seen by the camera. looking over both shoulders as • Always keep the camera lens well as continuously checking all clean. If lens is covered with for- three rear view mirrors. Due to ODE046403 eign matter, the camera may not the difficulty of ensuring that the operate normally. area behind you remains clear, ❈ If your vehicle is equipped with always back up slowly and stop AVN (Audio, Video and Navigation) immediately if you even suspect system, rearview display image that a person, and especially a will show behind the vehicle child, might be behind you. through the AVN monitor while backing-up. Refer to a separately supplied manual for detailed information. ODE046404L The rearview camera will activate with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R (Reverse) position.

4115 Features of your vehicle

LIGHTING Battery saver function Headlight escort function Daytime running light • The purpose of this feature is to (if equipped) The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) prevent the battery from being dis- If you turn the ignition switch to the can make it easier for others to see the charged if the lights are left in the ACC or OFF position with the head- front of your vehicle during the day. ON position. The system automati- lights ON, the headlights remain on DRL can be helpful in many different cally shuts off the parking lights 30 for about 5 minutes. However, if the driving conditions, and it is especially seconds after the ignition key is driver's door is opened and closed, helpful after dawn and before sunset. removed and the driver’s door is the headlights are turned off after 15 The DRL system will turn the dedi- opened and closed. seconds. cated lamp OFF when: • With this feature, the parking lights The headlights can be turned off by 1. The headlight switch is on will turn off automatically if the driver pressing the lock button on the trans- 2. The engine is off parks on the side of the road at night mitter (or smart key) one more or and opens the driver’s side door. turning the light switch to the OFF 3. Engaging the Parking Brake If necessary, to keep the parking position. lights on when the ignition key is removed, perform the following: 1) Open the driver-side door. 2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column.

4 116 Features of your vehicle

Lighting control Parking & Tail light ( ) Headlight position ( )

ODE046457N ODE046406N ODE046407N The light switch has a Headlight and When the light switch is in the park- When the light switch is in the head- a Parking light position. ing light position, the tail, license and light position, the head, tail, license To operate the lights, turn the knob at instrument panel lights will turn ON. lights will turn ON. the end of the control lever to one of the following positions: ✽ NOTICE (1) OFF position/DRL off position. The ignition switch must be in the ON (2) Auto light position position to turn on the headlights. (3) Parking & Tail light (4) Headlight position

4117 Features of your vehicle

Auto light position High beam operation CAUTION • Never place anything over the sensor (1) located on the instrument panel as this will ensure better auto-light system control. • Don’t clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.

ODE046408N • If your vehicle has window tint ODE046460N or other types of metallic coat- When the light switch is in the AUTO ing on the front windshield, To turn on the high beam headlamp, light position, the taillights and head- the Auto light system may not push the lever away from you. The lights will turn ON or OFF automati- work properly. lever will return to its original position. cally depending on the amount of The high beam indicator will light light outside the vehicle. when the headlight high beams are When the light switch is positioned at switched on. an auto light position, at first, the To prevent the battery from being wiper will turn on and then, after 5 discharged, do not leave the lights seconds the head lamp will turn on on for a prolonged time while the automatically. engine is not running. If the head lamp has been turned on due to this function of the vehicle, the head lamp will turn off 60 seconds after the wiper has been turned off.

4 118 Features of your vehicle

Turn signals and lane change WARNING - High beams signals Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles in front of or approaching your vehicle. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver’s vision.

ODE046459N To flash the headlights, pull the lever towards you. It will return to the nor- ODE046461N mal (low beam) position when released. The headlight switch does The ignition switch must be on for the not need to be on to use this flashing turn signals to function. To turn on feature. the turn signals, move the lever up or down (A). The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn signal is operating. They will self-cancel after a turn is completed. If the indicator continues to flash after a turn, manually return the lever to the OFF position. To signal a lane change, move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position (B). The lever will return to the OFF position when released.

4119 Features of your vehicle

If an indicator stays on and does not Check headlight Front fog light (if equipped) flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.

✽ NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow, a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit.

OJFA055274 ODE046458N This warning message illuminates if Fog lights are designed to provide there is a malfunction (burned-out improved visibility when visibility is bulb except LED lamp or circuit mal- poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. The function) with the headlamp. In this fog lights will turn on when the fog light case, have your vehicle inspected by switch (1) is turned to the on position an authorized Kia dealer. after the headlight is turned on. To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog ✽ NOTICE light switch (1) to the ON position again. • When replacing the bulb, use the same wattage bulb. When in operation, the fog lights For more information, refer to consume large amounts of vehicle “BULB WATTAGE” in chapter 9. electrical power. Only use the fog • If a different wattage bulb is lights when visibility is poor. installed on the vehicle, this warning message is not displayed.

4 120 Features of your vehicle

WIPERS AND WASHERS Windshield wiper/washer A : Wiper speed control (front) Windshield wipers · MIST – Single wipe Operates as follows when the igni- · OFF – Off tion switch is turned ON. · INT – Intermittent wipe MIST : For a single wiping cycle, · LO – Low wiper speed move the lever to this (MIST) position and release it. The · HI – High wiper speed wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this B : Intermittent control wipe time position. adjustment OFF : Wiper is not in operation INT : Wiper operates intermittently at C : Wash with brief wipes (front)* the same wiping intervals. Use this mode in light rain or mist. Rear window wiper/washer To vary the speed setting, turn D : Rear wiper/washer control* the speed control knob. · HI – Continuous wipe LO : Normal wiper speed · LO – Intermittent wipe* HI : Fast wiper speed · OFF – Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)*

* if equipped

OQL045407/OQL045464

4121 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Front windshield washers The reservoir filler neck is located in If there is heavy accumulation of the front of the engine compartment snow or ice on the windshield, defrost on the passenger side. the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is CAUTION - Washer pump removed before using the windshield To prevent possible damage to wipers to ensure proper operation. the washer pump, do not oper- If you do not remove the snow ate the washer when the fluid and/or ice before using the wiper reservoir is empty. and washer, it may damage the wiper and washer system.

OQL045409 In the OFF position, pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles. Use this function when the windshield is dirty. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, check the washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not sufficient, you will need to add appropriate non-abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir.

4 122 Features of your vehicle

Rear window wiper and wash- WARNING - Obscured CAUTION - Wipers & er switch visibility windshields Do not use the washer in freez- • To prevent possible damage ing temperatures without first to the wipers or windshield, warming the windshield with do not operate the wipers the defrosters; the washer solu- when the windshield is dry. tion could freeze on the wind- • To prevent damage to the wiper shield and obscure your vision. blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them. • To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move OQL045465 the wipers manually. The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever. Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer. HI : Continuous wipe LO : Intermittent wipe OFF : OFF

4123 Features of your vehicle

OQL045466 Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1 ~ 3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever

4 124 Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR LIGHTS Do not use the interior lights for Automatic turn off function Room lamp extended periods when the engine is (if equipped) ■ not running. Type A The interior lights automatically turn It may cause battery discharge. off approximately 20 minutes after the ignition switch is turned off, if the WARNING - Interior lights are in the ON position. Lights If your vehicle is equipped with the Do not use the interior lights theft alarm system, the interior lights when driving in the dark. automatically turn off approximately Accidents could happen 5 seconds after the system is armed stage. because the view may be ODE046411 obscured by interior lights. ■ Type B

ODEP047468

• : The light stays on at all times.

4125 Features of your vehicle

Map lamp ✽ NOTICE ■ Type A • (2) : DOOR mode The DOOR mode and ROOM mode - The map lamp and room lamp can not be selected at the same time. come on when a door is opened. The lamps go out after approxi- Front Room Lamp: mately 30 seconds. • Type A - The map lamp and room lamp (3): Press this switch to turn the come on for approximately 30 sec- front and rear room lamps onds when doors are unlocked on. with a transmitter or smart key as long as the doors are not opened. (4): Press this switch to turn the ODE046409L front and rear room lamps - The map lamp and room lamp will ■ Type B off. stay on for approximately 20 minutes if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or • Type B LOCK/OFF position. (3): Press this switch to turn the - The map lamp and room lamp will front and rear room lamps on stay on continuously if the door is and off. opened with the ignition switch in the ON position. - The map lamp and room lamp will ODE046410 go out immediately if the ignition • Press the lens (1) to turn ON the switch is changed to the ON posi- map lamp. tion or all doors are locked. To turn the map lamp OFF press - To turn off the DOOR mode, press the lens (1) again. the DOOR button (2) once again (not pressed).

4 126 Features of your vehicle

Liftgate room lamp Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)

ODE046412L OQL045416 The liftgate room lamp comes on Push the switch to turn the light on or when the liftgate is opened. off. • : The lamp will turn on if this ✽ button is pressed. NOTICE • : The lamp will turn off if this The liftgate lamp comes on as long button is pressed. as the liftgate lid is open. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the liftgate lid securely after CAUTION - Vanity mirror using the liftgate. lamp Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off, it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor.

4127 Features of your vehicle

WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) Headlight (Headlamp) escort Interior light Pocket lamp (if equipped) function When the interior light switch is in the When all doors are locked and The headlights (and/or taillights) DOOR position and all doors (and lift- closed, the pocket lamp will come on remain on for approximately 5 min- gate) are locked and closed, the for 15 seconds if any of the below is utes after the ignition key is removed room lamp will come on for 30 sec- performed. or turned to the ACC or LOCK posi- onds if any of the below is performed. • With the smart key system tion. However, if the driver’s door is • With the smart key system - When the door unlock button is opened and closed, the headlights - When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key. are turned off after 15 seconds. pressed on the smart key. - When the button of the outside The headlights can be turned off by - When the button of the outside door handle is pressed. pressing the lock button on the trans- door handle is pressed. mitter or smart key twice or turning off the light switch from the headlight At this time, if you press the door lock or Auto light position. At this time, if you press the door lock button, the lamps will turn off imme- button, the lamps will turn off immediately. diately.

4 128 Features of your vehicle

DEFROSTER Rear window defroster To activate the rear window CAUTION - Conductors defroster, press the rear window To prevent damage to the con- defroster button located in the center ductors bonded to the inside facia switch panel. The indicator on surface of the rear window, the rear window defroster button illu- never use sharp instruments or minates when the defroster is ON. window cleaners containing If there is heavy accumulation of abrasives to clean the window. snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster. If you want to defrost and defog the The rear window defroster automati- front windshield, refer to “Windshield cally turns off after approximately 20 defrosting and defogging” in this sec- minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off. To turn off the defroster, tion. ODE046301 press the rear window defroster but- The defroster heats the window to ton again. remove frost, fog and thin ice from the rear window, while the engine is Outside rearview mirror defroster running. (if equipped) If your vehicle is equipped with the outside rearview mirror defrosters, they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.

4129 Features of your vehicle

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

■ Type A 1. Driver’s temperature control knob 2. AUTO (automatic control) button 3. Front windshield defroster button 4. Rear window defroster button 5. Air conditioning button 6. Air intake control button 7. OFF button 8. Fan speed control button 9. Mode selection button 10. Passenger's temperature control knob 11. SYNC temperature control selection but- ■ Type B ton 12. Climate button 13. Driver only select button

✽ NOTICE Operating the blower when the ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the blower when the engine is running.

ODE046300L/ODE046320L

4 130 Features of your vehicle

Automatic heating and air con- ■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side ✽ NOTICE ditioning • To turn the automatic operation off, select any button or switch of the following: - Mode selection button - Air conditioning button - Front windshield defroster button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The ‘AUTO’ sign will illuminate on the infor- ODE046305 mation display once again.) 2. Turn the temperature control knob - Air intake control button to the desired temperature. - Fan speed control switch ODE046302 The selected function will be con- 1. Press the AUTO button. The trolled manually while other func- modes, fan speeds, air intake and tions operate automatically. air-conditioning will be controlled • For your convenience and to automatically by setting the tem- improve the effectiveness of the perature. climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 23°C (73°F).

4131 Features of your vehicle

ODE046414 ✽ NOTICE Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system.

4 132 Features of your vehicle

Manual heating and air conditioning The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons or turning knob(s) other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons or knob(s) selected. 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling; - Heating: - Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. (if equipped) 4. Set the air intake control to the (if equipped) outside (fresh) air position. ODE046318 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on. Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system.

4133 Features of your vehicle

Mode selection Floor/Defrost-Level Face-Level (B, D) (A, C, D, E, F) Most of the air flow is directed to the Air flow is directed toward the upper floor and the windshield with a small body and face. Additionally, each amount directed to the side window outlet can be controlled to direct the defrosters. air discharged from the outlet.

✽ NOTICE - 2nd row outlet vents (E,F) Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F) (if equipped) • The air flow of the 2nd row outlet ODE046304 Air flow is directed towards the face vents is controlled by the front cli- The mode selection button controls and the floor. mate control system and delivered the direction of the air flow through through the inside air duct of the the ventilation system. floor (E, F). • The air flow of the 2nd row outlet The air flow outlet port is converted Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F) as follows: vents (E, F) may be weaker than the instrument panel vents for the Most of the air flow is directed to the long air duct. floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.

4 134 Features of your vehicle

Temperature control

■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side

ODE046303 ODE046319

Defrost-Level (A, D) Instrument panel vents ODE046305 Most of the air flow is directed to the The outlet vents can be opened or The temperature will increase to the windshield with a small amount of air closed separately using the thumb- maximum (HI) by turning the knob to directed to the side window defrosters. wheel (if equipped). the extreme right. Also, you can adjust the direction of The temperature will decrease to the air delivery from these vents using minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to the vent control lever as shown. the extreme left. When turning the knob, the temperature will increase or decrease by 0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowest temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously.

4135 Features of your vehicle

Adjusting the driver and passenger Air intake control side temperature individually • Press the “SYNC” button again to adjust the driver and passenger side temperature individually. The illumination of button turns off. • Operate the driver side temperature control knob to adjust the driver side temperature. • Operate the passenger side temperature control knob to adjust the ODE046306 passenger side temperature. Adjusting the driver and passenger ODE046307 side temperature equally Temperature conversion This is used to select the outside • Press the “SYNC” button to adjust You can switch the temperature (fresh) air position or recirculated air the driver and passenger side tem- position. perature equally. mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit as follows: To change the air intake control posi- The passenger side temperature tion, push the control button. will be set to the same temperature While pressing the OFF button, as the driver side temperature. press the AUTO button for 3 seconds or more. The display will change from • Turn the driver side temperature Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from control knob. The driver and pas- Fahrenheit to Centigrade. If the bat- senger side temperature will be tery has been discharged or discon- adjusted equally. nected, the temperature mode display will reset to Fahrenheit.

4 136 Features of your vehicle

Outside (fresh) air position Prolonged operation of the heater in Fan speed control With the outside (fresh) the recirculated air position (without air position selected, air air conditioning selected) may cause enters the vehicle from fogging of the windshield and side outside and is heated or windows and the air within the pas- cooled according to the senger compartment may become function selected. stale. In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air Recirculated air position position selected will result in exces- With the recirculated air sively dry air in the passenger composition selected, air partment. from the passenger compartment will be drawn ODE046308 through the heating sys- Sunroof inside air recirculation (if equipped) The fan speed can be set to the tem and heated or desired speed by operating the fan cooled according to the If the sunroof opens while the heater speed control button. function selected. or Air Conditioning system operates, the outside (fresh) air will be select- To change the fan speed, press ( ) ed automatically for ventilating the the button for higher speed, or push car. Then, if you select the recirculat- ( ) the button for lower speed. To ed air position, the outside (fresh) air turn the fan speed control off, press will be selected automatically after 3 the front blower OFF button. minutes. If you close the sunroof, the intake mode will be changed to the previous selected mode.

4137 Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning WARNING - Reduced WARNING - Recirculated Visibility Air Continuous use of the climate Continued use of the climate control system in the recirculat- control system in the recirculated air position may allow ed air position can cause humidity to increase inside the drowsiness or sleepiness, and vehicle which may fog the glass loss of vehicle control. Set the and obscure visibility. air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position as much as possible while driving.

ODE046309 WARNING - Sleeping with Press the A/C button to turn the air A/C on conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate). Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating Press the button again to turn the air on as this may cause serious conditioning system off. harm or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature.

4 138 Features of your vehicle

OFF mode Climate information screen Driver Only selection (if equipped)

ODE046310 ODE046312 Press the front blower OFF button to ODE046311 If you press the DRIVER ONLY but- turn off the front air climate control Press the climate information screen ton( ) and the indicator light illumi- system. However, you can still oper- selection button to display climate nates, cold air mostly blows in the ate the mode and air intake buttons information on the screen. direction of the driver’s seat. as long as the ignition switch is in the However, some of the cold air may ON position. come out of other seats’ ducts to keep indoor air pleasant. If you use the button with no passenger in the front passenger seat, energy consumption will be reduced.

4139 Features of your vehicle

Automatic ventilation Sunroof inside air recircula- System operation The system automatically selects the tion Ventilation outside (fresh) air position when the The outside (fresh) air position is 1.Set the mode to the position. climate control system operates over automatically selected, when the a certain period of time (5 minutes) sunroof is opened while operating 2.Set the air intake control to the out- in low temperature with the recircu- the heating/air conditioning system. side (fresh) air position. lated air position selected. When you select the recirculated air 3.Set the temperature control to the position, the system maintains the desired position. To cancel or reset the Automatic recirculated air position for 3 minutes 4.Set the fan speed control to the Ventilation and then automatically converts to desired speed. the outside (fresh) air position. When the air conditioning system is on, select Face Level mode and When the sunroof is closed, the air Heating intake position will return to the orig- press the recirculated air position 1.Set the mode to the position. button more within 3 seconds. inal position that was selected. 2.Set the air intake control to the out- When the automatic ventilation is side (fresh) air position. canceled, the indicator blinks 3 times. When the automatic ventila- 3.Set the temperature control to the tion is activated, the indicator blinks desired position. 6 times. 4.Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 5.If dehumidified heating is desired, turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on. • If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to the or position.

4 140 Features of your vehicle

Operation Tips Air conditioning (if equipped) • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are CAUTION - Excessive A/C from entering the vehicle through filled with R-1234yf refrigerant. Use the ventilation system, temporarily 1.Start the engine. Press the air con- When using the air conditioning set the air intake control to the ditioning button. system, monitor the tempera- recirculated air position. Be sure to ture gauge closely while driving return the control to the fresh air 2.Set the mode to the position. up hills or in heavy traffic when position when the irritation has 3.Set the air intake control to the out- outside temperatures are high. passed to keep fresh air in the side air or recirculated air position. Air conditioning system opera- vehicle. This will help keep the driv- 4.Adjust the fan speed control and tion may cause engine over- er alert and comfortable. temperature control to maintain heating. Continue to use the • Air for the heating/cooling system maximum comfort. blower fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the tem- is drawn in through the grilles just • When maximum cooling is desired, perature gauge indicates engine ahead of the windshield. Care set the temperature control to the overheating. should be taken that these are not extreme left position, set the mode blocked by leaves, snow, ice or control to the MAX A/C position, other obstructions. then set the fan speed control to • To prevent interior fog on the wind- the highest speed. shield, set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature.

4141 Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning system operation tips • When using the air conditioning CAUTION • If the vehicle has been parked in system, you may notice clear water When opening the windows in direct sunlight during hot weather, dripping (or even puddling) on the humid weather, air conditioning open the windows for a short time ground under the passenger side may create water droplets to let the hot air inside the vehicle of the vehicle. This is a normal sys- inside the vehicle. Since exces- escape. tem operation characteristic. sive water droplets may cause • To help reduce moisture inside of • Operating the air conditioning sys- damage to electrical equipment, the windows on rainy or humid tem in the recirculated air position air conditioning should only be days, decrease the humidity inside provides maximum cooling; howev- used with the windows closed. the vehicle by operating the air er, continual operation in this mode conditioning system. may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale. • During air conditioning system operation, you may occasionally • During cooling operation, you may notice a slight change in engine occasionally notice a misty air flow speed as the air conditioning com- because of rapid cooling and pressor cycles. This is a normal humid air intake. This is a normal system operation characteristic. system operation characteristic. • Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance.

4 142 Features of your vehicle

Climate control air filter ✽ NOTICE Checking the amount of air (if equipped) • Replace the filter every 24,000 km conditioner refrigerant and (15,000 miles) or once a year. compressor lubricant Outside air If the vehicle is being driven in When the amount of refrigerant is severe conditions such as dusty or low, the performance of the air condi- Recirculated rough roads, more frequent air tioning is reduced. Overfilling also air conditioner filter inspections and has a negative impact on the air con- changes are required. ditioning system. • When the air flow rate suddenly Therefore, if abnormal operation is decreases, the system should be found, have the system inspected by checked at an authorized Kia an authorized Kia dealer. Blower dealer. Heater core Climate control Evaporator air filter core WARNING 1LDA5047 The oil and refrigerant in your The climate control air filter installed vehicle's air conditioning sys- behind the glove box filters the dust tem is under very high pres- or other pollutants that come into the sure. If proper service proce- vehicle from the outside through the dures are not followed an explo- heating and air conditioning system. sion may result. To reduce the If dust or other pollutants accumulate risk of serious injury or death, in the filter over a period of time, the the air conditioning system in air flow from the air vents may your vehicle should only be decrease, resulting in moisture accu- serviced by trained and certi- mulation on the inside of the wind- fied technicians. shield even when the outside (fresh) air position is selected. If this happens, have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

4143 Features of your vehicle

CAUTION It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used, otherwise damage to the vehicle may occur. To prevent damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.

4 144 Features of your vehicle

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING • For maximum defrosting, set the Automatic climate control WARNING - Windshield temperature control to the extreme system heating right/hot position and the fan speed To defog inside windshield Do not use the or posi- control to the highest speed. tion during cooling operation in • If warm air to the floor is desired extremely humid weather. The while defrosting or defogging, set difference between the temper- the mode to the floor-defrost posi- ature of the outside air and the tion. windshield could cause the • Before driving, clear all snow and outer surface of the windshield ice from the windshield, rear win- to fog up, causing loss of visi- dow, outside rear view mirrors, and bility. In this case, set the mode all side windows. selection to the position • Clear all snow and ice from the and fan speed control to the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to lower speed. improve heater and defroster effi- ODE046314 ciency and to reduce the probabili- ty of fogging up the inside of the 1. Set the fan speed to the desired windshield. position. 2. Select desired temperature. 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. The outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically and the air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature.

4145 Features of your vehicle

If the air conditioning and outside To defrost outside windshield Defogging logic (fresh) air position are not selected To reduce the possibility of fogging automatically, adjust the correspon- up the inside of the windshield, the ding button manually. If the posi- air intake or air conditioning is con- tion is selected, lower fan speed is trolled automatically according to adjusted to a higher fan speed. certain conditions such as or position. To cancel automatic defogging logic or return to the automatic defogging logic, do the following.

ODE046315 1. Set the fan speed to the highest position. 2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position. 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. The outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically and the air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature.

4 146 Features of your vehicle

Automatic climate control system Auto defogging system This indicator illuminates (if equipped) when the auto defogging system senses the moisture on the inside of the windshield and operates.

If more moisture is in the vehicle, higher steps operate as follow. For example if auto defogging does not defog inside the windshield at step 1 Outside air position, it tries to defog again at step 2 Operating the air conditioning. ODE046316 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON ODE046433 position. Auto defogging reduces the probabil- Step 1 : Outside air position 2. Press the defroster button ( ). ity of fogging up the inside of the Step 2 : Operating the air condition- windshield by automatically sensing 3. While pressing the air conditioning ing the moisture of inside the windshield. button (A/C), press the air intake Step 3 : Blowing air flow toward the control button at least 5 times with- The auto defogging system operates windshield in 3 seconds. when the heater or air conditioning is Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward on. The recirculation indicator blinks 3 the windshield times with 0.5 second of interval. It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the pro- grammed status. If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.

4147 Features of your vehicle

To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging System CAUTION Press the front windshield defroster Do not remove the sensor cover button for 3 seconds when the igni- located on the upper end of the tion switch is in the ON position. passenger side windshield glass. Damage to the system parts could occur and may not - A Type be covered by your vehicle war- When the ADS system is canceled, ranty. ADS OFF symbol will blink 3 times per 0.5 sec and ADS OFF will be displayed on the climate control information screen. When the ADS system is reset, ADS OFF symbol will blink 6 times per 0.25 sec and ADS OFF will disappear on the climate control information screen.

- B Type When the ADS system is canceled, the indicator light on the button will blink 3 times per 0.5 sec. When the ADS system is reset, the indicator light on the button will blink 6 times per 0.25 sec.

4 148 Features of your vehicle

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS These compartments can be used to Center console storage Glove box store small items required by the driver or passengers.

• To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartment. • Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving. Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover can not close securely. ODE046415 ODE046416 To open the center console storage, To open the glove box, push the lever WARNING - Flammable pull up the lever. and the glove box will automatically materials open. Close the glove box after use. Do not store, propane cylinders or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods.

4149 Features of your vehicle

Sunglass holder WARNING - Glove Box WARNING - Sunglass To reduce the risk of injury in an holder accident or sudden stop, always • Do not keep objects except keep the glove box door closed sunglasses inside the sun- while driving. glass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop ✽ NOTICE or an accident, possibly injur- If the temperature control knob is in ing the passengers in the the warm or hot position, warm or vehicle. hot air will flow into the glove box. • Do not open the sunglass ODE046417 holder while the vehicle is moving. The rear view mirror To open the sunglass holder, press of the vehicle can be blocked the cover and the holder will slowly by an opened sunglass holder. open. Place your sunglasses with the lenses facing out. To close the sunglass holder push it up.

4 150 Features of your vehicle

Luggage box

ODE046428N You can place tools, etc. in the box for easy access. Grasp the handle (1) on the edge of the cover and lift it.

4151 Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR FEATURES Cup holder ■ Front seat Seat warmer (if equipped)

■ Front seat WARNING - Hot liquids Do not place uncovered cups with hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid spills, you may burn yourself. Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle. ODE046418 ■ Rear seat ODE046422 ■ CAUTION Rear seat • Keep your drinks sealed while driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts. ODE046444 • When cleaning spilled liquids, Cups or small beverage cans may be do not use heat to dry the cup ODE046448 placed in the cup holders. holders. This may damage the The seat warmer is provided to warm cup holder. the front seats during cold weather. With the ignition switch in the ON position, push either of the switches to warm the driver's seat or the front passenger's seat.

4 152 Features of your vehicle

During mild weather or under condi- ✽ NOTICE

▼ Temperature control(Automatic) tions where the operation of the seat The seat warmer starts to automati- With the seat warmer switch in the warmer is not needed, keep the ON position, the heating system in switches in the “OFF” position. cally control the seat temperature in order to prevent low-temperature the seat turns off or on automatical- ▼ Temperature control (Manual) burns after being manually turned ly depending on the seat tempera- • Each time you press the switch, ON. ture. the temperature setting of the seat ■ Front seat will change as follows : ■ Front seat OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( ) → → 30min 60min OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→ ■ Rear seat

■ Rear seat OFF→HIGH( )→LOW( ) → OFF→HIGH( )→LOW( ) 30min

→ You may manually press the button to increase the seat temperature. • The seat warmer defaults to the However, it soon returns to the auto- OFF position whenever the ignition matic mode again. when pressing switch is turned on. the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer operating, the seat warmer will turn OFF. The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.

4153 Features of your vehicle

Air ventilation seat (if equipped) • The seat warmer (with air ventila- WARNING - Seat warmer tion) defaults to the OFF position burns whenever the ignition switch is The seat warmer may cause turned on. burns, even at low temperatures, if used over a long period CAUTION - Seat damage of time. Never allow passengers who may not be able to take • When cleaning the seats, do care of themselves to be not use an organic solvent exposed to the risk of seat such as paint thinner, ben- heater burns. These include: zene, alcohol and gasoline. Doing so may damage the air 1. Infants, children, elderly or ventilation seat. disabled persons, or hospital ODE046423 outpatients • Do not place heavy or sharp The temperature setting of the seat objects on the seat. Those 2. Persons with sensitive skin changes according to the switch things may damage the air or those that burn easily position. ventilation seat. 3. Fatigued individuals • If you want to ventilate your seat • Be careful not to spill liquid 4. Intoxicated individuals cushion, press the switch (blue such as water or beverages on 5. Individuals taking medication color). the seat. If you spill some liq- that can cause drowsiness or • Each time you press the button, uid, wipe the seat with a dry sleepiness (sleeping pills, the airflow will change as follows: towel. Before using the air cold tablets, etc.) ventilation seat, dry the seat completely. OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( ) →

4 154 Features of your vehicle

Sunvisor * The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehi- Power outlet (if equipped) cle may differ from the illustration.

CAUTION - Vanity mirror lamp If you use the vanity mirror lamp, turn off the lamp before returning the sunvisor to its original position, otherwise it could result in battery discharge and possible sunvisor damage. OJF045121 ODE046421 Use the sunvisor to shield direct light The power outlet is designed to pro- through the front or side windows. vide power for mobile telephones or To use the sunvisor, pull it downward. other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The To use the sunvisor for the side win- devices should draw less than 10 dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from amps with the engine running. the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2). • Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the To use the vanity mirror, pull down the accessory plug after use. Using the visor and slide the mirror cover (3). accessory plug for prolonged peri- Adjust the sunvisor extension for- ods of time with the engine off could ward or backward (4). cause the battery to discharge. The ticket holder (5) is provided for holding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)

4155 Features of your vehicle

• Only use 12V electric accessories USB charger (if equipped) which are less than 10A in electric WARNING - Electric shock capacity. Do not put a finger or a foreign • Adjust the air-conditioner or heater element (pen, etc.) into a power to the lowest operating level when outlet and do not touch with a using the power outlet. wet hand. You may receive an • Close the cover when not in use. electric shock. • Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle’s power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or ODE046434 devices used in your vehicle. The USB charger is designed to • Push the plug in as far as it will go. recharge batteries of small size elec- If good contact is not made, the trical devices using a USB cable. The plug may overheat and the fuse electrical devices can be recharged may open. when the Engine Start/Stop button is • Plug in battery equipped electronic in ACC/ON/START position. devices with reverse current pro- The battery charging state may be tection. The current from the bat- monitored on the electrical device. tery may flow into the vehicle’s electri cal/electronic system and Disconnect the USB cable from the cause system malfunction. USB port after use.

4 156 Features of your vehicle

• Some devices are not supported AC inverter (if equipped) ✽ NOTICE for fast charging but will be • Rated voltage : AC 115V charged with normal speed. • Maximum electric power : 150W • Use the USB charger when the • In order to avoid an electrical sys- engine is running to prevent bat- tem failure, electric shock, etc., be tery discharge. sure to read owner's manual • Only devices that fit the USB port before use. can be used. • Be sure to close the cover except • The USB charger can be used only for when in use. for battery charging purposes. • Battery chargers cannot be charged. ODE046034N The AC inverter supplies 115V/150W electric power to operate electric accessories or equipment. If you wish to use the AC inverter, open up the AC inverter cover and connect a plug to it. The AC inverter supplies electric power when engine is running.

4157 Features of your vehicle

• To prevent the battery from being dis- • While the power consumption of Wireless smart phone charg- charged, do not use the AC inverter some electrical devices/appliances ing system (if equipped) while the engine is not running. may be within the AC inverter’s • After using an electric accessory or electric power range, it may mal- equipment, pull the plug out. Leaving function in below cases. the accessory or equipment plugged in for a long time may cause battery - If the device/appliance requires discharge. high electric power for initial start • Do not use an electric accessory or up equipment the power consumption of - If the device/appliance processes which is greater than 150W (115V). precise/very accurate data • When the AC inverter input voltage is - If the device/appliance requires less than 11.3V, the power will be very stable supply of electricity automatically turned off. ODE046424 AC inverter will operate as normal A wireless smart phone charging when the voltage is increased. CAUTION - Electric accessory devices system is located in front of the cen- • When the AC inverter input voltage • Do not use broken electric ter console is less than 10.7V, power will turn Firmly close all doors, and turn the off. The AC inverter will operate as accessories which may damage the AC inverter and elec- ignition to ACC or IGN ON. To start normal when the voltage is wireless charging, place the smart increased. trical systems of the vehicle. • Do not use two or more elec- phone equipped with wireless charg- tric accessories at the same ing function on the wireless charging time as this may cause dam- pad. age to the electrical systems of the vehicle.

4 158 Features of your vehicle

For best wireless charging results, Wireless smart phone charging If the wireless charging is not func- place the smart phone on the center 1. Remove any object on the smart tioning properly, the orange light will of the charging pad. phone charging pad including the blink and flash for ten seconds then The wireless charging system is smart key. If there is any foreign turn off. In such cases, remove the designed for one smart phone object on the pad other than a smart phone from the pad and equipped with QI per single usage smart phone, the wireless charging replace it on the pad again, or double only. Please refer to the smart phone function may not operate properly. check the charging status. accessory cover or the smart phone 2. Place the smart phone on the cen- If you leave the smart phone on the manufacturer homepage to check ter of the wireless charging pad. charging pad when the vehicle igni- whether your smart phone supports tion is in OFF, the vehicle will alert QI function. 3. The indicator light will change to you through warning messages and orange once the wireless charging sound (applicable for vehicles with begins. After the charging is com- voice guidance function) after the plete, the orange light will change ‘Good bye’ function on the instru- to green. ment cluster ends. 4. You can choose to turn the wireless charging function to either ON or OFF by selecting the USM on the instrument cluster. (Please refer to “Instrument Cluster” for details).

If the wireless charging does not work, gently move your smart phone around the pad until the charging indicator light turns orange. Depending on the smart phone, the charging indicator light may not turn green even after the charging is complete.

4159 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE WARNING - Distracted CAUTION - Liquid in Wireless Smart Phone • When the interior temperature of driving the wireless charging system rises Driving while distracted can Charger above a set temperature, the wire- result in a loss of vehicle con- To prevent liquid from damag- less charging will cease to func- trol that may lead to an acci- ing the wireless smart phone tion. After the interior tempera- dent, severe personal injury, charging system in your vehi- ture drops below the threshold, and death. The driver’s primary cle, be sure not to spill liquid the wireless charging function will responsibility is in the safe and over the charging system when resume. legal operation of a vehicle, and charging your phone. • The wireless charging may not use of any handheld devices, function properly when there is a other equipment, or vehicle sys- heavy accessory cover on the tems which take the driver’s CAUTION - Metal in smart phone. eyes, attention and focus away Wireless Charging System • The wireless charging will stop from the safe operation of a If any metallic object such as a when using the wireless smart key vehicle or which are not permis- search function to prevent radio sible by law should never be coin is located between the wireless charging system and wave disruption. used during operation of the • The wireless charging will stop vehicle. the smart phone, the charging may be disrupted. Also, the when the smart key is moved out metallic object may heat up and of the vehicle with the ignition in potentially damage the charging ON. system. If there is any metallic • The wireless charging will stop object between the smart phone when any of the doors is opened and the charging pad, immedi- (applicable for vehicles equipped ately remove the smart phone. with smart keys). Remove the metallic object after (Continued) it has cooled down.

4 160 Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) This device complies with • The wireless charging will stop • Smart phones of some manufac- Industry Canada licence-exempt when the vehicle is turned OFF. turers may display messages on RSS standard(s). • The wireless charging will stop weak current. This is due to the Operation is subject to the following when the smart phone is not in particular characteristic of the two conditions: complete contact with the wireless smart phone and does not imply a charging pad. malfunction on wireless charging (1) This device may not cause inter- • Items equipped with magnetic function. ference, and components such as credit card, • The indicator light of some manu- (2) This device must accept any telephone card, bankbook or any- facturers’ smart phones may still interference, including interfer- transportation ticket may become be orange after the smart phone is ence that may cause undesired damaged during wireless charg- fully charged. This is due to the operation of the device. ing. particular characteristic of the • Place the smart phone on the cen- smart phone and not a malfunc- ter of the charge pad for best tion of the wireless charging. results. The smart phone may not • When any smart phone without a charge when placed near the rim wireless charging function or a of the charging pad. When the metallic object is placed on the smart phone does get charged, it charging pad, a small noise may may heat up excessively. sound. This small sound is due to • For smart phones without built-in the vehicle discerning compatibili- wireless charging system, an ty of the object placed on the appropriate accessory has to be charging pad. It does not affect equipped in order to use the vehi- your vehicle or the smart phone in cle's wireless charging system. any way. (Continued)

4161 Features of your vehicle

Clothes hanger (if equipped) Floor mat anchor (s) WARNING (if equipped)

■ Type A ■ Type B

OPS046500 ODE046425 ❈ This actual feature may differ from the illus- Do not hang other objects such OXM043309 tration. as hangers or hard objects When using a floor mat on the front except clothes. Also, do not put floor carpet, make sure it attaches to A Coat hook is next to the rear grab heavy, sharp or breakable the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi- handle. objects in the clothing’s pock- cle. This keeps the floor mat from ets. In an accident or when the sliding forward. curtain air bag is inflated, it may CAUTION - Hanging cause vehicle damage or per- clothing sonal injury. WARNING - After market Do not hang heavy clothes, floor mat since they may damage the Do not install aftermarket floor hook. mats that are not capable of being securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors. Unsecured floor mats can interfere with pedal operation.

4 162 Features of your vehicle

The following must be observed Luggage net holder when installing ANY floor mat to the (if equipped) WARNING - Luggage net vehicle. Always keep your face and • Ensure that the floor mats are body out of the luggage net securely attached to the vehicle's recoil path and avoid using the floor mat anchor(s) before driving luggage net when the straps the vehicle. have visible signs of wear or • Do not use ANY floor mat that can- damage. The luggage net can not be firmly attached to the vehi- snap and cause injuries. cle's floor mat anchors. • Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single floor mat should ODE046426N be installed in each position. To keep items from shifting in the cargo area, you can use the holders ✽ NOTICE located in the cargo area to attach Your vehicle was manufactured with the luggage net. driver's side floor mat anchors that If necessary, we recommend that are designed to securely hold the you contact an authorized Kia dealer. floor mat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal operation, Kia recommends that only the Kia CAUTION floor mat designed for use in your To prevent damage to the vehi- vehicle be installed. cle, care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compartment.

4163 Features of your vehicle

Cargo security screen (if equipped) WARNING - Cargo Security Screen Do not place objects on the cargo security screen. Such objects may be thrown about inside the vehicle and possibly injure vehicle occupants during an accident or when braking.

CAUTION Do not place luggage on the ODE046429L cargo security screen. This may cause the security screen to Use the cargo security screen to become damaged or malformed. hide items stored in the cargo area. To use the cargo security screen, pull the handle backward and insert the edges into the slots.

4 164 Features of your vehicle

EXTERIOR FEATURES Roof rack (if equipped) ✽ NOTICE CAUTION - Loading Roof • The crossbars (if equipped) should Rack be placed in the proper load carrying positions prior to placing items • When carrying cargo on the onto the roof rack. roof rack, take the necessary • If the vehicle is equipped with a precautions to make sure the sunroof, be sure not to position cargo does not damage the cargo onto the roof rack in such a roof of the vehicle. way that it could interfere with • When carrying large objects sunroof operation. on the roof rack, make sure • When the roof rack is not being they do not exceed the overall used to carry cargo, the crossbars roof length or width. may need to be repositioned if ODE046432 • When you are carrying cargo wind noise is detected. on the roof rack, do not oper- If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can ate the sunroof (if equipped). load cargo on top of your vehicle. This can damage the sunroof. Crossbars and fixing components needed to install the roof rack on your vehicle may be obtained from an authorized Kia dealer or other qualified shop.

4165 Features of your vehicle

• The following specification is the • Always drive slowly and turn corners maximum weight that can be loaded carefully when carrying items on the onto the roof rack. Distribute the roof rack. Severe wind updrafts, load as evenly as possible across caused by passing vehicles or natu- the crossbars (if equipped) and roof ral causes, can cause sudden rack and secure the load firmly. upward pressure on items loaded on the roof rack. This is especially true ROOF 100 kg (220 lbs.) when carrying large, flat items such RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED as wood panels or mattresses. This Loading cargo or luggage in excess could cause the items to fall off the of the specified weight limit on the roof rack and cause damage to your roof rack may damage your vehicle. vehicle or others around you. • The vehicle center of gravity will be • To prevent damage or loss of cargo higher when items are loaded onto while driving, check frequently the roof rack. Avoid sudden starts, before or while driving to make sure braking, sharp turns, abrupt maneu- the items on the roof rack are vers or high speeds that may result securely fastened. in loss of vehicle control or rollover resulting in an accident. WARNING - Driving with roof load Always drive slow and turn corners carefully when carrying items on the roof rack.The vehicle's center of gravity will be higher when items are loaded onto the roof rack.

4 166 Audio system

Audio System ...... 5-2 • Antenna ...... 5-2 • AUX, USB port ...... 5-3

5 Audio system

AUDIO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) ✽ NOTICE Antenna Shark fin antenna (if equipped) If you install an after market HID ■ Type A The shark fin antenna will receive the head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and transmit data. electronic device may malfunction. CAUTION - Pole type antenna • Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash, remove the antenna pole by rotating it counterclockwise. If not, the antenna ODE046453L ■ Type B may be damaged. • When reinstalling your antenna pole, it is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure proper reception. But it could be removed when parking the vehicle or when loading cargo on the roof rack. • When cargo is loaded on the ODE046438 roof rack, do not place the Pole type antenna cargo near the antenna pole to ensure proper reception. Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to receive both AM and FM broadcast signals. This antenna pole is removable. To remove the antenna pole, turn it counterclockwise. To install the antenna, turn it clockwise. 25 Audio system

AUX, USB port

ODE046439L If your vehicle has an AUX and/or USB(universal serial bus) port, you can use the AUX port to connect audio devices and the USB port to plug in a USB device or iPod®.

✽ NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the power source of the portable audio device.

53 Driving your vehicle

Before driving ...... 6-4 Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB)...... 6-36 • Before entering vehicle ...... 6-4 • System setting and activation...... 6-36 • Necessary inspections ...... 6-4 • AEB warning message and system control ...... 6-39 • Before starting ...... 6-4 • Brake operation...... 6-40 Key positions...... 6-6 • Sensor to detect the distance from the vehicle • Illuminated ignition switch...... 6-6 in front (front radar)...... 6-41 • Ignition switch position...... 6-6 • System malfunction...... 6-42 • Starting the hybrid system ...... 6-7 • Limitation of the system ...... 6-43 Engine start/stop button ...... 6-9 Cruise control system...... 6-48 • Illuminated engine start/stop button ...... 6-9 • To set cruise control speed ...... 6-49 • Engine start/stop button position...... 6-9 • To increase cruise control set speed...... 6-49 • Starting the hybrid system ...... 6-11 • To decrease the cruising speed ...... 6-50 Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT)...... 6-14 • To temporarily accelerate with the cruise • Dual Clutch Transmission operation ...... 6-14 control on ...... 6-50 • Good driving practices ...... 6-21 • To cancel cruise control, do one of the following . . . 6-50 6 Brake system...... 6-23 • To resume cruising speed at more than • Power brakes ...... 6-23 approximately 30 km/h (20 mph) ...... 6-51 • Parking brake – Foot type ...... 6-25 • To turn cruise control off, do one of the following. . 6-51 • Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)...... 6-27 Smart Cruise Control system (SCC) ...... 6-52 • Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ...... 6-29 • Speed setting (SCC)...... 6-53 • Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) ...... 6-32 • Vehicle to vehicle distance setting (SCC) ...... 6-58 • Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) ...... 6-34 • To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control . 6-61 • Good braking practices...... 6-34 • To convert to cruise control mode ...... 6-61 • Limitations of the system ...... 6-62 Blind Spot Detection system (BSD) ...... 6-68 • Driving off-road ...... 6-95 • BSD (Blind Spot Detection) • Highway driving ...... 6-95 / LCA (Lane Change Assist) ...... 6-69 Winter driving ...... 6-96 • RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)...... 6-72 • Snowy or icy conditions ...... 6-96 • Limitations condition ...... 6-74 • Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant ...... 6-97 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ...... 6-76 • Check battery and cables ...... 6-97 • LKAS operation...... 6-77 • Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary ...... 6-97 • Warning light and message...... 6-80 • Check spark plugs and ignition system...... 6-97 • Driver's attention...... 6-82 • To keep locks from freezing ...... 6-98 • LKAS Function Change ...... 6-83 • Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system 6-98 Driver Attention Alert system (DAA)...... 6-84 • Don’t let your parking brake freeze ...... 6-98 • System setting and activation...... 6-84 • Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . . 6-98 • Resetting the system ...... 6-86 • Carry emergency equipment ...... 6-98 • System disabled ...... 6-86 Trailer towing ...... 6-98 6 • System malfunction...... 6-86 Vehicle load limit ...... 6-99 Economical operation ...... 6-89 • Tire and loading information label ...... 6-99 Special driving conditions ...... 6-91 • Certification label ...... 6-102 • Hazardous driving conditions ...... 6-91 Vehicle weight ...... 6-103 • Reducing the risk of a rollover...... 6-91 • Base curb weight ...... 6-103 • Rocking the vehicle ...... 6-93 • Vehicle curb weight ...... 6-103 • Smooth cornering ...... 6-93 • Cargo weight ...... 6-103 • Driving at night ...... 6-94 • GAW (Gross Axle Weight) ...... 6-103 • Driving in the rain ...... 6-94 • GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) ...... 6-103 • Driving in flooded areas ...... 6-95 • GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)...... 6-103 • GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) ...... 6-103 Driving your vehicle

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. WARNING - Engine WARNING - Open liftgate The exhaust system should be exhaust Do not drive with the liftgate checked whenever the vehicle is Do not inhale exhaust fumes or open. Poisonous exhaust gases raised to change the oil or for any leave your engine running in a can enter the passenger com- other purpose. If you hear a change in enclosed area for a prolonged partment. If you must drive with the sound of the exhaust or if you drive time. Exhaust fumes contain the liftgate open proceed as fol- over something that strikes the under- carbon monoxide, a colorless, lows: neath side of the vehicle, have the odorless gas that can cause 1. Close all windows. exhaust system checked as soon as unconsciousness and death by 2. Open side vents. possible by an authorized Kia dealer. asphyxiation. 3. Set the air intake control at “Fresh”, the air flow control at “Floor” or “Face” and the fan at the highest speed.

63 Driving your vehicle

BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle Necessary inspections Before starting • Be sure that all windows, outside Fluid levels, such as engine oil, • Close and lock all doors. mirror(s), and outside lights are engine coolant, brake fluid, and • Position the seat so that all con- clean. washer fluid should be checked on a trols are easily reached. • Check the condition of the tires. regular basis, at the exact interval depending on the fluid. Further • Buckle your seat belt. • Check under the vehicle for any details are provided in chapter 8, • Adjust the inside and outside sign of leaks. “Maintenance”. rearview mirrors. • Be sure there are no obstacles • Be sure that all lights work. behind you if you intend to back up. WARNING - Distracted • Check all gauges. driving • Check the operation of warning Focus on the road while driving. lights when the engine start/stop The driver's primary responsi- button is turned to the ON position. bility is in the safe and legal • Release the parking brake and operation of the vehicle. Use of make sure the brake warning light any handled devices, other goes out. equipment or vehicle systems For safe operation, be sure you are that distract the driver should familiar with your vehicle and its not be used during vehicle equipment. operation.

46 Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Fire risk WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driving while When you intend to park or stop objects intoxicated the vehicle with the engine on, Securely store items in your Do not drive while intoxicated. be careful not to depress the vehicle. When you make a sud- Drinking and driving is danger- accelerator pedal for a long den stop or turn the steering ous. Even a small amount of period of time. It may overheat wheel rapidly, loose objects alcohol will affect your reflexes, the engine or exhaust system may drop on the floor and it perceptions and judgment. and cause fire. could interfere with the opera- Driving while under the influ- tion of the foot pedals, possibly ence of drugs is as dangerous causing an accident. as or more dangerous than driv- WARNING - Check sur- ing drunk. roundings Always check the surrounding WARNING - Proper areas near your vehicle for peo- footwear ple, especially children, before Always wear appropriate shoes putting a vehicle into D (Drive) when operating your vehicle. or R (Reverse). Unsuitable shows (high heels, ski boots, sandals, etc.) may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals.

65 Driving your vehicle

KEY POSITIONS (IF EQUIPPED) Illuminated ignition switch Ignition switch position ON (if equipped) LOCK The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started. This is the normal running position after the engine is started. Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge.

START Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine. The engine will crank until you release OQLE055065 OQLE055066 the key; then it returns to the ON Whenever a front door is opened, the From the left dot, dot sequence is position. The brake warning light can ignition switch will illuminate for your LOCK-ACC-ON-START. be checked in this position. convenience, provided the ignition The ignition key can be removed only The anti-theft steering column lock (if switch is not in the ON position. The in the LOCK position. equipped) is not a substitute for the light will go off immediately when the parking brake. Before leaving the dri- ignition switch is turned on. It will ver’s seat, always make sure the shift also go off after about 30 seconds ACC (Accessory) lever is engaged in P (Park) for dual when the door is closed. The electrical accessories are opera- clutch transmission, set the parking tive. If difficulty is experienced turn- brake fully and shut the engine off. ing the ignition switch to the ACC Unexpected and sudden vehicle position, turn the key while turning movement may occur if these pre- the steering wheel right and left to cautions are not taken. release the tension.

66 Driving your vehicle

Starting the hybrid system WARNING - Ignition switch WARNING - Leaving the Vehicle Never turn the ignition switch to WARNING - Proper LOCK or ACC while the vehicle To avoid unexpected or sudden footwear is moving. This would result in vehicle movement, never leave loss of directional control and your vehicle if the transmission Always wear appropriate shoes braking function, which could is not locked in the P (Park) when operating your vehicle. cause an accident. position and the parking brake Unsuitable shoes (high heels, is fully engaged. Before leaving ski boots, sandals, etc.) may the driver's seat, always make interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedal. WARNING - Key holder sure the shift lever is engaged in Do not place small purses, mul- P (Park), set the parking brake tiple keys, or other heavy acces- fully and shut the engine off. 1.Make sure the parking brake is sories on your vehicle key ring. applied. The driver can accidently push 2.Place the transaxle shift lever in P these objects causing the ACC (Park). Depress the brake pedal position to change while in fully. motion and disrupt the proper operation of some of the vehicle's safety features.

67 Driving your vehicle

3. Turn the ignition switch to START. ✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE If the hybrid system starts, the • Do not wait for the engine to warm To prevent damage to the vehicle: “ ” indicator will come on. up while the vehicle remains sta- • If the “ ” indicator turns off tionary. while you are in motion, do not WARNING - Steering Start driving at moderate engine attempt to move the shift lever to wheel speeds. (Steep accelerating and the P (Park) position. decelerating should be avoided.) If traffic and road conditions per- Never reach for any controls • Always start the vehicle with your mit, you may put the shift lever in through the steering wheel foot on the brake pedal. Do not the N (Neutral) position while the while the vehicle is in motion. depress the accelerator while vehicle is still moving and turn the The presence of your hand or starting the vehicle. Do not race ignition switch to START in an arm in this area could cause a the engine while warming it up. attempt to restart the hybrid sys- loss of vehicle control. • If ambient temperature is low, the tem. “ ” indicator may remain illu- • Do not push or tow your vehicle to minated longer than the normal start the hybrid system. amount of time.

86 Driving your vehicle

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON Illuminated ENGINE ENGINE START/STOP button In an emergency situation while the START/STOP button position vehicle is in motion, you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC OFF position by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds. If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the engine Not illuminated without depressing the brake pedal To turn off the engine (START/RUN by pressing the ENGINE position) or vehicle power (ON posi- START/STOP button with the shift tion), press the ENGINE lever in the N (Neutral) position. START/STOP button with the shift lever in the P (Park) position. When ODE056004 you press the ENGINE Whenever the front door is opened, START/STOP button without the shift the ENGINE START/STOP button lever in the P (Park) position, the will illuminate for your convenience. ENGINE START/STOP button will The light will go off after about 30 not change to the OFF position but to seconds when the door is closed. the ACC position. When all entrances are closed, if you lock the vehicle by using the transmitter or the smart key, the light will go off immediately.

69 Driving your vehicle

ACC(Accessory) ON START/RUN

Amber Red Not illuminated Press the ENGINE START/STOP Press the ENGINE START/STOP To start the engine, depress the button while it is in the OFF position button while it is in the ACC position brake pedal and press the ENGINE without depressing the brake pedal. without depressing the brake pedal. START/ STOP button with the shift If the ENGINE START/STOP button The warning lights can be checked lever in the P (Park) position. For is in the ACC position for more than before the engine is started. Do not your safety, start the engine with the 1 hour, the button is turned off auto- leave the ENGINE START/STOP shift lever in the P (Park) position. matically to prevent battery dis- button in the ON position for a long If you press the ENGINE START/STOP charge. time. The battery may discharge, button without depressing the brake because the engine is not running. pedal for dual clutch transmission vehicles, the engine will not start and the ENGINE START/STOP button changes as follow: OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC

6 10 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Starting the hybrid system ✽ NOTICE If you leave the ENGINE START/ • The hybrid system will start by STOP button in the ACC or ON WARNING pressing the Engine Start/Stop position for a long time, the battery • Always wear appropriate button, only when the smart key is will discharge. shoes when operating your in the vehicle. vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, • Even when the smart key is in the such as high heels, ski boots, vehicle, if it is far away from the WARNING - Starting driver, the hybrid system may not vehicle sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere with your ability to start. Never press the ENGINE • When the Engine Start/Stop but- START/STOP button while the use the brake and accelerator pedals. ton is in the ACC or ON position, vehicle is in motion except in an and any door is open, the system emergency. This would result in • Do not start the vehicle with the checks for the smart key. When loss of directional control and accelerator pedal depressed. the smart key is not in the vehicle, braking function, which could The vehicle can move and the “ ” indicator will blink and cause an accident. lead to an accident. the warning “Key not in vehicle” will come on. When all doors are closed, the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the smart key in the vehicle when in the ACC position or if the hybrid system is ON.

611 Driving your vehicle

1. Always carry the smart key with ✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE you. • Do not wait for the engine to warm To prevent damage to the vehicle: 2. Make sure the parking brake is up while the vehicle remains sta- • If the “ ” indicator turns off applied. tionary. while you are in motion, do not 3. Make sure the shift lever is in P Start driving at moderate engine attempt to move the shift lever to (Park). speeds. (Steep accelerating and the P (Park) position. 4. Depress the brake pedal. decelerating should be avoided.) If traffic and road conditions per- • Always start the vehicle with your mit, you may put the shift lever in 5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but- foot on the brake pedal. Do not the N (Neutral) position while the ton. If the hybrid system starts, the depress the accelerator while vehicle is still moving and press “ ” indicator will come on. starting the vehicle. Do not race the Engine Start/Stop button in an the engine while warming it up. attempt to restart the hybrid sys- • If ambient temperature is low, the tem. “ ” indicator may remain illu- • Do not push or tow your vehicle to minated longer than the normal start the hybrid system. amount of time.

6 12 Driving your vehicle

• When the stop lamp fuse is blown, WARNING - Unintended you can't start the engine normally. vehicle movement Replace the fuse with a new one. If Never leave the smart key in the it is not possible, you can start the vehicle with children or vehicle engine by pressing the ENGINE occupants who are unfamiliar START/STOP button for 10 sec- with the vehicle operation. onds while it is in the ACC posi- Pushing the ENGINE tion. The engine can start without START/STOP button while the depressing the brake pedal. But for smart key is in the vehicle may your safety always depress the result in unintended engine brake pedal before starting the activation and/or unintended ODE056008 engine. vehicle movement. • If the battery is weak or the smart Do not press the ENGINE START/ key does not work correctly, you STOP button for more than 10 sec- can start the engine by pressing onds except when the stop lamp fuse the engine start/stop button with is blown. the smart key. The side with the lock button should contact the engine start/stop button directly. When you press the engine start/stop button directly with the smart key, the smart key should contact the button at a right angle.

613 Driving your vehicle

DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION (DCT) Dual clutch transmission operation The dual clutch transmission has six forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.

Depress the brake pedal and press the shift button while moving the shift lever. Press the shift button while moving the shift lever. The shift lever can freely operate. ❈ To move the shift lever from/to P (Parking) or between R (Reverse) and D (Drive), you must depress the brake pedal for the vehicle to stand still. ODE056010

6 14 Driving your vehicle

• The dual Clutch Transmission • When rapidly accelerating at low gives the driving feel of a manual vehicle speed, engine could rev at WARNING transmission, yet provides the high rpm depending on vehicle To reduce the risk of serious ease of a fully automatic transmis- drive condition. injury or death: sion. Unlike a traditional automatic • For smooth launch uphill, press • ALWAYS check the surround- transmission, the gear shifting can down the accelerator pedal ing areas near your vehicle for be felt (and heard) on the dual smoothly depending on the current people, especially children, clutch transmission conditions. before shifting a vehicle into - Think of it as an automatically • If you release your foot from the D (Drive) or R (Reverse). shifting manual transmission. accelerator pedal at low vehicle • Before leaving the driver’s - Shift into Drive range and get fully speed, you may feel strong engine seat, always make sure the automatic shifting, similar to a con- brake, which is similar to manual shift lever is in the P (Park) ventional automatic transmission. transmission. position, then set the parking • Dual clutch transmission adopts • When driving downhill, you may brake, and place the ignition dry-type dual clutch, which is dif- use Sports Mode to downshift to a switch in the LOCK/OFF posi- ferent from torque converter of lower gear in order to control your tion. Unexpected and sudden automatic transmission, and speed without using the brake vehicle movement can occur shows better acceleration perform- pedal excessively. if these precautions are not ance during driving. But, initial • When you turn the engine on and followed. launch might be little bit slower off, you may hear clicking sounds • Do not use engine braking than Automatic Transmission. as the system goes through a self (shifting from a high gear to • The dry-type clutch transfers torque test. This is a normal sound for the lower gear) rapidly on slip- and provides a direct driving feeling dual Clutch Transmission. pery roads. The vehicle may which may feel different from a con- slip causing an accident. ventional automatic transmission with a torque converter.This may be more noticeable when starting from a stop or low vehicle speed.

615 Driving your vehicle

• To hold the vehicle on a hill use the • If the display continues to blink, for • Gear shifts may be more notice- foot brake or the parking brake. If your safety, we recommend that you able than a conventional automatic the vehicle is held by applying the contact an authorized Kia dealer. transmission. This is a normal accelerator pedal on a hill the • Under certain conditions such as characteristic of this type of dual clutch and transmission will be repeated launch on steep grades, clutch transmission. overheated resulting in damage. the clutch in the transmission could • During the first 1,500 km (1,000 At this time, a warning message overheat. miles), you may feel that the vehi- (“Steep grade! Press brake pedal”) When the clutch is overheated, the cle may not be smooth when accel- will appear on the LCD display. safe protection mode engages. If erating at low speed. During this • If the clutch becomes overheated the safe protection mode engages, break-in period, the shift quality by excessive use of the clutch to the gear position indicator on the and performance of your new vehi- hold on a hill, you may notice a cluster blinks with a chime sound. cle is continuously optimized. shudder feeling and a blinking dis- At this time, a warning message • Always come to a complete stop play on the instrument cluster. (“Transmission temp. is high! Stop before shifting into D (Drive) or R When this occurs, the clutch is dis- safely”, “Trans hot! Park with engine (Reverse). abled until the clutch cools to nor- on”, “Trans Cooling. Remain parked • Do not put the shift lever in N mal temperatures. If this occurs, for 00 min.”, “Trans Cooled. Resume (Neutral) while driving. pull over to a safe location, shift driving”) will appear on the LCD dis- into P (Park) and apply the foot play and driving may not be smooth. brake for a certain time on the LCD CAUTION If you ignore this warning, the driv- warning until it disappears. • To avoid damage to your ing condition may become worse. transaxle, do not try to accel- • If the LCD warning is active, the To return the normal driving condi- erate in R (Reverse) or any for- foot brake must be applied. tion, stop the vehicle and apply the ward gear position with the • Ignoring the warnings can lead to foot brake for a few minutes before brakes on. damage to the transmission. driving off. • When stopped on slope, do not hold the vehicle with accelerator pedal. Use the service brake or the parking brake.

6 16 Driving your vehicle

The indicator in the instrument clus- R (Reverse) ter displays the shift lever position WARNING Use this position to drive the vehicle when the ignition switch is in the ON • Shifting into P (Park) while the backward. position. vehicle is in motion may P (Park) cause you to lose control of CAUTION the vehicle. Always come to a complete stop Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park). • After the vehicle has stopped, before shifting into or out of R always make sure the shift (Reverse); you may damage the To shift from P (Park), you must lever is in P (Park), apply the depress firmly on the brake pedal transmission if you shift into R parking brake, and turn the (Reverse) while the vehicle is in and make sure your foot is off the engine off. accelerator pedal. motion. • Do not use the P (Park) position The shift lever must be in P (Park) in place of the parking brake. before turning the engine off.

617 Driving your vehicle

N (Neutral) - Parking in N (Neutral) gear The wheels and transmission are not Follow the steps below when parking WARNING - Parking In engaged. and you want the vehicle to move Neutral when pushed. • With the exception of parking WARNING 1.After parking your vehicle, step on in neutral gear, always park the brake pedal and move the shift the vehicle in [P] (Park) for Do not shift into gear unless lever to P with the ignition button in safety and apply the parking your foot is firmly on the brake ON or while the engine is running. brake. pedal. Shifting into gear when the engine is running at high 2.If the parking brake is applied • Before parking in [N] (Neutral) speed can cause the vehicle to unlock the parking brake. gear, make sure the parking ground is level and flat. Do not move very rapidly. You could 3.While pressing the brake pedal, park in [N] gear on any slopes lose control of the vehicle and turn the ignition button OFF. hit people or objects. or gradients. If parked and left - For smart key equipped vehicles, in [N], the vehicle may move the ignition switch can be moved and cause serious damage or to OFF only when the shift lever injury. WARNING is in P. Do not drive with the shift lever 4.Change the gear shift lever to N in N (Neutral). (Neutral) while pressing the brake The engine brake will not work pedal and pushing [SHIFT LOCK and lead to an accident. RELEASE] button or inserting, a tool (e.g. flathead screw-driver) into the [SHIFT LOCK RELEASE] access hole at the same time. Then, the vehicle will move when external force is applied.

6 18 Driving your vehicle

D (Drive) ✽ NOTICE This is the normal driving position. • Only the six forward gears can be The transmission will automatically selected. To reverse or park the shift through a six-gear sequence, vehicle, move the shift lever to the providing the best fuel economy and R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as power. required. For extra power when passing anoth- • Downshifts are made automatical- er vehicle or driving uphill depress ly when the vehicle slows down. the accelerator pedal further until When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is you feel the transmission downshift automatically selected. to a lower gear. • When the engine rpm approaches To stop the vehicle during driving, ODE056012 the red zone the transmission will please press brake pedal fully to pre- Manual mode upshift automatically. vent unintended movement. Whether the vehicle is stationary or • If the driver presses the lever to + in motion, manual mode is selected (Up) or - (Down) position, the trans- by pushing the shift lever from the D mission may not make the request- (Drive) position into the manual gate. ed gear change if the next gear is To return to D (Drive) range opera- outside of the allowable rpm range. tion, push the shift lever back into the main gate. In manual mode, moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to select the desired range of gears for the current driving conditions. + (Up) : Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear. - (Down) : Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear.

619 Driving your vehicle

SPORT Mode / ECO Mode Shift lock system When you drive after changing the For your safety, the dual clutch trans- gear shift lever to manual mode, the mission has a shift lock system which vehicle will automatically shift to prevents shifting the transaxle from P SPORT mode. When you drive the (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the vehicle after putting the gear shift brake pedal is depressed. lever to ‘D’, the vehicle will automati- To shift the transaxle from P (Park) cally shift to ECO mode. Each auto- into R (Reverse): matic change in shift will be displayed on the instrument cluster. 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. • ECO mode 2. Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position. This driving mode increases fuel effi- ODE056013L ciency. The actual fuel mileage will 3. Move the shift lever. Shift-lock override depend on your driving habits and If the brake pedal is repeatedly If the shift lever cannot be moved road conditions. depressed and released with the shift from the P (Park) position into R • SPORT mode lever in the P (Park) position, a chat- (Reverse) position with the brake tering noise & vibration near the shift This driving mode provides sporty pedal depressed, continue depress- lever may be heard. This is a normal ing the brake, then do the following: driving experience. Be aware that fuel condition. efficiency may decrease in this mode. 1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. WARNING - Shifting from 2. Apply the parking brake. park 3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov- Always fully depress the brake ering the shift-lock release access pedal before and while shifting hole. out of the P (park) position into 4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screw- another position to avoid inad- driver) into the access hole and vertent motion of the vehicle press down on the tool. which could injure persons in or around the vehicle.

6 20 Driving your vehicle

5. Move the shift lever. Good driving practices • Always use the parking brake. Do 6. Remove the tool from the shiftlock • Never move the shift lever from P not depend on placing the override access hole then install (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other transaxle in P (Park) to keep the the cap. position with the accelerator pedal car from moving. 7. We recommend that the system depressed. • Exercise extreme caution when be inspected by an authorized Kia • Never move the shift lever into P driving on a slippery surface. Be dealer. (Park) when the vehicle is in motion. especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a • Be sure the car is completely slippery surface, an abrupt change Ignition key interlock system stopped before you attempt to shift in vehicle speed can cause the (if equipped) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). drive wheels to lose traction and The ignition key cannot be removed • Never take the car out of gear and the vehicle to go out of control. unless the shift lever is in the P coast down a hill. This may be • Optimum vehicle performance and (Park) position. extremely hazardous. Always leave economy is obtained by smoothly the car in gear when moving. depressing and releasing the • Do not "ride" the brakes. This can accelerator pedal. cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are driving down a long hill, slow down CAUTION and shift to a lower gear. When you - Holding the Vehicle Using do this, engine braking will help Accelerator Pedal slow the car. Do not attempt to hold your • Slow down before shifting to a vehicle on a hill by applying the lower gear. Otherwise, the lower accelerator pedal. This can gear may not be engaged. cause your clutch and transmission to be damaged as a result of overheating.

621 Driving your vehicle

WARNING If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt to rock the vehicle free by moving it forward and backward. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle. During the rocking operation the vehicle may suddenly move forward of backward as it becomes unstuck, causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects.

6 22 Driving your vehicle

BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes CAUTION - Brake Pedal - HEV driving Your vehicle has power-assisted WARNING brakes that adjust automatically Do not drive with your foot rest- down hill through normal usage. ing on the brake pedal. This will Do not turn off the Hybrid sys- create abnormally high brake tem while going down a hill. The If the hybrid system is not on or is temperatures which can cause turned off while driving, the power brake booster may not work excessive brake lining and pad sufficiently and the braking dis- assist for the brakes will not work. wear. You can still stop your vehicle by tance may be longer. applying greater force to the brake pedal than typical. The stopping dis- WARNING - Steep hill tance, however, will be longer than braking with power brakes. Avoid continuous application of When the hybrid system is not on, the brakes when descending a the reserve brake power is partially long or steep hill by shifting to a depleted each time the brake pedal lower gear. Continuous brake is applied. Do not pump the brake application will cause the pedal when the power assist has brakes to overheat and could been interrupted. result in a temporary loss of Pump the brake pedal only when braking performance. necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces.

623 Driving your vehicle

Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s In the event of brake failure Disc brakes wear indicator ability to safely slow down; the vehi- If service brakes fail to operate while When your brake pads are worn and cle may also pull to one side when the vehicle is in motion, you can new pads are required, you will hear the brakes are applied. Applying the make an emergency stop with the a high-pitched warning sound from brakes lightly will indicate whether parking brake. The stopping dis- your front brakes or rear brakes. You they have been affected in this way. tance, however, will be much greater may hear this sound come and go or Always test your brakes in this fash- than normal. it may occur whenever you depress ion after driving through deep water. the brake pedal. To dry the brakes, apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward WARNING - Parking Please remember that some driving speed until brake performance brake conditions or climates may cause a returns to normal. brake squeal when you first apply (or Avoid applying the parking lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor- brake to stop the vehicle while it mal and does not indicate a problem ✽ NOTICE is moving except in an emer- with your brakes. gency situation. Applying the Do not depress the brake pedal con- parking brake while the vehicle Always replace the front or rear tinuously without the “ ” indica- is moving at normal speeds can brake pads as pairs. tor ON. The battery may be dis- cause a sudden loss of control charged. of the vehicle. If you must use CAUTION - Replace brake the parking brake to stop the pads vehicle, use great caution in applying the brake. Do not continue to drive with worn brake pads. Continuing to drive with worn brake pads can damage the braking system and result in costly brake repairs.

6 24 Driving your vehicle

Parking brake – Foot type Releasing the parking brake WARNING - Brake wear (if equipped) Do not ignore high pitched wear Applying the parking brake sounds from your brakes. If you ignore this audible warning, you will eventually lose braking performance, which could lead to a serious accident.

ODE056014 To release the parking brake, ODE056015 depress the parking brake pedal a To engage the parking brake, first second time while applying the foot apply the foot brake and then brake. The pedal will automatically depress the parking brake pedal extend to the fully released position. down as far as possible.

CAUTION - Parking brake Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad (or lining) and brake rotor wear.

625 Driving your vehicle

If at all possible, cease driving the WARNING - Parking brake vehicle immediately. If that is not pos- use sible, use extreme caution while • Never allow a passenger to operating the vehicle and only contin- touch the parking brake. If the ue to drive the vehicle until you can parking brake is released reach a safe location or repair shop. unintentionally, serious injury may occur. • All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parked to avoid inadvertent movement of the WK-23_TF vehicles which can injure Check the brake warning light by occupants or pedestrians. pressing engine start/stop button ON (do not start the engine). This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the engine start/stop button in the START or ON position. Before driving, be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off. If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released while the engine is running, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary.

6 26 Driving your vehicle

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) The ABS continuously senses the • Even with the anti-lock brake sys- ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci- speed of the wheels. If the wheels tem, your vehicle still requires suf- dents due to improper or dangerous are going to lock, the ABS system ficient stopping distance. Always driving maneuvers. Even though repeatedly modulates the hydraulic maintain a safe distance from the vehicle control is improved during brake pressure to the wheels. vehicle in front of you. emergency braking, always maintain When you apply your brakes under • Always slow down when cornering. a safe distance between you and conditions which may lock the The anti-lock brake system cannot objects ahead. Vehicle speeds wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ prevent accidents resulting from should always be reduced during sound from the brakes, or feel a cor- excessive speeds. extreme road conditions. The vehicle responding sensation in the brake • On loose or uneven road surfaces, should be driven at reduced speeds pedal. This is normal and it means operation of the anti-lock brake in the following circumstances: your ABS is active. system may result in a longer stop- • When driving on rough, gravel or In order to obtain the maximum benefit ping distance than for vehicles snow-covered roads from your ABS in an emergency situa- equipped with a conventional • When driving on roads where the tion, do not attempt to modulate your brake system. road surface is pitted or has differ- brake pressure and do not try to pump ent surface heights. your brakes. Press your brake pedal as hard as possible to allow the ABS to Driving in these conditions increases control the force being delivered to the the stopping distance for your vehicle. brakes.

✽ NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is started. These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti-lock brake system is functioning properly.

627 Driving your vehicle

• When you drive on a road having ✽ NOTICE poor traction, such as an icy road, and have operated your brakes When you jump start your vehicle continuously, the ABS will be active because of a drained battery, the continuously and the ABS warning engine may not run as smoothly and light may illuminate. Pull your vehi- the ABS warning light may turn on at cle over to a safe place and stop the same time. This happens because the engine. of low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS has malfunctioned. • Restart the engine. If the ABS • Do not pump your brakes! warning light goes off, then your • Have the battery recharged before ABS system is normal. Otherwise, driving the vehicle. W-78 you may have a problem with the The ABS warning light will stay on for ABS. Contact an authorized Kia approximately 3 seconds after the dealer as soon as possible. engine start/stop button is ON. During that time, the ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

6 28 Driving your vehicle

Electronic stability control Only a safe and attentive driver can The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) (ESC) prevent accidents by avoiding system is an electronic system maneuvers that cause the vehicle to designed to help the driver maintain lose traction. Even with ESC vehicle control under adverse condi- installed, always follow all the normal tions. It is not a substitute for safe driv- precautions for driving - including ing practices. Factors including speed, driving at safe speeds for the condi- road conditions and driver steering tions. input can all affect whether ESC will be effective in preventing a loss of control. WARNING It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to For maximum protection, always leave a sufficient margin of safety. wear your seat belt. No system, no matter how advanced, can When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, ODE057016N compensate for all driver error and/or driving conditions. you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the The Electronic Stability control Always drive responsibly. brakes, or feel a corresponding sensa- (ESC) system is designed to stabi- tion in the brake pedal. This is normal lize the vehicle during cornering and it means your ESC is active. maneuvers. ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is ✽ NOTICE actually going. ESC applies the brakes on individual wheels and A click sound may be heard in the intervenes with the engine manage- engine compartment when the vehi- ment system to stabilize the vehicle. cle begins to move after the engine is started. These conditions are normal Electronic stability control (ESC) will and indicate that the Electronic not prevent accidents. Excessive Stability Control System is function- speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers ing properly. and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can still result in serious accidents.

629 Driving your vehicle

ESC operation When operating ESC operation off ESC ON condition When the ESC is in opera- ESC OFF state • When the engine start/stop tion, the ESC indicator light This car has 2 kinds of ESC - button is turned ON, ESC blinks. off states. and ESC OFF indicator • When the Electronic If the engine stops when lights illuminate for approxi- Stability Control is operat- ESC is off, ESC remains off. mately 3 seconds, then ing properly, you can feel a Upon restarting the engine, ESC is turned on. slight pulsation in the vehi- the ESC will automatically • Press the ESC OFF but- cle. This is only the effect turn on again. ton for at least half a sec- of brake control and indi- ond after turning the igni- cates nothing unusual. tion ON to turn ESC off. • When moving out of the (ESC OFF indicator will mud or driving on a slip- illuminate). To turn the pery road, pressing the ESC on, press the ESC accelerator pedal may not OFF button (ESC OFF cause the engine rpm indicator light will go off). (revolutions per minute) to • When starting the engine, increase. you may hear a slight tick- ing sound. This is the ESC performing an automatic system self-check and does not indicate a problem.

6 30 Driving your vehicle

“Traction Control disabled” Indicator light • ESC off state 1 WARNING - Electronic sta- ■ ESC indicator light bility control To cancel ESC operation, press the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for Drive carefully even though your less than 3 seconds and the ESC vehicle has Electronic Stability OFF indicator light (ESC OFF ) will Control. It can only assist you in illuminate. At this state, the engine maintaining control under cer- control function does not operate. It ■ ESC OFF indicator light tain circumstances. means the traction control function does not operate. Brake control function only operates.

“Traction & Stability Control disabled” When engine start/stop button is • ESC off state 2 turned to ON, the indicator light illu- To cancel ESC operation, press the minates, then goes off if the ESC ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for system is operating normally. more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indi- The ESC indicator light blinks when- cator light (ESC OFF ) will illumi- ever ESC is operating or illuminates nate and ESC OFF warning chime when ESC fails to operate. will sound. At this state, the engine The ESC OFF indicator light comes control function and brake control on when the ESC is turned off with function do not operate. It means the the button. car stability control function does not operate any more.

631 Driving your vehicle

ESC OFF usage ✽ NOTICE Vehicle stability management When driving • When operating the vehicle on a (VSM) • ESC should be turned on for daily dynamometer, ensure that the This system provides further driving whenever possible. ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light enhancements to vehicle stability • To turn ESC off while driving, press illuminated). If the ESC is left on, and steering responses when a vehi- the ESC OFF button while driving it may prevent the vehicle speed cle is driving on a slippery road or a on a flat road surface. from increasing, and result in false vehicle detects changes in coeffi- diagnosis. cient of friction between right wheels • Turning the ESC off does not and left wheels when braking. WARNING - Operating affect ABS or brake system operation. ESC WARNING - Tire/ Never press the ESC OFF but- Wheel size ton while ESC is operating (ESC When replacing tires and wheels, indicator light blinks). make sure they are the same size If ESC is turned off while ESC is as the original tires and wheels operating, the vehicle may slip installed. Driving with varying out of control. tire or wheel sizes may diminish any supplemental safety benefits of the VSM system.

6 32 Driving your vehicle

VSM operation VSM operation off Malfunction indicator When the VSM is in operation, ESC If you press the ESC OFF button to The VSM can be deactivated even if indicator light ( ) blinks. turn off the ESC, the VSM will also you don’t cancel the VSM operation When the vehicle stability manage- cancel and the ESC OFF indicator by pressing the ESC OFF button. It ment is operating properly, you can light ( ) illuminates. indicates that a malfunction has feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle To turn on the VSM, press the button been detected somewhere in the and/or abnormal steering responses again. The ESC OFF indicator light Electric Power Steering system or (EPS- Electronic Power Steering). goes out. VSM system. If the ESC indicator This is only the effect of brake and light ( ) or EPS warning light EPS control and indicates nothing remains on, take your vehicle to an unusual. WARNING authorized Kia dealer and have the - Vehicle stability manage- system checked. ment The VSM does not operate when: Drive carefully even though your ✽ • Driving on a sloping road such as a NOTICE vehicle has vehicle stability gradient or incline • The VSM is designed to function management. It can only assist • Driving in reverse above approximately 13 mph (22 you in maintaining control of the km/h) on curves. • ESC OFF indicator light ( ) vehicle under certain circum- • The VSM is designed to function remains on the instrument cluster stances. above approximately 6 mph (10 • EPS indicator light remains on the km/h) when a vehicle is braking on instrument cluster a split-mu surface. A split-mu surface is made of two surfaces which have different friction forces.

633 Driving your vehicle

• The Vehicle Stability Management Hill-start assist control (HAC) Good braking practices system is not a substitute for safe A vehicle has the tendency to roll • Check to be sure the parking brake driving practices but a supplemen- back on a steep hill when it starts to is not engaged and the parking tary function only. It is the responsi- go after stopping. The Hill-start brake indicator light is out before bility of the driver to always check Assist Control (HAC) prevents the driving away. the speed and the distance to the vehicle from rolling back by applying • Driving through water may get the vehicle ahead. Always hold the the brakes automatically for about 2 steering wheel firmly while driving. brakes wet. They can also get wet seconds. The brakes are released when the vehicle is washed. Wet • Your vehicle is designed to activate when the accelerator pedal is brakes can be dangerous! Your according to the driver’s intention, depressed or after about 2 seconds. vehicle will not stop as quickly if the even with installed VSM. Always fol- The HAC is activated only for about 2 brakes are wet. Wet brakes may low all the normal precautions for seconds, so when the vehicle is cause the vehicle to pull to one side. driving at safe speeds for the condi- starting off always depress the accel- To dry the brakes, apply the brakes tions – including driving in clement erator pedal. weather and on a slippery road. lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all WARNING WARNING - Maintaining Brake Pressure on Incline times. If the braking action does not For maximum protection, return to normal, stop as soon as it always wear your seat belt. No HAC does not replace the need is safe to do so and call an author- system, no matter how to apply brakes while stopped on ized Kia dealer for assistance. an incline. While stopped, make advanced, can compensate for • Don't coast down hills with the all driver error and/or driving sure you maintain brake pressure sufficient to prevent your vehicle out of gear. This is extreme- conditions. Always drive ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in responsibly. vehicle from rolling backward and causing an accident. Don’t gear at all times, use the brakes to release the brake pedal until you slow down, then shift to a lower are ready to accelerate forward. gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed.

6 34 Driving your vehicle

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn Resting your foot on the brake the front wheels away from the pedal while driving can be danger- curb to help keep the vehicle from ous because the brakes might rolling. If there is no curb or if it is overheat and lose their effective- required by other conditions to ness. It also increases the wear of keep the vehicle from rolling, block the brake components. the wheels. • If a tire goes flat while you are driv- • Under some conditions your parking, apply the brakes gently and ing brake can freeze in the keep the vehicle pointed straight engaged position. This is most like- ahead while you slow down. When ly to happen when there is an you are moving slowly enough for it accumulation of snow or ice to be safe to do so, pull off the road around or near the rear brakes or if and stop in a safe place. the brakes are wet. If there is a risk • If your vehicle is equipped with a that the parking brake may freeze, dual clutch transmission, don't let apply it only temporarily while you your vehicle creep forward. To put the shift lever in P (Dual clutch avoid creeping forward, keep your transmission) and block the rear foot firmly on the brake pedal when wheels so the vehicle cannot roll. the vehicle is stopped. Then release the parking brake. • Be cautious when parking on a hill. • Do not hold the vehicle on an Firmly engage the parking brake incline with the accelerator pedal. and place the shift lever in P (Dual This can cause the transaxle to clutch transmission). If your vehicle overheat. Always use the brake is facing downhill, turn the front pedal or parking brake. wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling.

635 Driving your vehicle

AUTONOMOUS EMERGENCY BRAKING (AEB) (IF EQUIPPED) The AEB system is designed to System setting and activation reduce or to avoid accident risk. It WARNING System setting recognizes the distance from the Take the following precautions vehicle ahead or the pedestrian when using the Autonomous The driver can activate the AEB by through the sensors (i.e. radar and placing the engine start/stop button Emergency Braking (AEB) sys- to the ON position and by selecting camera), and, if necessary, warns tem: the driver of accident risk with the 'User Settings', 'Driving Assist', and • This system is only a supple- warning message or the warning 'Autonomous Emergency Braking mental system and it is not alarms. System'. The AEB deactivates, when intended to, nor does it the driver cancels the system setting. replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times. • NEVER drive too fast in accordance with the road conditions or while cornering. • Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. AEB does not stop the vehicle completely and does not avoid collisions.

6 36 Driving your vehicle

The warning light illumi- • EARLY - When this setting is select- • LATE - When this setting is select- nates on the LCD display, ed, the initial Forward ed, the initial Forward when you cancel the AEB Collision Warning is acti- Collision Warning is activat- system. The driver can vated earlier than normal. ed later than normal. This monitor the AEB ON/OFF status on This setting maximizes the setting reduces the amount the LCD display. When the warning amount of distance of distance between the light remains ON with the AEB acti- between the vehicle or vehicle or pedestrian ahead vated, have your vehicle inspected pedestrian ahead before before the initial warning by an authorized Kia dealer. the initial warning occurs. If occurs. The driver can use it the driver feels this setting when the traffic is not busy is too sensitive to activate on the road and driving The driver can select the initial warn- than expectation, change it speed is lower. ing activation time in the User to Normal. If the vehicle in Settings in the instrument cluster front stops abruptly, the LCD display. The options for the ini- driver can notice the warn- tial Forward Collision Warning ing alarm is late even include the following: though the early option is selected. • NORMAL - When this setting is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated normally. This setting allows for a smaller amount of distance between the vehicle or pedestrian ahead before the initial warning occurs com- pared to the EARLY setting.

637 Driving your vehicle

Prerequisite for activation • The AEB automatically activates The AEB will activate activated when WARNING when you turn the vehicle on. the AEB is selected on the LCD dis- To avoid driver distractions, do The driver can deactivate the AEB play, and when the following prereq- not attempt to set or cancel the by canceling the in the system set- uisites are satisfied: AEB while operating the vehicle. ting on the LCD display. - The ESC (Electronic Stability • The AEB automatically deactivates Control) is activated. when canceling the ESC. When the - The driving speed is over 6 mph ESC is canceled, the AEB cannot (10 km/h). (The AEB only works be activated on the LCD display. within a certain range of vehicle speeds) - When the AEB recognizes a vehicle or the pedestrian in front. (The AEB may not recognize every obstacle or provide warnings and braking in every situation, so do not rely on the AEB to stop the vehicle in instances where the driver sees an obstacle and has the ability to apply the brakes)

6 38 Driving your vehicle

AEB warning message and Forward Warning (1st warning) Collision Warning (2nd warning) system control The AEB produces warning messages, warning alarms, and emergency braking based on the level of risk of a frontal collision, such as when a vehicle ahead suddenly brakes, when there is no following distance from the vehicle in front, or when it detects a collision with a pedestrian is imminent.

ODE056075L ODE056076L The warning message appears on • The warning message appears on the LCD display with the warning the LCD display with the warning alarms. alarms. • The AEB applies the brakes within certain limit to reduce the impact from a collision.

639 Driving your vehicle

Emergency braking (3rd warning) Brake operation • In an urgent situation, the braking WARNING system enters into the ready status The AEB assesses the risk of a for prompt reaction against the dri- collision by monitoring several ver’s depressing the brake pedal. variables avoid all collisions. The AEB might not completely • The AEB system provides addi- stop the vehicle before colli- tional braking power for optimum sion, due to ambient weather braking performance, when the and road conditions. The driver driver depresses the brake pedal. has the responsibility to drive • The braking control is automatical- safely and control the vehicle. ly deactivated, when the driver sharply depresses the accelerator ODE056077L pedal, or when the driver abruptly WARNING • The warning message appears on operates the steering wheel. the LCD display with the warning • The braking control is automatical- The AEB assesses the risk of a alarms. ly canceled, when risk factors dis- collision by monitoring several appear. variables, such as the distance • The AEB controls the brakes with- from the vehicle/passer-by in in certain limit to reduce the impact front, the speed of the from the collision. CAUTION vehicle/passer-by in front, and The AEB controls the maximum The driver should always exer- the driver's vehicle operation. brakes just before the collision. cise caution when operating Certain conditions such as the vehicle, even though there is inclement weather and road no warning message or warning conditions may affect the oper- alarm. ation of the AEB system.

6 40 Driving your vehicle

Sensor to detect the distance Warning message and warning ✽ NOTICE from the vehicle in front light • Do not install any accessories, such (front radar) as a license plate bracket or bumper sticker near the sensor area. Do not replace the bumper by yourself. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance. • Always keep the sensor/bumper area clean. • Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Also, do not spray highly pressurized water on the sensor installed on the bumper. • Be careful not to apply unneces- ODE057078L sary force on the frontal sensor ODE056017 When the sensor is covered or the area. When the sensor moves out In order the AEB system to operate sensor lens is dirty with foreign sub- of the correct position due to properly, always make sure the sen- stances, such as snow, rain, or external force, the system may not sor is clean and free of dirt, snow, debris, the AEB system may not be operate correctly even without the and debris. Dirt, snow, or foreign able to detect vehicles or pedestri- warning light or message. In this substances on the lens may ans. In this case, a warning message case, have your vehicle inspected adversely affect the sensing perform- will appear on the LCD display to by an authorized Kia dealer. ance of the sensor. It may even tem- notify the driver. Remove the foreign • Use only the genuine Kia sensor porarily cancel the AEB. Always keep substances to allow the AEB system cover. Do not arbitrarily apply the sensor lens clean. to function. paint on the sensor cover.

641 Driving your vehicle

System malfunction • The AEB warning message may appear along with the illumination (Continued) of the ESC warning light. The AEB system may not activate and the warning message will not be displayed. WARNING Read the "Limitation of the The AEB is only a supplemental system" section below for system for the driver’s conven- more information. ience. • The AEB system may not acti- It is the driver's responsibility to vate if the driver applies the control the vehicle. Do not sole- brake pedal to avoid a colli- ly depend on the AEB system. sion. Rather, maintain a safe braking • The AEB system operates ODE056079L distance, and, if necessary, only to detect vehicles and/or • When the AEB is not working prop- depress the brake pedal to pedestrians in front of the erly, the AEB warning light ( ) will lower the driving speed. vehicle. The system does not illuminate and the warning mes- operate when the vehicle is in sage will appear for a few seconds. reverse, and it is not designed After the message disappears, the WARNING to detect other objects on the master warning light ( ) will illu- • In certain instances and under road, such as animals. minate. In this case, have your vehi- certain driving conditions, the • The AEB system is not cle inspected by an authorized Kia AEB system may activate designed to detect vehicles in dealer. unintentionally. This initial the opposite lane, cross-traf- warning message appears on fic vehicles that are approach- the LED display with a warning ing, or parked vehicles on the chime. Also, in certain side. instances, due to system limitations, the sensor may not detect the vehicle ahead. (Continued)

6 42 Driving your vehicle

Limitation of the system Detecting vehicles - The outside brightness is greatly changed, such as entering/exiting The AEB system is a supplemental The sensor may be limited when: the tunnel. system for a certain risky driving - The radar or the camera is contam- conditions and it does not take every inated with foreign substances. - The vehicle driving is unstable. responsibility for all risks from driving - It heavily rains or snows. - The radar/camera sensor recogni- condition. tion is limited. - There is electromagnetic interfer- The AEB monitors the driving situa- ence. - When driving on uneven surfaces tions through the radar and the cam- or roads with sudden gradient era sensor. For any vehicle activity - Something in the path of travel changes deflects the radar waves. occurring outside the sensor range, - The vehicle driving indoors or in an the AEB may not function. The driver - The vehicle in front has a narrow underground parking lot. should exercise caution in the follow- body. (i.e. motorcycles and bicycles) ing situations, as the AEB operation - The driver’s view is degraded by may be limited: driving towards sunlight, reflected light, or darkness. - The camera cannot see the full profile of the vehicle in front. - The vehicle in front is a special vehicle, such as a heavily-loaded truck or a trailer. The vehicle in front does not turn ON the rear lights, does not have rear lights, has asymmetric rear lights, or has rear lights out of angle.

643 Driving your vehicle

OQL055053 OQL055054 ODE056060 - Driving on a curve The AEB system may recognize a - Driving on a slope The AEB performance may be limit- vehicle in an adjacent lane when driv- The AEB performance may be limited while driving on a curve. The AEB ing on a curved road. In this case, the ed while driving upward or downward may not recognize the vehicle in front system may apply the brake. on a slope, and may not recognize even in the same lane. It may unnec- Always pay attention to road and driv- the vehicle in front in the same lane. essarily produce the warning mes- ing conditions while driving. If neces- It may prematurely produce the sage and the warning alarm, or it sary, depress the brake pedal to warning message and the warning may not produce the warning mes- reduce your driving speed in order to alarm, or it may not produce the sage and the warning alarm at all. maintain a safe distance. Also, when warning message and the warning While driving on a curve, exercise necessary, you may depress the alarm at all. caution, and, if necessary, depress accelerator pedal to prevent the sys- When the AEB suddenly recognizes the brake pedal. tem from unnecessarily decelerating the vehicle in front while passing your vehicle. over a slope, you may experience Always check the traffic conditions sharp deceleration. around the vehicle. Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal. 6 44 Driving your vehicle

OQL055056 OQL055057 ODE056061 - Changing lanes When driving in stop-and-go traffic, - Recognizing the vehicle When a vehicle changes lanes in and a stopped vehicle in front of you If the vehicle in front of you has cargo front of you, the AEB system may not merges out of the lane, the AEB sys- that extends rearward from the cab, immediately detect the vehicle, espe- tem may not immediately detect the or when the vehicle in front of you cially if the vehicle changes lanes new vehicle that is now in front of has higher ground clearance, addi- abruptly. In this case, you must main- you. In this case, you must maintain tional special attention is required. tain a safe braking distance, and if a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to The AEB system may not be able to necessary, depress the brake pedal detect the cargo extending from the to reduce your driving speed in order reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. vehicle. In these instances, you to maintain a safe distance. much maintain a safe braking distance from the rearmost object, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.

645 Driving your vehicle

Detecting pedestrians WARNING The sensor may be limited when: WARNING - Testing the AEB • Use extreme caution when the - The pedestrian is not fully captured vehicle in front of you has by the camera sensor, or the The AEB does not operate in cargo that extends rearward pedestrian does not walk in the certain situations. Thus, never from the cab, or when the upright position. test-operate the AEB against a vehicle in front of you has person or an object. It may - The pedestrian moves very fast. higher ground clearance. cause a severe injury or even • The AEB system is designed - The pedestrian abruptly appears in death. to detect and monitor the front. vehicle ahead through sen- - The pedestrian wears clothes sim- sors. It is not designed to ilar in color to the background. WARNING - AEB and detect bicycles, motorcycles, - Conditions outside are too bright or Towing or smaller wheeled objects, too dark. Do not use the AEB system such as luggage bags, shop- - The vehicle drives at night or in the when towing a vehicle. ping carts, or strollers. darkness. Application of the AEB system - There is an item similar in shape a while towing may adversely person’s body structure. affect the safety of your vehicle - The pedestrian is small. or the towing vehicle. - The pedestrian has impaired mobility. ✽ NOTICE - The pedestrian blends in with their In some instances, the AEB system surroundings. may be canceled when subjected to - Sensor recognition is limited by electromagnetic interference. rain, snow, fog, etc. - There is a group of pedestrians.

6 46 Driving your vehicle

This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following conditions: 1. This device may not cause interference, and 2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. 3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

647 Driving your vehicle

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM Use the cruise control system only ✽ NOTICE when traveling on open highways in • During normal cruise control oper- good weather. ation, when the SET switch is acti- Do not use the cruise control when vated or reactivated after applying driving in heavy or varying traffic, or the brakes, the cruise control will on slippery (rainy, icy or snow-cov- activate after approximately 3 sec- ered) or winding roads or over 6% onds. This delay is normal. up-hill or down-hill roads. • To activate cruise control, depress the brake pedal at least once after turning the engine start/stop button to the ON position or starting ODE056018 the engine. The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a WARNING - Misuse of constant speed without depressing Cruise Control the accelerator pedal. Do not use cruise control if the This system is designed to function traffic situation does not allow above approximately 30 km/h (20 you to drive safely at a constant mph). speed and with sufficient dis- If the cruise control is left on, tance to the vehicle in front. (CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminated) the cruise control can be switched on acciden- tally. Keep the cruise control system off (CRUISE indicator light OFF) when the cruise control is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed.

6 48 Driving your vehicle

To set cruise control speed: To increase cruise control set speed:

OJF055039

OJF055038 3. Move the lever down (to SET-), and release it at the desired OJF055040 1. Press the CRUISE button on the speed. The SET indicator light in steering wheel to turn the system the instrument cluster will illumi- Follow either of these procedures: on. The CRUISE indicator light in nate. Release the accelerator at • Move the lever up (to RES+) and the instrument cluster will illumi- the same time. The desired speed hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate. nate. will automatically be maintained. Release the lever at the speed you 2. Accelerate to the desired speed, On a steep grade, the vehicle may want. which must be more than 30 km/h slow down slightly when driving uphill • Move the lever up (to RES+) and (20 mph). or speed up slightly while going down- release it immediately. The cruising hill. speed will increase by 2 km/h (1.0 mph) each time the lever is operated in this manner.

649 Driving your vehicle

To decrease the cruising To temporarily accelerate with To cancel cruise control, do speed: the cruise control on: one of the following: If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with the cruise control operation or change the set speed. To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator.

OJF055039 OJF055041 Follow either of these procedures: • Depress the brake pedal. • Move the lever down (to SET-) and • Shift into N (Neutral) with a dual hold it. Your vehicle will gradually clutch transmission. slow down. Release the lever at the • Press the CANCEL switch. speed you want to maintain. • Decrease the vehicle speed lower • Move the lever down (to SET-) and than the memory speed by 20 release it immediately.The cruising km/h (12 mph). speed will decrease by 2 km/h (1.0 mph) each time the lever is operat- • Decrease the vehicle speed to less ed in this manner. than approximately 25 km/h (15 mph).

6 50 Driving your vehicle

Each of these actions will cancel To resume cruising speed at To turn cruise control off, do cruise control operation (the SET more than approximately 30 one of the following: indicator light in the instrument clus- km/h (20 mph): ter will go off), but it will not turn the system off. If you wish to resume cruise control operation, & you have not met any of the five (5) cancel modes, move the lever up (to RES+). You will return to your previously pre- set speed. If you have met one of the five cancel modes, pressing the (RES+) will set the current speed your at, & will not resume to the previous memory speed. OJF055038 OJF055040 • Press the CRUISE button (the If any method other than the CRUISE indicator light in the CRUISE ON-OFF switch was used instrument cluster will go off). to cancel cruising speed and the sys- • Turn the engine start/stop button off. tem is still activated, the most recent Both of these actions will cancel the set speed will automatically resume cruise control operation. If you want when you move the lever up. to resume the cruise control opera- It will not resume, however, if the tion, repeat the steps provided in “To vehicle speed has dropped below set cruise control speed” on the pre- approximately 30 km/h (20 mph). vious page.

651 Driving your vehicle

SMART CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (SCC) (IF EQUIPPED) • Use the SCC only when traveling on open highways in good weather. WARNING • Limited visibility (rain, snow, smog, The Smart Cruise Control etc) System (SCC) is deactivated • Cruise function should not be used when driving under the speed when the vehicle is being towed to of 10 km/h (6.0 mph). In this prevent any damage. case, the it will be unable to maintain distance from the vehicle ahead. It is the driver’s WARNING responsibility to depress the - Smart Cruise Control brake to maintain certain dis- ODE056095L Inadvertent Activation tance from the vehicle ahead. ➀ Cruise indicator If the smart cruise control is left ➁ Set speed on (CRUISE indicator in the ❈ SCC is the abbreviation for Smart ➂ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance instrument cluster illuminated), Cruise Control. it can be activated inadvertently. Keep the advanced smart The SCC allows you to program the cruise control system off vehicle to maintain a set speed so (CRUISE indicator turn off) long as it is not limited by traffic. When when the smart cruise control is traffic is encountered the vehicle will not in use to avoid setting a slow down to maintain a set distance speed which the driver is not behind traffic without depressing the aware of. accelerator or brake pedal.

6 52 Driving your vehicle

Speed setting (SCC) WARNING (Continued) To set cruise control speed: - Smart Cruise Control • The smart cruise control sys- Limitations tem cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians • The smart cruise control is a or an oncoming vehicle. supplemental system and is Always look ahead cautiously not a substitute for safe driv- to prevent unexpected and ing practices. It is the respon- sudden situations from occur- sibility of the driver to always ring. check the speed and distance to the vehicle ahead. • Use the smart cruise control system only when traveling • Do not use the smart cruise on open highways in good control when it may not be weather conditions. safe to keep the car at a con- ODE056039CN stant speed, for instance, driving in heavy or varying traffic, 1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn or on slippery (rainy, icy or the system on. The CRUISE indi- snow-covered) or winding cator in the instrument cluster will roads or over 6% uphill or illuminate. down-hill roads. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed. (Continued) • 30 km/h (20 mph) ~ 180 km/h (110 mph) : when there is no vehicle in front • 10 km/h (6.2 mph) ~ 180 km/h (110 mph) : when there is a vehicle in front

653 Driving your vehicle

To increase cruise control set • SCC will operate to a maximum speed: setting of 180 km/h (110 mph). However all local speed limit laws must be followed.

CAUTION Check the driving condition before using the toggle switch. Driving speed may sharply increase when you push up and hold the toggle switch. ODE056040CN 3. Move the lever down (to SET-), and release it at the desired ODE056041CN speed. The set speed and vehicle to vehicle distance on the LDC Follow either of these procedures: screen will illuminate. • Move the lever up (to RES+), and 4. Release the accelerator pedal. hold it. Your vehicle set speed will The desired speed will automati- increase by 10 km/h (5 mph). cally be maintained. Release the lever at the speed you If there is a vehicle in front of you, the want. speed may decrease to maintain the • Move the lever up (to RES+), and distance to the vehicle ahead. release it immediately.The cruising On a steep grade, the vehicle may speed will increase by 1.0 km/h (1 slow down or speed up slightly while mph) each time you move the lever going uphill or downhill. up (to RES+) in this manner.

6 54 Driving your vehicle

To decrease the cruise control To temporarily accelerate with the SCC will be temporarily canceled set speed: cruise control on: when: If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed. To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator. If you move the lever down (to SET-) at increased speed, the cruising speed will be set again. ODE056040CN ODE056026CN Follow either of these procedures: ✽ NOTICE Canceled manually • Move the lever down (to SET-), and Be careful when accelerating tem- The smart cruise control is temporar- hold it. Your vehicle set speed will porarily, because the speed is not ily canceled when the brake pedal is decrease by 10 km/h (5 mph). regulated automatically at this time depressed or the CANCEL button is Release the lever at the speed you even if there is a vehicle in front of pressed. The speed and vehicle to want. you. vehicle distance indicator on the • Move the lever down (to SET-), and cluster will disappear and the release it immediately. The cruising CRUISE indicator is illuminated con- speed will decrease by 1.0 km/h (1 tinuously. mph) each time you move the lever down (to SET-) in this manner. • You can set the cruise control to any speed above 30 km/h (20 mph).

655 Driving your vehicle

Canceled automatically • The SCC system has malfunc- • The driver's door is opened. tioned. CAUTION • The shift lever is shifted to N • The accelerator pedal is continu- If the system is automatically (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P(Parking). ously depressed for long time. cancelled, the warning chime will sound and a message • The EPB (electronic parking brake) Each of these actions will cancel the (“Smart Cruise Control canis applied. SCC operation. (The set speed and celed”) will appear for a few sec- • The vehicle speed is over 190 vehicle-to-vehicle distance on the onds. km/h (120 mph) LCD display will go off.) You must adjust the vehicle • The ESC, ABS or TCS is operating. If the SCC is cancelled automati- speed by depressing the accel- • The ESC is turned off. cally, the SCC will not resume even erator or brake pedal according though the RES+ or SET- lever is to the road and driving condi- • The sensor or the cover is dirty or moved. Also, the EPB (electronic tions ahead. blocked with foreign matter. parking brake) will be applied when Always check the road condi- • When the vehicle is stopped for the vehicle is stopped. tions. Do not rely on the warning over 5 minutes. - When activating the AEB chime. • The driver starts driving by pushing (Autonomous Emergency Braking) the lever up (RES +) or down (SET -) or depressing the accelerator pedal approximately 3 sec- If the SCC is cancelled by a reason onds after the vehicle is stopped by not mentioned, have the system the Smart Cruise Control System checked by an authorized Kia dealer. with no other vehicle ahead or a vehicle stopped far away in front. • The engine speed is in a dangerous range.

6 56 Driving your vehicle

To resume cruise control set To turn cruise control off: speed: WARNING - Following Distance • To avoid collisions, always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle distance settings when activating your smart cruise control system. • Always maintain sufficient braking distance and deceler- ate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary. ODE056039CN ODE056041CN Press the CRUISE button. (the If any method other than the CRUISE CRUISE indicator in the instrument button was used to cancel cruising cluster will go off). speed and the system is still activated, the cruising speed will automatically resume when you move the lever up/down (to RES+ or SET-). If you move the lever up (to RES+), the speed will resume to the recently set speed. When the speed of the vehicle is greater than or equal to 10 km/h (6.2 mph) but less than 30 km/h (20 mph), the smart cruise control system will be reset only when there is a vehicle in front.

657 Driving your vehicle

Vehicle to vehicle distance The vehicle to vehicle distance will For example, if you drive at 90 km/h setting (SCC) automatically activate when the SCC (56 mph), the distance is maintained is on. as follows; To set vehicle to vehicle distance: Select the appropriate distance according to road conditions and Distance 4 - approximately 52.5 m vehicle speed. (172 feet) Distance 3 - approximately 40 m Each time the button is pressed, the (130 feet) vehicle to vehicle distance changes Distance 2 - approximately 32.5 m as follows: (106 feet) Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 - approximately 25 m (82 feet) Distance 1 ODE056042CN ✽ NOTICE This function allows you to program The smart cruise control system the vehicle to maintain relative dis- remember the last vehicle to vehicle tance to the vehicle ahead without distance which the driver used in the depressing the accelerator pedal or vehicle with AEB. brake pedal.

6 58 Driving your vehicle

• The vehicle will maintain the set speed, when the lane ahead is clear. • The vehicle will slow down or speed up within selected speed to maintain the selected distance, when there is a vehicle ahead of you in the lane. (A vehicle will appear in front of your vehicle in the LCD display only when there is an actual vehicle in front of you) Distance 4 Distance 3 • If the vehicle ahead speeds up, ODE056080 ODE056081 your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising speed after accelerating to the selected speed. • The warning chime sounds and LCD display blinks if it is hard to maintain the selected distance to the vehicle ahead. • If the warning chime sounds, actively adjust the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal according to the road condition Distance 2 Distance 1 ahead and driving condition. ODE056082 ODE056083 • Even if the warning chime is not activated, always pay attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous situations from occurring.

659 Driving your vehicle

Radar to detect distance to the Radar check message vehicle ahead If the radar or cover is dirty or obscured with foreign matter such as snow, this message (“Smart Cruise Control disabled temporarily”) will appear and it will disappear after for a while. In this case, the system may not function temporarily, but it does not indicate a malfunction of the Advanced Smart Cruise Control System. Clean the radar or cover by ODE056084L using a soft cloth and it will operate If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed: normally. less than 30 km/h (20 mph)) moves to ODE056017 the next lane, the warning chime will SCC (Smart Cruise Control) sound and a message will appear. The sensor detects distance to the malfunction message vehicle ahead. If a vehicle enters into your lane mov- The message (“Check Smart Cruise ing less than the designated speed, If the sensor is covered with dirt or Control System”) will appear when you can adjust your vehicle speed by other foreign matter, the vehicle to the vehicle to vehicle distance control depressing the brake pedal. vehicle distance control may not system is not functioning normally. operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an authorized Always keep the sensor clean. Kia dealer and have the system checked.

6 60 Driving your vehicle

• Always keep the sensor and To adjust the sensitivity of To convert to cruise control bumper clean. Smart Cruise Control mode: • Use only a genuine Kia sensor The sensitivity of vehicle speed when The driver may choose to only use cover for your vehicle. following the front vehicle to maintain the cruise control mode (speed con- • Do not install accessories around the set distance can be adjusted. Go trol function) by doing as follows: the sensor and do not replace the to the User Settings Mode (Driving 1.Turn the SCC on (the cruise indica- bumper by yourself. It may interfere Assist) and select SCC (Smart tor light will be on but the system with the sensor performance. Cruise Control). You may select one will not be activated). of the three stages you prefer. • Impact damage to the sensor or 2.Push the distance to distance sensor area may cause the sensor • Slow: switch for more than 2 seconds. to move slightly off position and Vehicle speed to maintain the set 3.Choose between “Smart cruise result in the SCC not operating distance to the vehicle ahead is control (SCC) mode” and “Cruise correctly without any warning or slower than normal speed. control (CC) mode”. indicator from the cluster. If this • Normal: occurs, have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as Vehicle speed to maintain the set WARNING soon as possible. distance to the vehicle ahead is normal When using the cruise control mode, you must manually CAUTION - Sensor • Fast: assess the distance to other Damage Vehicle speed to maintain the set vehicles as the system will not distance to the vehicle ahead is automatically brake to slow To prevent sensor cover dam- faster than normal speed. down for other vehicles. age from occurring, wash the car with a soft cloth. ✽ NOTICE The system remembers the last selected mode.

661 Driving your vehicle

Limitations of the system On curves • On curves, the SCC may not immediately detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and then your vehicle could accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly slow down when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly. • Select the appropriate set speed on curves and adjust your vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the OJF055025 road and driving conditions ahead. OJF055025 • Your vehicle speed can be reduced due to a vehicle in the adjacent The SCC may have limits to its ability lane. Adjust your vehicle speed by to detect distance to the vehicle ahead depressing the brake pedal due to road and traffic conditions. according to the road and driving conditions ahead. Apply the accelerator pedal and select the appropriate set speed. Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of the SCC.

6 62 Driving your vehicle

On inclines Lane changing

OJF055049

ODE056060 OJF055028 • Your vehicle may accelerate when a vehicle ahead of you disappears. • During uphill or downhill driving, the • A vehicle which moves into your SCC may not immediately detect a lane from an adjacent lane cannot • When you are warned that the moving vehicle in your lane, and be recognized by the sensor until it vehicle ahead of you is not detect- may cause your vehicle to acceler- is in the sensor's detection range. ed, drive with caution. ate to the set speed. Also, the vehi- • The sensor may not detect imme- cle speed may rapidly slow down diately when a vehicle cuts in sud- when the vehicle ahead is recog- denly. Always pay attention to the nized suddenly. traffic, road and driving conditions. • Select the appropriate set speed • If a vehicle which moves into your on inclines and adjust your vehicle lane is slower than your vehicle, your speed by depressing the accelera- speed may decrease to maintain the tor or brake pedal according to the distance to the vehicle ahead. road and driving conditions ahead. • If a vehicle which moves into your lane is faster than your vehicle, your vehicle will accelerate to the selected speed. 663 Driving your vehicle

Vehicle recognition A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs: - When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the liftgate - While making turns by steering - When driving to one side of the lane - When driving on narrow lanes or on curves Adjust your vehicle speed by OJF055029 depressing the brake pedal accord- OJF055048 • When vehicles are at a standstill ing to the road condition ahead and and the vehicle in front of you Some vehicles ahead in your lane driving condition. changes to the next lane, be care- cannot be recognized by the sensor ful when your vehicle starts to as follows: move because it may not immedi- - Narrow vehicles such as motorcy- ately recognize the stopped vehicles or bicycles cle in front of you. - Vehicles offset to one side In this case, you must maintain a - Slow-moving vehicles or sudden- safe braking distance, and if nec- decelerating vehicles essary, depress the brake pedal to - Stopped vehicles reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. - Vehicles with small rear profiles such as trailers with no loads

6 64 Driving your vehicle

WARNING When using the SCC, the the following precautions: • If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the brakes. The vehicle cannot be stopped at every emergency situation by using the SCC system. • Keep a safe distance accord- OJF055050 ODE056061 ing to road conditions and • Always look out for pedestrians • Always be cautious for vehicles vehicle speed. If the vehicle to when your vehicle is maintaining a that are taller with higher clear- vehicle distance is too close, distance with the vehicle ahead. ance, or vehicles carrying loads a serious collision may result. that stick out of the back of the • Always maintain sufficient vehicle. braking distance and deceler- ate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary. • The SCC system cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians, or an oncoming vehicle. Always look ahead to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. (Continued)

665 Driving your vehicle

- After an engine start, please stop (Continued) WARNING - Inclines & for several seconds. If system ini- • Vehicles moving in front of Towing tialization is not completed, the you with a frequent lane Do not use SCC on steep SCC does not normally operate. change may cause a delay in inclines or when towing another - After an engine start, if any objects the system's reaction or may vehicle or trailer since such are not detected or the sensor cause the system to react to a extreme loading can interfere cover is obscured with foreign sub- vehicle actually in an adjacent with your vehicle's ability to stances, there is a possibility that lane. Always drive cautiously maintain the selected speed. the SCC system may not work. to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occur- - The following conditions may ring. cause a malfunction: over-loading the liftgate, suspension modifica- • Always be aware of the select- tion, tire replacement with unau- ed speed and vehicle to vehi- thorized tires or tires with different cle distance. The driver tread wear and pressure levels. should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention to driving conditions and control the vehicle speed. • The SCC system may not recognize complex driving situations so always pay attention to driving conditions and control the vehicle speed. • For safe operation of the SCC system, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use.

6 66 Driving your vehicle

667 Driving your vehicle

BLIND SPOT DETECTION SYSTEM (BSD) (IF EQUIPPED) (1) BSD (Blind Spot Detection) The warning range depends on WARNING - BSD your vehicle speed. However, if Limitations your vehicle is about 10 km/h (6 • The Blind Spot Detection mph) faster than the other vehi- System (BSD) is a supplemen- cle, the system will not warn you. tal system. Do not solely rely (2) LCA (Lane Change Assist) on the system and always pay attention to drive safely. When a vehicle approaches you at high speed, the system will warn • The Blind Spot Detection you. The driver may notice differ- System may not detect every ent warning distances depending object alongside the vehicle on other vehicle’s speed. and is not a substitute for proper and safe lane chang- (3) RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) ing procedures. Always drive When your vehicle moves rear- safely and use caution when ODE056063L ward, and the sensor detects an changing lanes. The Blind Spot Detection System approaching vehicle in the left or (BSD) uses a radar sensor to alert right side, the system will warn the driver. you. The driver may notice different warning distances depending The system monitors the rear area of on other vehicle’s speed. the vehicle and provides information to the driver with an early warning.

6 68 Driving your vehicle

BSD (Blind Spot Detection) / When the system is not used turn the Warning type LCA (Lane Change Assist) system off by turning off the switch. The system will activate when: Operating conditions When the system is turned on the 1. The system is on. warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outside rearview mirror. 2. Vehicle speed is above 30 km/h (18.6 mph). 3. Other vehicles are detected in the rear side.

WARNING The Blind Spot Detection System with Lane Change Assist and Rear Cross Traffic Alert is not a substitute for ODE057031N proper and safe lane changing procedures. Always drive safely The indicator on the switch will illumi- and use caution when changing nate when the Blind Spot Detection lanes. The Blind Spot Detection System (BSD) switch is pressed with System may not detect every the Engine Start/Stop Button ON. object alongside the vehicle. If vehicle speed exceeds 30 km/h (18.6 mph), the system will activate. If you press the switch again, the switch indicator and system will be turned off. If the vehicle is turned off, the system will remember the last settings upon restart.

669 Driving your vehicle

1st stage 2nd stage - The second stage alarm may be deactivated. • To activate the alarm: Go to the User Settings Mode → Sound and select “BSD” on the LCD display. • To deactivate the alarm: Go to the User Settings Mode → Sound and deselect “BSD” on the LCD display. ODE056033 ODE056034 If a vehicle is detected within the The second stage alarm will activate CAUTION boundary of the system, a warning when: The alarm function helps alert light will illuminate on the outside 1. A vehicle has been detected in the the driver. Deactivate this func- rearview mirror. blind spot area by the radar sys- tion only when it is necessary. If the detected vehicle is not in tem and detecting range, the warning will turn 2. The turn signal is on to change a off. lane

When the second stage alert is activated, a warning light will blink on the outside rearview mirror and an alarm will sound. If you move the turn signal switch to the original position, the second stage alert will be deactivated.

6 70 Driving your vehicle

Detecting sensor Warning message If the system does not work normally “Blind Spot Detection disabled tem- even though the foreign substance is porarily” removed, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the This message will appear to notify system checked. the driver if one of the following occurs. The light on the switch and If the system does not work properly, the system will turn off automatically. a warning message (“Check BSD System”) will appear and the light on - There are foreign substances on the the switch will turn off. The system surface or inside the rear bumper or will turn off automatically. it is hot near the rear bumper. - When a trailer or carrier is installed. Have your vehicle inspected by an - When driving in a wide area with authorized Kia dealer. ODE056032 few vehicles around. The sensors are located inside of the - When driving in bad weather such as rear bumper. heavy rain or snow. Always keep the rear bumper clean for the system to work properly. Remove the foreign substance on the rear bumper. After the foreign substance is removed, if you drive for approximately 10 minutes, the system will work normally.

671 Driving your vehicle

RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) Operating conditions Warning type • Go to the User Settings Mode ➝ Driving Assist ➝ Rear Collision Warning and select “Rear Cross Traffic Alert” on the LCD display. The system will turn on and stand by to be activated. • Select RCTA again, to turn the system off.

• If the vehicle is turned off, the OQLE055130 RCTA system will remember the last settings upon restart. Always ODE056064 turn the RCTA system off when not When your vehicle moves in reverse in use. from a parking position, the sensor • The system operates when the monitors approaching vehicles to the vehicle speed is below 10 km/h left and right side of the vehicle and (6.2 mph) with the shift lever in R gives information to the driver. (Reverse). • The RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic ODE056091L Alert) detecting range is 0.5 m (1.6 feet) ~ 20 m (65 feet) based on the side direction. If the approaching vehicle speed is 4 km/h (2.5 mph) ~ 36 km/h (22 mph) within sensing range, it is detected. However, the system sensing range can vary based on conditions. Always pay attention to your surroundings. ODE056092L

6 72 Driving your vehicle

• If the vehicle detected by sensors approaches your vehicle, the warn- WARNING CAUTION ing chime will sound and the warn- The Blind Spot Detection • The system may not work ing light will blink on the outside System with Lane Change properly if the bumper has rearview mirror. Assist and Rear Cross Traffic been replaced or if repair work • If the detected object is not in your Alert is not a substitute for has been done near the sen- way, move the vehicle away from proper and safe lane changing sor. the detected object slowly; and the procedures. Always drive safely • The detection area differs warning will cancel once the object and use caution when changing according to the road's width. has been safely cleared. lanes. The Blind Spot Detection If the road is narrow the sys- • The system may not operate prop- System may not detect every tem may detect other vehicles erly due to other factors or circum- object alongside the vehicle. in the next lane. stances. Always pay attention to • If the road is very wide the your surroundings. system may not detect other ❈ If your vehicle's left or right side vehicles. bumper is blinded by a barrier or • The system may turn off due vehicles, the system sensing abili- to strong electromagnetic ty may be deteriorated. interference.

673 Driving your vehicle

Limitations condition - A fixed object is near such as a - When the temperature of the rear guardrail, etc. bumper is very high or low. Driver's Attention - A substantial amount of metallic - When bike racks, etc. cover the The driver must be cautious in the objects such as a construction sensor. below situations for the system may area. not assist the driver and may not - When reversing from a parking work properly. - A large vehicle is nearby such as a space with pillars or metal struc- bus or truck. tures. - A motorcycle or bicycle is near. - When you are reversing and if the - Curved roads, tollgates, etc. - A flat trailer is near. detected vehicle is simultaneously - The surrounding of the sensor cover reversing. is dirty with rain, snow, mud, etc. - If two vehicles near each other accelerate together. - If there are small objects like shop- - The rear bumper near the sensor is ping carts and baby carriages. covered or obstructed with foreign - When another vehicle passes by at a high rate of speed. - If there is a vehicle with decreased matter such as a sticker, bumper ride height (lowered). guard, bicycle racks, etc. - When changing lanes. - When the vehicle is close to anoth- - The rear bumper is damaged or the - When going down or up a steep, er vehicle. sensor is out of place. uneven road. - When driving through a narrow - The height of the vehicle has signif- - When another vehicle drives very road with many plants. icantly changed such as when the close the back bumper/liftgate. - When driving on wet surface. liftgate is loaded with heavy - When a trailer or carrier is installed. objects, abnormal tire pressure etc. - When driving in a wide area with - Due to bad weather such as heavy not many constructions and cars rain or snow. (desert, suburb, field)

6 74 Driving your vehicle

Outside rearview mirror may not This device complies with alert the driver when: Industry Canada licence-exempt - The outside rearview mirror hous- RSS standard(s). ing is very dirty. Operation is subject to the following - The window is very dirty. two conditions: - The windows are tinted very dark. 1. This device may not cause interference, and 2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

675 Driving your vehicle

LANE KEEPING ASSIST SYSTEM (LKAS) (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING - LKAS WARNING Limitations • Driver is responsible for being The LKAS is a supplemental aware of surroundings and system and should not be sole- steering the vehicle for safe ly relied upon by the driver. Do driving practices. not attempt sudden steering • LKAS helps prevent the driver maneuvers while the LKAS is from moving out of the lane activated. If the vehicle is driven unintentionally by assisting at high speeds, the LKAS may the driver’s steering. However, not adjust the steering wheel. It the system is just a conven- ODE056029 is the driver's responsibility to ience function and the steer- The Lane Keeping Assist System always pay attention to the road ing wheel is not always con- detects the lane markers on the road and maintain control over the trolled. While driving, the driv- with a front view camera at the front steering wheel while driving. er should pay attention to the windshield, and assists the driver’s steering wheel. steering to help keep the vehicle in • The operation of the LKAS the lanes. WARNING can be cancelled or not work When the system detects the vehicle Do not turn the steering wheel properly according to road straying from its lane, it alerts the suddenly when the vehicle is condition and surroundings. driver with a visual and audible warn- being directed by the LKA sys- Always be cautious when ing, while applying a slight counter- tem. This can result in a sudden driving. steering torque, trying to prevent the loss of control and crash of the vehicle from moving out of its lane. vehicle.

6 76 Driving your vehicle

• Do not disassemble a front view • Do not place objects on the crash LKAS operation camera temporarily for tinted win- pad that reflects light such as mir- dow or attaching any types of coat- rors, white paper, etc. it may cause ings and accessories. If you disas- malfunction of LKAS if the sunlight semble the camera and assemble is reflected. it again, take your vehicle to an • You may not hear warning sound of authorized Kia dealer and have the LKAS because of the excessive system checked to need a calibra- audio sound. tion. • If you continue to drive with your • When you replace the windshield hands off the steering wheel, the glass, front view camera or related LKAS will stop controlling the parts of the steering, take your steering wheel after the hands off vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer alarm. After then, if you drive with ODE057046N and have the system checked to your hands on the steering wheel, need a calibration. the control will be activated again. To activate/deactivate the LKAS: • The system detects lane markers • If the vehicle speed is high, steer- With the ignition switch in the ON and controls the steering wheel by ing torque for assistance will not be position, press the LKAS button a front view camera, therefore, if enough to keep your vehicle within located on the instrument panel on the lane markers are hard to the lane. If so, the vehicle may the lower left hand side of the driver. detect, the system may not work move out of its lane. Obey speed The indicator in the cluster display properly. Always be cautious when limit when using LKAS. will initially illuminate white. using the system. • If you attach objects to the steering When the indicator (white) activated • When the lane markers are hard to wheel, the system may not assist in the previous ignition cycle, the detect, please refer to “Driver’s steering. system turns on without any control. Attention”. • If you attach objects to the steering If you press the LKAS button again, • Do not remove or damage the wheel, hands off alarm may not the indicator on the cluster display related parts of LKAS. work properly. will go off.

677 Driving your vehicle

The color of indicator will change LKAS activation depend on the condition of LKAS. WARNING - White : Sensor does not detect the The Lane Keeping Assist lane marker or vehicle System is a system to help pre- speed is less than 64 km/h vent the driver from leaving the (40 mph). lane. However, the driver should - Green : Sensor detects the lane not solely rely on the system marker and system is able but always check the road con- to control the steering. ditions when driving.

ODE056098L • To see the LKAS screen on the LCD display in the cluster, tab to the Assist mode ( ). • After LKAS is activated, if both lane markers are detected, vehicle speed is over 64 km/h (40 mph) and all the activation conditions are satisfied, a green steering wheel indicator will illuminate and the steering wheel will be controlled.

6 78 Driving your vehicle

■ Lane undetected ■ Lane detected When the conditions below are met, Warning LKAS will be enable to assist steering. ■ Left lane ■ Right lane • Vehicle speed is above 64 km/h (40 mph). • Both lane markers are detected by LKAS. • The vehicle is between the lane markers. If LKAS can assist steering, a green ODE056070L/ODE056098L steering wheel indicator will illuminate. • If the speed of the vehicle is over ODE056096L/ODE056097L 64 km/h (40 mph) and the system detects lane markers, the color • If the vehicle leaves a lane, the changes from gray to white. lane marker you cross will blink on the LCD display. • If the vehicle moves out its lane and the steering torque for assistance is not enough, the line indicator of deviation direction will blink.

679 Driving your vehicle

• The warning message may appear Warning light and message late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving. • If you hold the steering wheel lightly, the system would generate hands off warning because LKAS can treat the situation as you do not grab the wheel.

If the driver still does not have their ODE056099L hands on the steering wheel after If the driver takes hands off the steer- several seconds, the system will not ODE056100L ing wheel for several seconds while control the steering wheel and warn the LKA is activated, the system will the driver only when the driver cross- The LKA failure indicator (yellow) will warn the driver. es the lane markers. illuminate if the LKA is not working properly. Take your vehicle to an However, if the driver has their hands authorized Kia dealer and have the on the steering wheel again, the sys- system checked. tem will start controlling the steering wheel.

6 80 Driving your vehicle

The system will be cancelled under the • The steering will not be assisted WARNING following situations: when you change lanes fast. • The driver is responsible for • You change lanes with the turn sig- • The steering will not be assisted accurate steering. nal. when you brake suddenly. • Even though the steering is - Using the turn signal to change • The steering will not be assisted assisted by the system, the lanes. when the lane is very wide or nar- driver may control the steer- - If you change lanes without the row. ing wheel. turn signal on, the steering wheel • The steering will not be assisted • Turn off the system and drive might be controlled. when only one side lane marker is the vehicle in below situa- • LKAS can transit to steering assist detected. tions. mode when the car is near to mid- • There are more than two lane - In bad weather dle of the lane after system on or markers such as a construction - In bad road condition the lane was changed. LKAS can area. not assist steering if the vehicle fol- • Radius of a curve is too small. - When the steering wheel lows lane marker too close contin- needs to be controlled by the uously before transition to steering • When you turn steering wheel sud- driver frequently. assist mode. denly, the LKAS will be disabled temporarily. • The control of ESC (Electronic • Driving on a steep slope or hill. ✽ NOTICE Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated. The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted • The steering will not be assisted by the system than when it is not. when you drive fast on a sharp curve. • The steering will not be assisted when vehicle speed is below 64 km/h (40 mph) and over 177 km/h (110 mph).

681 Driving your vehicle

DRIVER’S ATTENTION - The lane marker is very thick or When external condition is inter- thin. The driver must be cautious in the vened below situations as the LKAS sys- - The lane marker is not visible - The brightness of outside tem may not operate property due due to snow, rain, stain, a puddle changes suddenly when enter- to system limitations or other factors. ing/existing a tunnel or passing When lane and road condition is - A shadow is on the lane marker under a bridge. poor because of a median strip, - The headlamps are not on at guardrail, noise barriers and - It is difficult to distinguish the night or in a tunnel, or light level others. lane marker from road when the is low. lane marker is covered with dust - When the lane markers are com- - There is a boundary structure in or sand. plicated or a structure substi- the roadway. tutes for the lines such as a - It is difficult to distinguish the - The light of street, sun, or construction area. color of the lane marker from oncoming vehicle reflects from road. - There are crosswalk signs or the water on the road. other symbols on the road. - There is something that looks - When light shines brightly in the like a lane marker. - The lane suddenly disappears reverse direction you drive. such as at the intersection. - The lane marker is indistinct or - The distance between the vehi- damaged. - The lane marker in a tunnel is cle and the vehicle in front is covered with dirt or oil and etc. - The number of lanes increases/ very short or the vehicle ahead decreases or the lane lines are drives hiding the lane line. crossing (Driving through a toll - You drive on a steep grade or a plaza/toll gate, merged/divided sharp curve. lane). - The vehicle vibrates heavily. - There are more than two lane - The temperature near inside mir- markers. ror is very high due to direct sun light and etc.

6 82 Driving your vehicle

When front visibility is poor LKAS Function Change Active LKA - The lens or windshield is cov- The driver can change from LKAS to The active LKA mode provides more ered by strange materials. Lane Departure Warning System frequent steering wheel control in - The sensor cannot detect the (LDWS) or change the LKAS mode comparison with the Standard LKA lane because of fog, heavy rain between Standard LKA and Active mode. Active LKA can reduce the dri- or snow. LKA from the User Settings Mode on ver’s fatigue to assist the steering for the LCD display. maintaining the vehicle in the middle - The windshield is fogged by of the lane. humid air in the vehicle. - Putting something on the crash Lane Departure pad and etc. LDWS alerts the driver with a visual and acoustic warning when the sys- WARNING tem detects the vehicle leaving the lane. In this mode, the steering wheel The Lane Keeping Assist will not be controlled. When the vehi- System is a system to help pre- cle’s front wheel contacts the inside vent the driver from leaving the edge of lane line, LKAS issues the lane. However, the driver should lane departure warning. not solely rely on the system but always take the necessary actions for safe driving prac- Standard LKA tices. The Standard LKA mode guides the driver to keep the vehicle within the lanes. It rarely controls the steering wheel, when the vehicle drives well inside the lanes. However, it starts to control the steering wheel, when the vehicle is about to deviate from the lanes.

683 Driving your vehicle

DRIVER ATTENTION ALERT SYSTEM (DAA) (IF EQUIPPED) The Driver Attention Alert (DAA) sys- System setting and activation • The Driver can select mode of the tem displays the condition of the dri- Driver Attention Alert System. System setting ver's fatigue level and inattention. - Normal : The Driver Attention Alert system alerts the driver of his/her fatigue level or inattentive driving practices. - Early : The Driver Attention Alert system alerts the driver of his/her fatigue level or inattentive driving practices faster than Normal mode. • The set-up of the Driver Attention Alert system will be maintained, as ODE057134L selected, when the engine is restarted. • The Driver Attention Alert system is set to be in the OFF position, when your vehicle is first delivered to you from the factory. • To turn ON the Driver Attention Alert system, turn on the engine, and then select 'User Settings → Driving Assist → Driver Attention Alert → Normal/Early' on the LCD display.

6 84 Driving your vehicle

Drivers’ Attention level • The driver can monitor their driving Take a break conditions on the LCD display. ■ System off The DAA screen will appear when you select the Assist mode tab ( ) on the LCD display if the system is activated. (For more information, refer to “LCD Modes” in chapter 4.) • The driver's attention level is dis- ODE057135L played on the scale of 1 to 5. The ■ Attentive driving lower the number is, the more inattentive the driver is. • The number decreases when the ODE057137L driver does not take a break for a • The “Consider taking a break” certain period of time. message appears on the LCD dis- • The number increases when the play and a warning sounds in order driver attentively drives for a cer- to suggest the driver to take a tain period of time. break, when the driver’s attention level is below 1. ODE057133L • When the driver turns on the sys- ■ Inattentive driving tem while driving, it displays ‘Last • The Driver Attention Alert system Break time’ and level reflected that. does not suggest the driver to take a break, when the total driving time is shorter than 10 minutes.

ODE057136L

685 Driving your vehicle

Resetting the system System disabled System malfunction • The last break time is set to 00:00 and the driver's attention level is set to 5 (very attentive) when the driver resets the Driver Attention Alert system. • The Driver Attention Alert system resets in the following situations. - The engine is turned OFF. - The driver unfastens the seat belt and then opens the driver’s door. - Stop lasting more than 10 min- ODE057138L ODE057139L utes. • The Driver Attention Alert system The Driver Attention Alert system When the “Check Driver Attention operates again, when the driver enters the ready status and displays Alert” warning message appears, the restarts driving. the 'Disabled' screen in the following system is not working properly. In this situations. case, have the vehicle inspected by - The camera sensor keeps failing to an authorized Kia dealer. detect the lanes. - Driving speed remains under 64 km/h (40 mph) or over 177 km/h (110 mph).

6 86 Driving your vehicle

WARNING CAUTION (Continued) • Pay extreme caution to keep • The Driver Attention Alert The Driver Attention Alert sys- the camera sensor out of system is not a substitute for tem utilizes the camera sensor water. safe driving practices, but a on the front windshield for its supplemental system only. It operation. • Do not arbitrarily disassemble is the responsibility of the To prevent potential damage to the camera assembly, nor driver to always drive cau- the camera and keep the camera apply any impact on the cam- tiously to prevent unexpected sensor operating under optimal era assembly. and sudden situations from conditions, observe the follow- • Playing the vehicle audio sys- occurring. Pay attention to the ings: tem at high volume may offset road conditions at all times. • Do not disassemble camera the Driver Attention Alert sys- • The system may suggest a temporarily for tinted window tem warning sounds. break according to the dri- or attaching any types of coat- ver’s driving pattern or habits ings and accessories. If you even if the driver doesn’t feel disassemble a camera and fatigue. assemble it again, take your • The driver, who feels fatigued, vehicle to an authorized Kia should take a break, even dealer and have the system though there is no break sug- checked for calibration. gestion by the Driver • Do not place any reflective Attention Alert system. objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a mal-function of the Driver Attention Alert (DAA) system. (Continued)

687 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE The Driver Attention Alert system may not properly operate with limited alerting in the following situations: • Not properly recognize lane (For more information, refer to “Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)” in this chapter.) • Rough or intentionally evasive driving • Large tire pressure deviation, uneven wear, poor wheel alignment, etc. • Severe winding road • Uneven road surface condition • Windy road • The vehicle drives through a windy area. • The vehicle is controlled by the following driving assist systems: - Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) - Blind Spot Detection System - Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB) System - Smart Cruise Control (SCC) System

6 88 Driving your vehicle

ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle's fuel economy depends • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This • Keep your vehicle in good condi- mainly on your style of driving, where can increase fuel consumption and tion. For better fuel economy and you drive and when you drive. also increase wear on these com- reduced maintenance costs, main- Each of these factors affects how ponents. In addition, driving with tain your vehicle in accordance many miles (kilometers) you can get your foot resting on the brake pedal with the maintenance schedule in from a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate may cause the brakes to overheat, chapter 8. If you drive your vehicle your vehicle as economically as pos- which reduces their effectiveness in severe conditions, more frequent sible, use the following driving sug- and may lead to more serious con- maintenance is required (see gestions to help save money in both sequences. chapter 8 for details). fuel and repairs: • Take care of your tires. Keep them • Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi- • Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a inflated to the recommended pres- mum service, your vehicle should moderate rate. Don't make "jack- sure. Incorrect inflation, either too be kept clean and free of corrosive rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts much or too little, results in unnec- materials. It is especially important and maintain a steady cruising essary tire wear. Check the tire that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be speed. Don't race between stop- pressures at least once a month. allowed to accumulate on the lights. Try to adjust your speed to • Be sure that the wheels are underside of the vehicle. This extra the traffic so you don't have to aligned correctly. Improper align- weight can result in increased fuel change speeds unnecessarily. ment can result from hitting curbs consumption and also contribute to corrosion. • Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos- or driving too fast over irregular sible. Always maintain a safe dis- surfaces. Poor alignment causes • Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces- tance from other vehicles so you faster tire wear and may also result sary weight in your vehicle. Weight can avoid unnecessary braking. in other problems as well as reduces fuel economy. This also reduces brake wear. greater fuel consumption. • Don't let the engine idle longer • Drive at a moderate speed. The than necessary. If you are waiting faster you drive, the more fuel your (and not in traffic), turn off your vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate engine and restart only when speed, especially on the highway, you're ready to go. is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption.

689 Driving your vehicle

• Remember, your vehicle does not • Use your air conditioning sparingly. require extended warm-up. After The air conditioning system is WARNING - Engine off the engine has started, allow the operated by engine power so your during motion engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds fuel economy is reduced when you Never turn the engine off to prior to placing the vehicle in gear. use it. coast down hills or anytime the In very cold weather, however, give • Opening windows at high speeds vehicle is in motion. The power your engine a slightly longer warm- can reduce fuel economy. steering and power brakes will up period. • Fuel economy is less in crosswinds not function properly without the • Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. and headwinds. To help offset engine running. In addition, turn- Lugging is driving too slowly in a some of this loss, slow down when ing off the engine start/stop but- very high gear resulting in engine driving in these conditions. ton while driving could engage bucking. If this happens, shift to a the steering wheel lock resulting lower gear. Over-revving is racing in loss of vehicle steering. Keep the engine beyond its safe limit. Keeping a vehicle in good operating the engine on and downshift to This can be avoided by shifting at condition is important both for econ- an appropriate gear for an the recommended speed. omy and safety. Therefore, have an engine braking effect. authorized Kia dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance.

6 90 Driving your vehicle

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions • If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, Reducing the risk of a rollover When hazardous driving conditions use the second gear. Accelerate This multi-purpose passenger vehi- are encountered such as water, slowly to avoid spinning the drive cle is defined as a Sports Utility snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz- wheels. Vehicle (SUV). Utility vehicles have a ards, follow these suggestions: • Use sand, rock salt, or other non- significantly higher rollover rate than • Drive cautiously and allow extra slip material under the drive other types of vehicles. SUV's have distance for braking. wheels to provide traction when higher ground clearance and a nar- stalled in ice, snow, or mud. rower track to make them capable of • Avoid sudden braking or steering. performing in a wide variety of off- • When braking with non-ABS road applications. Specific design brakes pump the brake pedal with WARNING - Downshifting characteristics give them a higher a light up-and-down motion until Do not downshift with a dual center of gravity than ordinary vehi- the vehicle is stopped. clutch transmission while driv- cles. An advantage of the higher Do not pump the brake pedal on a ing on slippery surfaces. The ground clearance is a better view of vehicle equipped with ABS. sudden change in tire speed the road, which allows you to antici- could cause the tires to skid pate problems. They are not and result in an accident. designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger vehicles, any more than low-slung sports vehicles are designed to perform satisfactorily in off-road conditions. Due to this risk, driver and passengers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover.

691 Driving your vehicle

If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, do not load your (Continued) WARNING roof rack with heavy cargo, and • In a rollover crash, an unbelt- Your vehicle is equipped with never modify your vehicle in any way. ed person is significantly tires designed to provide safe more likely to die than a per- ride and handling capability. Do son wearing a seat belt. Make not use a size and type of tire WARNING - Rollover sure everyone in the vehicle is and wheel that is different from As with other Sports Utility properly buckled up. the one that is originally Vehicle (SUV), failure to operate installed on your vehicle. It can this vehicle correctly may result affect the safety and perform- in loss of control, an accident or WARNING - Rollover ance of your vehicle, which vehicle rollover. Reduce speed when you turn could lead to steering failure or • Utility vehicles have a signifi- corners. The center of gravity of rollover and serious injury. cantly higher rollover rate AWD vehicles is higher than When replacing the tires, be than other types of vehicles. that of conventional FWD vehi- sure to equip all four tires with • Specific design characteris- cles, making them more likely to the tire and wheel of the same tics (higher ground clearance, roll over when you turn corners size, type, tread, brand and narrower track, etc.) give this too fast. load-carrying capacity. If you vehicle a higher center of nevertheless decide to equip gravity than ordinary vehicles. your vehicle with any tire/wheel combination not recommended • A SUV is not designed for cor- by Kia for off road driving, you nering at the same speeds as should not use these tires for conventional vehicles. highway driving. • Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. (Continued)

6 92 Driving your vehicle

Rocking the vehicle Smooth cornering CAUTION - Vehicle rocking If it is necessary to rock the vehicle Avoid braking or gear changing in to free it from snow, sand, or mud, Prolonged rocking may cause corners, especially when roads are first turn the steering wheel right and engine overheating, transaxle wet. Ideally, corners should always left to clear the area around your damage or failure, and tire dam- be taken under gentle acceleration. If front wheels. Then, shift back and age. you follow these suggestions, tire forth between R (Reverse) and any wear will be held to a minimum. forward gear in vehicles equipped with a dual clutch transmission. Do CAUTION - Spinning tires not race the engine, and spin the Do not spin the wheels, espe- wheels as little as possible. If you are cially at speeds more than 35 still stuck after a few tries, have the mph (56 km/h). Spinning the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to wheels at high speeds when the avoid engine overheating and possi- vehicle is stationary could ble damage to the transaxle. cause a tire to overheat which could result in tire damage that WARNING - Sudden may injure bystanders. Vehicle Movement Do not attempt to rock the vehi- The ESC system should be turned cle if people or objects are near- OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. by. The vehicle may suddenly move forward or backwards as it becomes unstuck.

693 Driving your vehicle

Driving at night Driving in the rain • A heavy rainfall will make it harder Because night driving presents more Rain and wet roads can make driving to see and will increase the dis- hazards than driving in the daylight, dangerous, especially if you’re not tance needed to stop your vehicle, here are some important tips to prepared for the slick pavement. so slow down. remember: Here are a few things to consider • Keep your windshield wiping • Slow down and keep more dis- when driving in the rain: equipment in good shape. Replace tance between you and other vehi- your windshield wiper blades when cles, as it may be more difficult to they show signs of streaking or see at night, especially in areas missing areas on the windshield. where there may not be any street • If your tires are not in good condi- lights. tion, making a quick stop on wet • Adjust your mirrors to reduce the pavement can cause a skid and glare from other driver's head- possibly lead to an accident. Be lights. sure your tires are in good shape. • Keep your headlights clean and • Turn on your headlights to make it properly aimed. (On vehicles not easier for others to see you. equipped with the automatic head- • Driving too fast through large pud- light aiming feature.) Dirty or dles can affect your brakes. If you improperly aimed headlights will must go through puddles, try to make it much more difficult to see drive through them slowly. at night. • If you believe you may have gotten • Avoid staring directly at the head- your brakes wet, apply them lightly lights of oncoming vehicles. You while driving until normal braking could be temporarily blinded, and it operation returns. will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness.

6 94 Driving your vehicle

Driving in flooded areas Highway driving WARNING - Tire tread Avoid driving through flooded areas Tires unless you are sure the water is no Always check the tire tread Adjust the tire inflation pressures to before driving your vehicle. higher than the bottom of the wheel specification. Low tire inflation pres- hub. Drive through any water slowly. Worn-out tires can result in loss sures will result in overheating and of vehicle control. Worn-out tires Allow adequate stopping distance possible failure of the tires. because brake performance may be should be replaced as soon as affected. Avoid using worn or damaged tires possible. For further information which may result in reduced traction and tread limits, refer to "Tires After driving through water, dry the or tire failure. and wheels" in chapter 8. brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires. slowly. Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more Driving off-road WARNING - Under/over fuel than urban motoring. Do not for- inflated tires get to check both the engine coolant Drive carefully off-road because your and engine oil. vehicle may be damaged by rocks or Always check the tires for proper roots of trees. Become familiar with inflation before driving. the off-road conditions where you Underinflated or overinflated Drive belt tires can cause poor handling, are going to drive before you begin A loose or damaged drive belt may driving. loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading to acci- result in overheating of the engine. dents, injuries, and even death. For proper tire pressures, refer to “Tires and wheels” in chapter 9.

695 Driving your vehicle

WINTER DRIVING Severe weather conditions in the Snowy or icy conditions Snow tires winter result in greater wear and To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it If you mount snow tires on your vehi- other problems. To minimize the may be necessary to use snow tires cle, make sure they are radial tires of problems of winter driving, you on your tires. If snow tires are need- the same size and load range as the should follow these suggestions: ed, it is necessary to select tires original tires. Mount snow tires on all equivalent in size and type of the four wheels to balance your vehicle’s original equipment tires. Failure to do handling in all weather conditions. so may adversely affect the safety Keep in mind that the traction provid- and handling of your vehicle. ed by snow tires on dry roads may Furthermore, speeding, rapid accel- not be as high as your vehicle's orig- eration, sudden brake applications, inal equipment tires.You should drive and sharp turns are potentially very cautiously even when the roads are hazardous practices. clear. Check with the tire dealer for During deceleration, use engine maximum speed recommendations. braking to the fullest extent. Sudden Do not install studded tires without brake applications on snowy or icy first checking local, state and munic- roads may cause skids to occur. You ipal regulations for possible restric- need to keep sufficient distance tions against their use. between the vehicle in operation in front of your vehicle. Also, apply the brake gently. WARNING - Snow tire size Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle's standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected.

6 96 Driving your vehicle

Use high quality ethylene gly- Change to "winter weight" oil To keep locks from freezing col coolant if necessary To keep the locks from freezing, Your vehicle is delivered with high In some climates it is recommended squirt an approved de-icer fluid or quality ethylene glycol coolant in the that a lower viscosity "winter weight" glycerine into the key opening. If a cooling system. It is the only type of oil be used during cold weather. See lock is covered with ice, squirt it with coolant that should be used because chapter 9 for recommendations. If an approved de-icing fluid to remove it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- you aren't sure what weight oil you the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, ing system, lubricates the water should use, consult an authorized you may be able to thaw it out by pump and prevents freezing. Be sure Kia dealer. using a heated key. Handle the heat- to replace or replenish your coolant ed key with care to avoid injury. in accordance with the maintenance schedule in chapter 8. Before winter, Check spark plugs and ignition have your coolant tested to assure system Use approved window washer that its freezing point is sufficient for Inspect your spark plugs as anti-freeze in system the temperatures anticipated during described in chapter 8 and replace To keep the water in the window the winter. them if necessary. Also check all washer system from freezing, add an ignition wiring and components to be approved window washer anti-freeze sure they are not cracked, worn or solution in accordance with instruc- Check battery and cables damaged in any way. tions on the container. Window wash- Winter puts additional burdens on er anti-freeze is available from an the battery system. Visually inspect authorized Kia dealer and most auto the battery and cables as described parts outlets. Do not use engine in chapter 8. The level of charge in coolant or other types of anti-freeze your battery can be checked by an as these may damage the paint fin- authorized Kia dealer or a service ish. station.

697 Driving your vehicle

Don’t let your parking brake Carry emergency equipment freeze Depending on the severity of the Under some conditions your parking weather, you should carry appropri- brake can freeze in the engaged ate emergency equipment. Some of position. This is most likely to happen the items you may want to carry when there is an accumulation of include tow straps or chains, flash- snow or ice around or near the rear light, emergency flares, sand, shov- brakes or if the brakes are wet. If el, jumper cables, window scraper, there is a risk the parking brake may gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blan- freeze, apply it only temporarily while ket, etc. you put the gear shift lever in P (Park, Dual clutch transmission) and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot TRAILER TOWING roll. Then release the parking brake. We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing. Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen, you should periodically check underneath the vehicle to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components are not obstructed.

6 98 Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT Tire and loading information label Vehicle capacity weight: 385 kg (849 lbs.) Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer, the combined weight includes the tongue load.

Seating capacity: Total : 5 persons (Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons) Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver, your vehicle may carry. However, the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants, and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed. Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load ODE067042N/ODE067043N/ODE067055N/ODE067056N limit including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry. The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.

699 Driving your vehicle

Towing capacity: Steps For Determining Correct 5. Determine the combined weight of We do not recommend using this Load Limit - luggage and cargo being loaded vehicle for trailer towing. 1. Locate the statement "The com- on the vehicle. That weight may bined weight of occupants and not safely exceed the available Cargo capacity: cargo should never exceed XXX cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. The cargo capacity of your vehicle kg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's will increase or decrease depending placard. 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail- on the weight and the number of 2. Determine the combined weight of er, load from your trailer will be occupants. the driver and passengers that will transferred to your vehicle. Consult be riding in your vehicle. this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and 3. Subtract the combined weight of luggage load capacity of your the driver and passengers from vehicle. XXX kg or XXX lbs. 4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug- WARNING - Loose cargo gage load capacity. For example, if Do not travel with unsecured the "XXX" amount equals 635 kg blunt objects in the passenger (1400 lbs.) and there will be five 68 compartment of your vehicle kg (150 lbs.) passengers in your (e.g. suit cases or unsecured vehicle, the amount of available child seats). These items may cargo and luggage load capacity strike occupant during a sud- is 295 kg (650 lbs). den stop or crash. (635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg or 1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

6 100 Driving your vehicle

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

ABC ABC ABC

C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM

Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total Vehicle Capacity 385 kg Vehicle Capacity 385 kg Vehicle Capacity 385 kg A A A Weight (849 lbs) Weight (849 lbs) Weight (849 lbs) Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant 136 kg 340 kg 365 kg B Weight B Weight B Weight (300 lbs) (750 lbs) (805 lbs) 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 73 kg (161 lbs) × 5 Available Cargo and 249 kg Available Cargo and 45 kg Available Cargo and 20 kg C C C Luggage weight (549 lbs) Luggage weight (99 lbs) Luggage weight (44 lbs)

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's capacity weight.

6101 Driving your vehicle

Certification label Over loading - Over loading The certification label is located on WARNING - WARNING the driver's door sill at the center pillar. Never exceed the GVWR for Do not overload your vehicle. your vehicle, the GAWR for Overloading your vehicle can This label shows the maximum allow- either the front or rear axle and cause heat buildup in your vehi- able weight of the fully loaded vehi- vehicle capacity weight. cle's tires and possible tire fail- cle. This is called the GVWR (Gross Exceeding these ratings can ure, increased stopping dis- Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR affect your vehicle’s handling tances and poor vehicle han- includes the weight of the vehicle, all and braking ability. dling--all of which may result in occupants, fuel and cargo. a crash. This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported The label will help you decide how by the front and rear axles, called much cargo and installed equipment ✽ NOTICE Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). your vehicle can carry. Overloading your vehicle may cause To find out the actual loads on your If you carry items inside your vehicle damage. Repairs would not be cov- front and rear axles, you need to go to - like suitcases, tools, packages, or ered by your warranty. Do not over- a weigh station and weigh your vehi- anything else - they are moving as load your vehicle. cle.Your dealer can help you with this. fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop Be sure to spread out your load equal- or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, ly on both sides of the centerline. the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.

6 102 Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE WEIGHT This chapter will guide you in the Base curb weight GAWR proper loading of your vehicle and/or This is the weight of the vehicle (Gross axle weight rating) trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all This is the maximum allowable weight within its design rating capa- standard equipment. It does not weight that can be carried by a single bility, with or without a trailer. Properly include passengers, cargo, or option- axle (front or rear). These numbers loading your vehicle will provide max- al equipment. are shown on the compliance label. imum return of the vehicle design The total load on each axle must performance. Before loading your never exceed its GAWR. vehicle, familiarize yourself with the Vehicle curb weight following terms for determining your This is the weight of your new vehicle vehicle's weight ratings, with or with- when you picked it up from your deal- GVW (Gross vehicle weight) out a trailer, from the vehicle's speci- er plus any aftermarket equipment. This is the Base Curb Weight plus fications and the compliance label: actual Cargo Weight plus passen- Cargo weight gers. This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including GVWR cargo and optional equipment. (Gross vehicle weight rating) This is the maximum allowable GAW (Gross axle weight) weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, This is the total weight placed on passengers and cargo). The GVWR each axle (front and rear) - including is shown on the certification label vehicle curb weight and all payload. located on the driver’s door sill.

6103 What to do in an emergency

Road warning ...... 7-2 If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit) . . 7-18 • Hazard warning flasher ...... 7-2 • Introduction ...... 7-19 In case of an emergency while driving...... 7-3 • Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . 7-20 • If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing...... 7-3 • Components of the Tire Mobility Kit ...... 7-22 • If you have a flat tire while driving...... 7-3 • Using the Tire Mobility Kit ...... 7-23 • If the engine stalls while driving ...... 7-3 • Distributing the sealant...... 7-25 If the engine will not start ...... 7-4 • Checking the tire inflation pressure ...... 7-26 • If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 7-4 • Technical data ...... 7-28 • If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 7-4 Towing ...... 7-29 Emergency starting ...... 7-5 • Towing service ...... 7-29 • Before jump starting (for Hybrid)...... 7-5 • Removable towing hook ...... 7-30 • Method to disconnect the (-) cable for regular • Emergency towing...... 7-31 maintenance (For Hybrid) ...... 7-7 If an accident occurs ...... 7-34 • Jump starting...... 7-7 • Push-starting ...... 7-9 If the engine overheats...... 7-10 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . 7-12 7 • Check tire pressure ...... 7-12 • Low tire pressure telltale ...... 7-14 • Low tire pressure position telltale ...... 7-14 • Changing a tire with TPMS ...... 7-16 • This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules . 7-17 What to do in an emergency

ROAD WARNING Hazard warning flasher Depress the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position. The flasher switch is located in the center facia panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously. • The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not. • The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on. • Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while ODE066001 the vehicle is being towed.

The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway.

27 What to do in an emergency

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a cross- 2. When the vehicle is stopped, turn If the engine stalls while driv- road or crossing on your emergency hazard flashing ers, set the parking brake and put If the engine stalls at a crossroad or 1. Reduce your speed gradually, the transaxle in P. crossing, set the shift lever in the N keeping a straight line. Move cau- (Neutral) position and then push the 3. Have all passengers get out of the tiously off the road to a safe place. vehicle. Be sure they all get out on vehicle to a safe place. 2. Turn on your emergency flashers. the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic. 3. Try to start the hybrid system again. If your vehicle will not start, If you have a flat tire while 4. When changing a flat tire, follow contact an authorized Kia dealer driving the instruction provided later in or seek other qualified assistance. If a tire goes flat while you are driv- this section. ing: 1. Take your foot off the accelerator ✽ NOTICE pedal and let the vehicle slow If there was a check engine light and down while driving straight ahead. loss of power or stall and if safe to do Do not apply the brakes immedi- so, wait at least 10 seconds to restart ately or attempt to pull off the road the vehicle after it stalls. This may as this may cause a loss of con- reset the car so it will no longer run trol. When the vehicle has slowed at low power (limp home) condition. to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes.

73 What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If engine doesn't turn over or If engine turns over normally turns over slowly WARNING - Push/ but does not start pull start 1. Be sure the shift lever is in N 1. Check the fuel level. Do not push or pull the vehicle (Neutral) or P (Park) and the 2. With the ignition switch in the to start it. Push or pull starting emergency brake is set. LOCK position, check all connec- may cause the catalytic con- 2. Check the battery connections to tors at the ignition coils and spark verter to overload and create a be sure they are clean and tight. plugs. Reconnect any that may be fire hazard. 3. Turn on the interior light. If the light disconnected or loose. dims or goes out when you oper- 3. Check the fuel line in the engine ate the starter, the battery is dis- compartment. charged. 4. If the engine still does not start, 4. Check the starter connections to call an authorized Kia dealer or be sure they are securely tight- seek other qualified assistance. ened. 5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. See instructions for "Jump starting".

47 What to do in an emergency

EMERGENCY STARTING Before Jump Starting • To charge 12V battery, keep driving Once the 12V battery is fully dis- (For Hybrid) or idling the car more than 30 min- charged and reconnected, the 12V utes. battery is initialized. Over discharge of 12V battery If you do not start the vehicle immedi- The following items should be reset ately after pressing the “12V Batt after the battery has been discharged Reset” switch (1), the power of 12V or the battery has been disconnected. battery is automatically disconnected • Auto up/down window after few seconds to save the 12V (See chapter 4) battery from additional discharge. If the 12V battery is disconnected prior • Sunroof (See chapter 4) to starting the vehicle, press “12V Batt • Trip computer (See chapter 4) Reset” switch (1) again and then • Climate control system immediately start the car as explained (See chapter 4) above. • Driver position Memory System Repeated use of the “12V Batt Reset” (See chapter 3) ODE047042N switch(1) without a sufficient engine • Audio (See chapter 5) - Press the reconnection ON cycle (30 Min+) may cause over (“12V Batt Reset”) switch (1) : discharge of the 12V battery, which will prevent car starting. If the 12V battery As explained above, if the vehicle This car has a reconnection switch is over discharged to a point that the cannot be started after pressing the which can reset the over discharged reset does not work, try to jump-start “12V Batt Reset” switch(1) due to 12V battery and enable getting the the vehicle. (refer to jump-starting) over discharge, try to jump-start car started without jump-start. After starting the vehicle (HEV (refer to Jump-starting). • Press the “12V Batt Reset” switch(1) Ready), the 12V battery is being located on the lower left dash. charged whether the engine is run- • Immediately start car by stepping ning or not. Although there is no on the brake pedal and pressing engine-sound, it is not necessary to the Start switch within few seconds. step on the accelerator pedal.

75 What to do in an emergency

Charging method for 12V battery External power source using 12V (A) It is recommended to charge the CAUTION battery 12V battery by starting and run- • The use of an improper charg- (Except the use of dash cameras) ning the vehicle (HEV Ready er with a voltage and current The use of external power acces- Mode) for a minimum of 30 min- range higher than specified sories may reduce performance and utes if a 12V reset, or jump start may cause overheating and function of the vehicle. Especially, has been used. damage to the 12V battery. the use of dash cameras may cause (B) If you cannot start the vehicle : • The use of an incorrect charg- a shut off the power of the vehicle er will lead to a power shut-off prior to the dash camera’s automatic to save the 12V battery. Stop shut-down. • After connecting the jumper cables using the incorrect charger at the recommended locations, you If the power of the car is shut off, once the power of the vehicle start the vehicle as explained above should press “12V batt Reset” is shut off. switch(1) to charge the battery. (refer to “Over discharge of 12V battery”) • The voltage range of the charger should be 13.3~14V and its current range should be less than 60A. (13.8V is recommended).

67 What to do in an emergency

Method to disconnect the (-) When the vehicle is under regular Jump starting cable for regular maintenance maintenance, make sure to separate (For Hybrid) the (-) cable inside the luggage room before maintenance.

Procedures to separate the (-) cable is as below : • Fold the rear left side seat. • Using the key or (-) screwdriver, remove the service cover (A) on the luggage trim. ODE036021 • Separate the (-) cable (B). ODE066002N Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly. Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order. Remove the air filter cover before connecting the cable to part (4). Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid ODE046170N harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery, follow these jump starting procedures. If in doubt, we strongly recommend that you have a competent technician or towing service jump start your vehicle.

ODE046171N 77 What to do in an emergency

CAUTION - Push/pull start WARNING - Electrolyte WARNING - Battery to 12 Volt Battery • Do not charge or discharge cables Use only a 12-volt jumper sys- arbitrarily. It may lead to fault, Do not connect the jumper cable tem. You can damage a 12-volt electric shock or burns. from the negative terminal of the starting motor, ignition system, • Do not damage the unit in booster battery to the negative and other electrical parts such ways as drop, deform, terminal of the discharged bat- beyond repair by use of a 24- impact, out or spear with a tery, directly. This can cause the volt power supply (either two sharp object. It may cause discharged battery to overheat 12-volt batteries in series or a electrolyte leakage or fire. and crack, degradation. 24-volt motor generator set). • Breakdown of the unit may lead Connect the jumper cable from to electrolyte leakage or flam- the negative terminal of the mable gas generation. Contact booster battery to the chassis WARNING - Battery an authorized Kia dealer imme- ground in the engine room. Never attempt to check the elec- diately. trolyte level of the battery as • If electrolyte leaks out, avoid this may cause the battery to contact with eyes, skin or WARNING - Sulfuric acid rupture or explode. clothes. In event of accident, risk flush with water and get med- Automobile batteries contain ical help immediately. sulfuric acid. When jump start- WARNING - Frozen • Do not place near open flame ing your vehicle, be careful not batteries or incinerate. It may lead to to get sulfuric acid on yourself, Do not attempt to jump start the fire or explosion. your clothing, or on the vehicle. vehicle if the discharged battery • Keep out of reach of children This acid is poisonous and is frozen as the battery may or animals. highly corrosive. rupture or explode. • Keep the unit away from moisture of liquid. Do not touch or use if liquids have been spilled on.

87 What to do in an emergency

Jump starting procedure Do not allow the jumper cables to Push-starting 1.Make sure the booster battery is contact anything except the correct Vehicles equipped with dual clutch 12-volt and that its negative termi- battery terminals or the correct transmission lock system cannot be nal is grounded. ground. Do not lean over the bat- push-started. tery when making connections. 2.If the booster battery is in another Follow the directions in this section vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to 5.Start the engine of the vehicle with for jump-starting. come in contact. the booster battery and let it run at 2,000 rpm, then start the engine of 3.Turn off all unnecessary electrical the vehicle with the discharged WARNING - Tow starting loads. battery. 4.Connect the jumper cables in the vehicle If the cause of your battery discharg- Never tow a vehicle to start it. exact sequence shown in the illus- ing is not apparent, you should have tration. First connect one end of a your vehicle checked by an author- When the engine starts, the jumper cable to the positive termi- ized Kia dealer. vehicle can suddenly surge for- nal of the discharged battery (1), ward and could cause a colli- then connect the other end to the sion with the tow vehicle. positive terminal of the booster battery (2). Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery (3), then the other end to a solid, stationary, metallic point (for example, the engine lifting bracket) away from the battery (4). Do not connect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked.

79 What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates 4. If the “HEV Warning” light turns on 5. Check whether the engine coolant overheating, you will experience a in the driver instrument cluster, or temperature is low enough by loss of power, or hear loud pinging or engine coolant or hot steam emits checking its temperature. If the knocking, the engine is probably too from the engine coolant filler, stop engine coolant level is low, please hot. If this happens, you should: the engine immediately. Then, call check the connecting parts the nearest authorized Kia dealer between the radiator hose, heater 1. Turn on the emergency warning for assistance. If the “Engine hose, and water pump for any flasher and stop in a safe place. Warning” light remains illuminated signs of leakage. When there is no Move the shift lever to P (Park) or the engine coolant is not flowing sign of leakage, please refill the and engage the parking brake. out, keep the engine running. engine coolant. If causes and Open the engine hood for ventila- signs of engine overheating such 2. If hot steam does not come out tion to help cool down the engine. as warning light illumination, from the engine room, carefully engine coolant leakage, or cooling open the engine room and check fan malfunction are found, stop the whether the water pump connec- WARNING - Under the vehicle the earliest. Then, call the tor is properly engaged. If the con- Hood nearest authorized Kia dealer for nector is not properly engaged, assistance. stop the engine immediately and While the engine is running, properly engage the connector. keep hair, hands and clothing Then, turn the engine on. away from moving parts such as the fan and drive belts to pre- 3. Turn on the air conditioner. vent injury.

7 10 What to do in an emergency

✽ NOTICE WARNING - Radiator Cap Serious loss of coolant indicates Do not remove the there is a leak in the cooling system radiator cap when the and should be checked as soon as engine is hot. This possible by an authorized Kia dealer. can allow coolant to blow out of the opening and cause seri- CAUTION ous burns. When the engine overheats from low engine coolant, suddenly adding engine coolant may 6. If you cannot find the cause of the cause cracks in the engine. To overheating, wait until the engine prevent damage, add engine temperature has returned to nor- coolant slowly in small quantities mal. Then, if coolant has been lost, carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark. 7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for further signs of overheating. If over heating happens again, call the nearest authorized Kia dealer for assistance.

711 What to do in an emergency

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) Check tire pressure ✽ NOTICE • You can check the tire pressure in • The tire pressure may change due the information mode on the clus- to factors such as parking condi- ter. tion, driving style, and altitude - Refer to “User settings mode” in above sea level. chapter 4. • Low tire pressure warning may sound when a tire’s pressure unit is • Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 min- equal or higher than nearby tires. utes later after driving. This is a normal occurrence, which • If tire pressure is not displayed is due to the change in tire pressure ODE066003 when the vehicle is stopped, “Drive along with tire temperature. to display” message displays. After • The tire pressure shown on the driving, check the tire pressure. dashboard may differ from the • You can change the tire pressure tire pressure measured by tire unit in the user settings mode on pressure gauge. the cluster. - psi, kpa, bar (Refer to “User settings mode” in chapter 4).

ODE067051L (1) Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator (2) Low tire pressure position telltale (Shown on the LCD display)

7 12 What to do in an emergency

Each tire, including the spare (if pro- Please note that the TPMS is not a Always check the TPMS malfunction vided), should be checked monthly substitute for proper tire maintenance, telltale after replacing one or more when cold and inflated to the inflation and it is the driver’s responsibility to tires or wheels on your vehicle to pressure recommended by the vehi- maintain correct tire pressure, even if ensure that the replacement or alter- cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac- under-inflation has not reached the nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If level to trigger illumination of the to continue to function properly. your vehicle has tires of a different TPMS low tire pressure telltale. size than the size indicated on the Your vehicle has also been equipped vehicle placard or tire inflation pres- with a TPMS malfunction indicator to sure label, you should determine the indicate when the system is not proper tire inflation pressure for operating properly. The TPMS mal- those tires.) function indicator is combined with As an added safety feature, your the low tire pressure telltale. When vehicle has been equipped with a tire the system detects a malfunction, pressure monitoring system (TPMS) the telltale will flash for approximate- that illuminates a low tire pressure ly one minute and then remain con- telltale when one or more of your tinuously illuminated. This sequence tires is significantly under-inflated. will continue upon subsequent vehi- Accordingly, when the low tire pres- cle start-ups as long as the malfunc- sure telltale illuminates, you should tion exists. When the malfunction stop and check your tires as soon as indicator is illuminated, the system possible, and inflate them to the may not be able to detect or signal Proper pressure. Driving on a signifi- low tire pressure as intended. TPMS cantly under-inflated tire causes the malfunctions may occur for a variety tire to overheat and can lead to tire of reasons, including the installation failure. Under-inflation also reduces of replacement or alternate tires or fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and wheels on the vehicle that prevent may affect the vehicle’s handling and the TPMS from functioning properly. stopping ability.

713 What to do in an emergency

✽ NOTICE Low tire pressure Inflate the tires to the Proper pres- If the TPMS, Low Tire Pressure telltale sure as indicated on the vehicle’s indicator does not illuminate for 3 placard or tire inflation pressure label seconds when the ignition switch is located on the driver’s side center pil- turned to the ON position or engine Low tire pressure position tell- lar outer panel. If you cannot reach a is running, or if they remain illumi- tale service station or if the tire cannot nated after coming on for approxi- hold the newly added air, replace the mately 3 seconds, take your vehicle low pressure tire with the spare tire. to your nearest authorized Kia deal- Then the TPMS malfunction indicator er and have the system checked. and the Low Tire Pressure telltale may turn on and illuminate after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle. In winter or cold weather, the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if ODE067053N the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure When the tire pressure monitoring in warm weather. It does not mean system warning indicators are illumi- your TPMS is malfunctioning nated, one or more of your tires is because the decreased temperature significantly under-inflated. leads to a proportional lowering of If the telltale illuminates, immediately tire pressure. reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible.

7 14 What to do in an emergency

When you drive your vehicle from a TPMS (Tire Pressure • The TPMS malfunction indicator warm area to a cold area or from a Monitoring System) may be illuminated if the vehicle is cold area to a warm area, or the out- malfunction indicator moving around electric power sup- side temperature is greatly higher or ply cables or radios transmitters lower, you should check the tire infla- such as at police stations, govern- tion pressure and adjust the tires to The low tire pressure telltale will illu- ment and public offices, broadcast- the recommended tire inflation pres- minate after it blinks for approximate- ing stations, military installations, sure. ly one minute when there is a prob- airports, or transmitting towers, lem with the Tire Pressure etc. This can interfere with normal When filling tires with more air, con- Monitoring System. If the system is ditions to turn off the low tire pres- operation of the Tire Pressure able to correctly detect an underinfla- Monitoring System (TPMS). sure telltale may not be met. This is tion warning at the same time as sys- because a tire inflator has a margin tem failure then it will illuminate both • The TPMS malfunction indicator of error in performance. The low tire the TPMS malfunction and low tire may be illuminated if snow chains pressure telltale will be turned off if pressure position telltales e.g. if are used or some separate elec- the tire pressure is above the recom- Front Left sensor fails, the TPMS tronic devices such as notebook mended tire inflation pressure. malfunction indicator illuminates, but computer, mobile charger, remote if the Front Right, Rear Left, or Rear starter or navigation etc., are used Right tire is under-inflated, the low in the vehicle. This can interfere WARNING - Low pressure with normal operation of the Tire damage tire pressure position telltales may illuminate together with the TPMS Pressure Monitoring System Do not drive on low pressure malfunction indicator. (TPMS). tires. Significantly low tire pressure can cause the tires to over- Have the system checked by an heat and fail making the vehicle authorized Kia dealer as soon as unstable resulting in increased possible to determine the cause of braking distances and a loss of the problem. vehicle control.

715 What to do in an emergency

Changing a tire with TPMS Even if you replace the low pressure If an original mounted tire is replaced If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor Pressure telltale will come on. Have Pressure telltale will remain on until on the replaced spare wheel should the flat tire repaired by an authorized the low pressure tire is repaired and be initiated and the TPMS sensor on Kia dealer as soon as possible or placed on the vehicle. the original mounted wheel should be replace the flat tire with the spare After you replace the low pressure deactivated. If the TPMS sensor on tire. tire with the spare tire, the TPMS the original mounted wheel located in malfunction indicator may illuminate the spare tire carrier still activates, after a few minutes because the the tire pressure monitoring system CAUTION - Repair TPMS sensor mounted on the spare may not operate properly. Have the Agents wheel is not initiated. tire with TPMS serviced or replaced by an authorized Kia dealer. Never use a puncture-repairing Once the low pressure tire is inflated agent not approved by Kia to again to the recommended pressure repair and/or inflate a low pres- and installed on the vehicle or the sure tire. The sealant not TPMS sensor mounted on the approved by Kia may damage replaced spare wheel is initiated by the tire pressure sensor. an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS malfunction indicator and the low tire Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure telltale will turn off within a pressure sensor mounted inside the few minutes of driving. tire behind the valve stem. You must If the indicator has not disappeared use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec- after a few minutes of driving, please ommended that you always have visit an authorized Kia dealer. your tires serviced by an authorized Kia dealer.

7 16 What to do in an emergency

You may not be able to identify a low • The TPMS cannot alert you to This device complies with tire by simply looking at it. Always severe and sudden tire damage Industry Canada licence-exempt use a good quality tire pressure caused by external factors such as RSS standard(s). gauge to measure the tire's inflation nails or road debris. Operation is subject to the following pressure. Please note that a tire that • If you feel any vehicle instability, conditions: is hot (from being driven) will have a immediately take your foot off the higher pressure measurement than a 1. This device may not cause inter- accelerator, apply the brakes grad- ference, and tire that is cold (from sitting station- ually and with light force, and slow- ary for at least 3 hours and driven ly move to a safe position off the 2. This device must accept any inter- less than 1.6 km (1 mile) during that road. ference, including interference that 3 hour period). may cause undesired operation of the device. Allow the tire to cool before measur- ✽ ing the inflation pressure. Always be NOTICE - Protecting TPMS 3. Changes or modifications not sure the tire is cold before inflating to Tampering with, modifying, or dis- expressly approved by the party the recommended pressure. abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring responsible for compliance could A cold tire means the vehicle has System (TPMS) components may void the user's authority to operate been sitting for 3 hours and driven for interfere with the system's ability to the device. less than 1.6 km (1 mile) in that 3 warn the driver of low tire pressure hour period. conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying, Never use tire sealant if your vehicle or disabling the Tire Pressure is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) compo- Monitoring System. The liquid nents may void the warranty for sealant can damage the tire pres- that portion of the vehicle. sure sensors.

717 What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT) ■ for 18 inch tire The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be WARNING inspected by an authorized Kia deal- - Speed with temporary fix er as soon as possible. Do not exceed a speed of 80 km/h (50 mph) when driving CAUTION with a tire sealed with the Tire When two or more tires are flat, Mobility Kit. do not use the tire mobility kit While driving, if you experience because the one supplied canis- any unusual vibration, ride dis- ODE067020L ter of sealant in the Tire Mobility turbance, or noise, reduce your ■ for 16 inch tire Kit is to only enough sealant for speed and drive with caution one flat tire. until you can safely pull off to the side of the road.

WARNING - Tire wall Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit to repair large punctures or damage to the tire sidewalls. In these situations, the tire cannot be sealed completely and air ODE068020L will leak from the tire. This can For safe operation, carefully read result in tire failure. and follow the instructions in this manual before use. Have your tire repaired as soon as (1) Compressor possible. The tire may loose air pres- (2) Sealant bottle sure at any time after inflating with the Tire Mobility Kit.

7 18 What to do in an emergency

Introduction With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay This instruction shows you step by mobile even after experiencing a tire step procedure to temporarily seal ■ for 18 inch tire puncture. the puncture. The system of compressor and seal- Read the section “Notes on the safe ing compound effectively and com- use of the Tire Mobility Kit”. fortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire. After you ensured that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tire (up to 200 km (120 miles)) ODE067021L at a max. speed of 80 km/h (50 mph) ■ for 16 inch tire in order to reach a service station or tire dealer to have the tire replacement. It is possible that some tires, especially with larger punctures or damage to the sidewall, cannot be sealed completely. Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance. ODEP068021 For this reason, you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers, especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use. The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only.

719 What to do in an emergency

Notes on the safe use of the • Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not Tire Mobility Kit be effective for tire damage larger CAUTION than approximately 4 mm (0.16 • Park your car at the side of the When repairing a flat tire with in.). road so that you can work with the the Tire Mobility Kit (TMK), Tire Mobility Kit away from moving Please contact the nearest Kia quickly remove the sealant on traffic. dealership if the tire cannot be the tire pressure sensor and made roadworthy with the Tire wheel. When installing the • To be sure your vehicle will not Mobility Kit. repaired tire and wheel, tighten move, even when you're on fairly • Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a the wheel nut to a torque value level ground, always set your park- of 11 ~ 13 kgf·m. ing brake. tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pres- • Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sure. sealing/inflation passenger car WARNING - Sealant tires. Only punctured areas located • Do not remove any foreign objects within the tread region of the tire such as nails or screws that have • Keep out of reach of children. can be sealed using the Tire penetrated the tire. • Avoid contact with eyes. Mobility Kit. • Provided the car is outdoors, leave • Do not swallow. • Do not use on motorcycles, bicy- the engine running. Otherwise cles or any other type of tires. operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery. • When the tire and wheel are dam- WARNING aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit • Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used. Do not use the Tire sealant after for your safety. the sealant has expired (i.e. • Do not leave the compressor run- past the expiration date on the ning for more than 10 min. at a time sealant container). This can or it may overheat. increase the risk of tire failure. • Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below - -30°C (22°F).

7 20 What to do in an emergency

WARNING • If the sealant gets on your skin, wash it with a large amount of water. If skin irritation continues, visit a doctor for examination. • If the sealant gets into your eyes, raise your eyelid and wash for at least 15 minutes. If eye irritation continues, visit a doctor for examination. • If you have drank the sealant, wash the mouth and drink a large amount of water. However, do not give anything to an unconscious person and see the doctor immediately. Exposure to the sealant for a long time may cause damage to the bodily tissues.

✽ NOTICE The sealant container and insert hose (3) cannot be reused. Purchase an extra after use.

721 What to do in an emergency

Components of the Tire Mobility Kit ■ for 18 inch tire ■ for 16 inch tire

ODE067044 ODE068044L 1. Speed restriction label 7. On/off switch 2. Sealant bottle and label with speed restriction 8. Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pres- 3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel sure 4. Connectors and cable for the power outlet direct con- 9. Button for reducing tire inflation pressure nection Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the 5. Holder for the sealant bottle compressor housing. 6. Compressor

7 22 What to do in an emergency

Using the Tire Mobility Kit WARNING Before using the Tire Mobility Kit, follow the instructions on the sealant bottle. Remove the label with the speed restriction from the sealant bottle and apply it to the steering wheel. Please note the expiry date on the sealant bottle. ODE067006N

ODEP067048 CAUTION Carefully follow below steps. Before using the tire repair kit, please read carefully the 1. Shake the sealant bottle. instruction attached on the sealant bottle. Detach the speed limit label on the sealant case and put it on a highly visible place. Always drive within the speed limit.

723 What to do in an emergency

■ for 18 inch tire

OKIA067011 ■ for 16 inch tire ODE066007 ODE066041N 4. Unscrew the valve cap from the ✽ NOTICE valve of the defective wheel and If the sealant is injected when the screw filling hose (3) of the sealant tire air pressure injection valve and bottle onto the valve. sealant injection hose are not fully 5. Insert the sealant bottle into the interlocked, the sealant may over- housing of the compressor (5) so flow and clog the valve. that the bottle is upright.

ODE068057L ✽ NOTICE 2. Connect the filling hose (3) onto the connector of the sealant bottle If a visable foreign object has punc- (A). tured the tire, do not remove it before using Tire Mobility Kit. 3. Ensure that button (9) on the compressor is not pressed.

7 24 What to do in an emergency

Distributing the sealant WARNING - Tire pressure Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 200 kPa (29 psi). This could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure.

9. Switch off the compressor. 10. Detach the hoses from the ODE066008L sealant bottle connector and from the tire valve. 6. Ensure that the compressor is ODE066040N switched off, position 0. Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor- 7 Connect between compressor and age location in the vehicle. 11. Immediately drive approximately the vehicle power outlet (4) using 7 ~ 10 km (4 ~ 6 miles or, about the cable and connectors. 10 min) to evenly distribute the WARNING - Carbon sealant in the tire. 8. With the engine start/stop button monoxide Do not exceed a speed of 80 km/h position on or ignition switch posi- Carbon monoxide poisoning tion on, switch on the compressor (50 mph). If possible, do not fall and suffocation is possible if below a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph). and let it run for approximately 5 ~ the engine is left running in a 7 minutes to fill the sealant up to poorly ventilated or unventilat- While driving, if you experience any cold tire recommended pressure. ed location (such as inside a unusual vibration, ride disturbance or (refer to the Tire and Wheels, building). noise, reduce your speed and drive chapter 9). The inflation pressure with caution until you can safely pull of the tire after filling is unimpor- off of the side of the road. tant and will be checked/corrected later. Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it. 725 What to do in an emergency

Checking the tire inflation ✽ NOTICE CAUTION pressure The pressure gauge may show high- When you use the Tire Mobility 1. After driving approximately 7 ~ 10 er than actual reading when the Kit, the tire pressure sensors km (4 ~ 6 miles or about 10 min), compressor is running. To get an and wheel may be stained by stop at a safe location. accurate tire reading, the compres- sealant. Therefore, remove the sor needs to be turned off. tire pressure sensors and wheel 2. Connect the filling hose (3) of the stained by sealant and have compressor (clip mounted side) your vehicle inspected by an directly and then connect the fill CAUTION authorized Kia dealer. ing hose (3) (opposite side) to the Do not let the compressor run tire valve. for more than 10 minutes; other- 3. Connect between compressor and wise, the device may overheat the vehicle power outlet using the and be damaged. cable and connectors. 3. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the cold tire recommended pressure as indicated on the vehicle’s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver’s side center pillar outer panel. (In this owner’s manual, refer to the Tire and Wheels, chapter 9) - To increase the inflation pressure : Switch on the compressor, position I. To check the current inflation pressure setting, briefly switch off the compressor.

7 26 What to do in an emergency

- To reduce the inflation pressure: Press the button (9) on the compressor.

CAUTION - Tire pressure sensor When you use the Tire Mobility Kit including sealant not approved by Kia, the tire pressure sensors may be damaged by sealant. The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors at an authorized dealer.

727 What to do in an emergency

Technical Data

18 inch tire 16 inch tire System Voltage DC 12 V DC 12 V Working Voltage DC 10 – 15 V DC 10 – 15 V MAX. 10 ± 1 A MAX. 10 ± 1 A Amperage rating (at DC 12V operation) (at DC 12V operation) - 30 ~ + 70 °C - 30 ~ + 70 °C Suitable for use at temperatures (- 22 ~ + 158 °F) (- 22 ~ + 158 °F) Max. working pressure 6 bar (87 psi) 6 bar (87 psi) 161 X 150 X 55.8 mm 161 X 150 X 55.8 mm Compressor (6.3 X 5.9 X 2.2 in.) (6.3 X 5.9 X 2.2 in.) ø 85 X 104 mm ø 85 X 81 mm Sealant bottle Size (ø 3.3 X 4.1 in.) (ø 3.3 X 3.2 in.) 650 ± 30g 650 ± 30g Compressor weight (1.43 ± 0.07 lbs) (1.43 ± 0.07 lbs) Sealant volume 300 ml (18.3 cu. in) 200 ml (12.2 cu. in)

❈ Sealant and spare parts can be obtained and replaced at an authorized vehicle or tire dealer. Empty sealant bottles may be disposed of at home. Liquid residue from the sealant should be disposed of by your vehicle or tire dealer or in accordance with local waste disposal regulations.

7 28 What to do in an emergency

TOWING Towing service On FWD vehicles, it is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels WARNING - Side and on the ground (without dollies) and curtain Air bag the front wheels off the ground. If any If your vehicle is equipped with of the loaded wheels or suspension side and curtain air bag, set the components are damaged or the ignition switch to LOCK or ACC vehicle is being towed with the front position when the vehicle is wheels on the ground, use a towing being towed. dolly under the front wheels. When being towed by a commercial tow The side and curtain air bag truck and wheel dollies are not used, may deploy when the ignition is the front of the vehicle should always ON, and the rollover sensor be lifted, not the rear. detects the situation as a rollover.

ODE066010L If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies (1) or flatbed is recommended.

729 What to do in an emergency

When towing your vehicle in an Removable towing hook emergency without wheel dollies : (if equipped)

1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC ■ Front position. 2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N (Neutral). ODE066012 3. Release the parking brake.

CAUTION - Towing gear position Failure to place the transaxle ODE066014 ODE066011 shift lever in N (Neutral) may cause internal damage to the ■ Rear transaxle. CAUTION - Towing • Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle. • Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment. ODE066015 1. Open the liftgate, and remove the towing hook from the tool case. 2. Remove the hole cover pressing the upper (front) / lower (rear) part of the cover on the bumper.

7 30 What to do in an emergency

3. Install the towing hook by turning it Emergency towing If towing service is not available in an clockwise into the hole until it is emergency, your vehicle may be ■ fully secured. Front temporarily towed using a cable or 4. Remove the towing hook and chain secured to the emergency tow- install the cover after use. ing hook under the front (or rear) of the vehicle. Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes. Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a ODE066016 short distance and at low speed. ■ Rear Also, the wheels, axles, power train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition. • Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power. • Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing. ODE066017 • The drivers of both vehicles should If towing is necessary, have it communicate with each other fre- done by an authorized Kia dealer quently. or a commercial tow truck service.

731 What to do in an emergency

CAUTION WARNING - Emergency Using a portion of the vehicle Towing Precautions other than the tow hooks for Use extreme caution when tow- towing may damage the body of ing the vehicle. your vehicle. • Avoid sudden starts or erratic driving maneuvers which • Attach a towing strap to the tow would place excessive stress hook. on the emergency towing hook and towing cable or chain. The • Use only a cable or chain specifical- hook and towing cable or ly intended for use in towing vehi- chain may break and cause ODE066018 cles. Securely fasten the cable or serious injury or damage. • Use a towing strap less than 5 m chain to the towing hook provided. • If the disabled vehicle is (16 feet) long. Attach a white or red • Before emergency towing, check if unable to be moved, do not cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches) the hook is not broken or damaged. forcibly continue the towing. wide) in the middle of the strap for • Fasten the towing cable or chain We recommend that you con- easy visibility. securely to the hook. tact an authorized Kia dealer • Drive carefully so that the towing • Do not jerk the hook. Apply it or a commercial tow truck strap is not loosened during tow- steadily and with even force. service for assistance. ing. • To avoid damaging the hook, do not • Tow the vehicle as straight pull from the side or at a vertical ahead as possible. angle. Always pull straight ahead. • Keep away from the vehicle during towing.

7 32 What to do in an emergency

Emergency towing precautions • If the car is being towed with all • Turn the ignition switch to ACC so four wheels on the ground, it can the steering wheel isn’t locked. be towed only from the front. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral. • Place the transaxle shift lever in N Be sure the steering is unlocked by (Neutral). placing the ignition switch in the • Release the parking bake. ACC position. A driver must be in • Press the brake pedal with more the towed vehicle to operate the force than normal since you will steering and brakes. have reduced brake performance. • More steering effort will be CAUTION - Dual clutch required because the power steer- transmission ing system will be disabled. • To avoid serious damage to the • If you are driving down a long hill, dual clutch transmission, limit the brakes may overheat and brake the vehicle speed to 15 km/h performance will be reduced. Stop (10 mph) and drive less than often and let the brakes cool off. 1.5 km (1 mile) when towing. • Before towing, check the dual clutch transmission for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If the dual clutch transmission fluid is leaking, flatbed equipment or a towing dolly must be used.

733 What to do in an emergency

IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS • If you need towing, refer to WARNING - High voltage "Towing" in the previous pages. WARNING - Submersion components • When the vehicle is severely dam- in water • For your safety, do not touch aged, remain a safe distance of Do not touch your vehicle if it high voltage cables, connec- 15 meter (50 feet) or more has been submerged in water. tors and package modules. between your vehicle and other The high-voltage battery may High voltage components are vehicles/flammables. cause shock or may catch fire. orange in color. Immediately contact the author- ities and advise them of the • Exposed cables or wires may If a fire occurs : be visible inside or outside of condition of your vehicle and the vehicle. Never touch the Immediately call emergency services that a hybrid vehicle is involved. wires or cables, because an (911) and advise the emergency electrical shock, an injury, or a responders that a hybrid vehicle is death may occur. involved.

✽ NOTICE Any gas or electrolyte leakage from your vehicle is not only poisonous but also flammable. Upon witness- ing one of those, make sure your car is parked in a safe area away from any roads, open the windows, and maintain a safe distance away from the vehicle. Immediately contact an authorized Kia dealer and advise them that a hybrid vehicle is involved.

734 Maintenance

Engine compartment ...... 8-3 Parking brake...... 8-30 Maintenance services ...... 8-5 • Checking the parking brake...... 8-30 • Owner’s responsibility ...... 8-5 Air cleaner...... 8-31 • Owner maintenance precautions ...... 8-6 • Filter replacement ...... 8-31 Owner maintenance ...... 8-7 Climate control air filter ...... 8-33 • Owner maintenance schedule ...... 8-7 • Filter inspection ...... 8-33 Scheduled maintenance service ...... 8-9 Wiper blades ...... 8-35 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 8-15 • Blade inspection...... 8-35 Checking fluid levels ...... 8-18 • Blade replacement ...... 8-35 Engine oil...... 8-19 Battery (Plug-in Hybrid) ...... 8-38 • Checking the engine oil level ...... 8-19 • For best battery service ...... 8-38 • Changing the engine oil and filter ...... 8-20 • Recharging the battery ...... 8-39 Coolant ...... 8-21 • Reset items ...... 8-40 • Checking the coolant level ...... 8-21 Tires and wheels ...... 8-41 • Engine coolant ...... 8-22 • Tire care ...... 8-41 • Inverter coolant ...... 8-22 • Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...... 8-41 • Recommended coolant ...... 8-23 • Tire pressure ...... 8-42 • Changing the coolant ...... 8-25 • Checking tire inflation pressure...... 8-42 Brake fluid ...... 8-26 • Tire rotation ...... 8-43 • Checking the brake fluid level ...... 8-26 • Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 8-44 8 Engine clutch actuator fluid ...... 8-27 • Tire replacement ...... 8-45 • Wheel replacement ...... 8-45 • Checking the engine clutch actuator fluid level 8-27 • Tire traction ...... 8-46 Washer fluid ...... 8-29 • Tire maintenance ...... 8-46 • Checking the washer fluid level ...... 8-29 • Tire sidewall labeling ...... 8-46 • Tire terminology and definitions ...... 8-50 • License plate lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-94 • All season tires ...... 8-53 • Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . 8-94 • Summer tires ...... 8-53 • Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ...... 8-95 • Snow tires...... 8-54 • Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ...... 8-95 • Radial-ply tires ...... 8-54 • Vanity mirror lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-95 • Low aspect ratio tire ...... 8-55 • Room lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ...... 8-96 Fuses ...... 8-56 • Room lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ...... 8-97 • Inner panel fuse replacement...... 8-57 • Liftgate room lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-97 • Engine compartment fuse replacement...... 8-59 Appearance care...... 8-98 • Fuse/relay panel description...... 8-62 • Exterior care ...... 8-98 Light bulbs ...... 8-84 • Interior care ...... 8-103 • Bulb replacement precaution ...... 8-84 Emission control system ...... 8-106 • Light bulb position (Front)...... 8-85 • Crankcase emission control system ...... 8-106 • Light bulb position (Rear) ...... 8-86 • Evaporative emission control (Including ORVR : • Light bulb position (Side)...... 8-87 Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system . . . . 8-106 • Headlamp (HID type) bulb replacement ...... 8-87 • Exhaust emission control system ...... 8-107 • Headlamp (LED type) replacement...... 8-88 • Headlamp (High/Low beam) bulb replacement . . . 8-88 • Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-89 • Fog lamp/DRL bulb replacement ...... 8-90 8 • Stop and tail lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-90 • Tail lamp (inside) bulb replacement ...... 8-92 • Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 8-93 • Back-up lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-93 • High mounted stop lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-93 Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT ■ Hybrid (Kappa 1.6 GDI)

1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Engine oil filler cap 3. Engine oil dipstick 4. Brake fluid reservoir 5. Inverter coolant reservoir 6. Fuse box 7. Engine clutch actuator reservoir tank 8. Air cleaner 9. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

ODE076001

83 Maintenance

■ Plug-in Hybrid (Kappa 1.6 GDI)

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

ODEP077001

48 Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care Owner’s responsibility Repairs and adjustments required as to prevent damage to your vehicle a result of improper maintenance or and injury to yourself whenever per- a lack of required maintenance are forming any maintenance or inspec- ✽ NOTICE not covered. tion procedures. Maintenance Service and Record We recommend you have your vehi- Should you have any doubts con- Retention are the owner's responsi- cle maintained and repaired by an cerning the inspection or servicing of bility. authorized Kia dealer. An authorized your vehicle, we strongly recom- You should retain documents that Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service mend that you have an authorized show proper maintenance has been quality standards and receives tech- Kia dealer perform this work. performed on your vehicle in accor- nical support from Kia in order to pro- An authorized Kia dealer has factory- dance with the scheduled mainte- vide you with a high level of service trained technicians and genuine Kia nance service charts shown on the satisfaction. parts to service your vehicle proper- following pages. You need this infor- ly. For expert advice and quality serv- mation to establish your compliance ice, see an authorized Kia dealer. with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle war- Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi- ranties. cient servicing may result in opera- Detailed warranty information is tional problems with your vehicle that provided in your Warranty & could lead to vehicle damage, an Consumer Information manual. accident, or personal injury.

85 Maintenance

Owner maintenance precautions WARNING - Maintenance work Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives Do not wear jewelry or loose instructions only for the maintenance clothing while working under items that are easy to perform. the hood of your vehicle with the engine running. These can As explained earlier in this section, become entangled in moving several procedures can be done only parts, if you must run the by an authorized Kia dealer with spe- engine while working under the cial tools. hood, make certain that you remove all jewelry (especially ✽ NOTICE rings, bracelets, watches, and Improper owner maintenance dur- necklaces) and all neckties, ing the warranty period may affect scarves, and similar loose warranty coverage. For details, read clothing before getting near the the separate Warranty & Consumer engine or cooling fans. Information manual provided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance proce- WARNING - Touching dure, have it done by an authorized metal parts Kia dealer. Do not touch metal parts (including strut bars) while the engine is operating or hot. Doing so could result in serious bodily injury.Turn the engine off and wait until the metal parts cool down to perform any maintenance work on the vehicle.

68 Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks Owner maintenance schedule While operating your vehicle: and inspections that should be per- When you stop for fuel: • Note any changes in the sound of formed by the owner or an author- the exhaust or any smell of • Check the engine oil level. ized Kia dealer at the frequencies exhaust fumes in the vehicle. indicated to help ensure safe, • Check the coolant level in coolant • Check for vibrations in the steering dependable operation of your vehi- reservoir. cle. wheel. Notice any increased steer- • Check the windshield washer fluid ing effort or looseness in the steer- Any adverse conditions should be level. ing wheel, or change in its straight- brought to the attention of your deal- • Look for low or under-inflated tires. ahead position. er as soon as possible. • Notice if your vehicle constantly These Owner Maintenance Checks turns slightly or “pulls” to one side - Hot coolant are generally not covered by war- WARNING when traveling on smooth, level ranties and you may be charged for Be careful when checking your road. labor, parts and lubricants used. engine coolant level when the • When stopping, listen and check engine is hot. Scalding hot for unusual sounds, pulling to one coolant and steam may blow side, increased brake pedal travel out under pressure. or “hard-to-push” brake pedal. • If any slipping or changes in the WARNING operation of your transaxle occurs, check the transaxle fluid level. When you open the engine • Check the dual clutch transmission hood, turn the Hybrid system P (Park) function. off. If not, it may result in death or serious injury because of the • Check the parking brake. high voltage flow. • Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).

87 Maintenance

At least monthly: At least twice a year At least once a year : • Check the coolant level in the (i.e., every Spring and Fall) : • Clean the body and door drain engine coolant reservoir. • Check the radiator, heater and air holes. • Check the operation of all exterior conditioning hoses for leaks or • Lubricate the door hinges and lights, including the stoplights, turn damage. check the hood hinges. signals and hazard warning flash- • Check the windshield washer • Lubricate the door and hood locks ers. spray and wiper operation. Clean and latches. the wiper blades with clean cloth • Check the inflation pressures of all • Lubricate the door rubber weather- dampened with washer fluid. tires including the spare for tires strips. that are worn, show uneven wear, • Check the headlight alignment. • Check the air conditioning system. or are damaged. • Check the muffler, exhaust pipes, • Inspect and lubricate dual clutch • Check for loose wheel lug nuts. shields and clamps. transmission linkage and controls. • Check the lap/shoulder belts for • Clean the battery and terminals. wear and function. • Check the brake fluid level.

88 Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the Normal Maintenance • Driving on uphill, downhill, or If your vehicle is operated under the Schedule if the vehicle is usually mountain roads repeatedly. above conditions, you should operated where none of the following • Towing a trailer or using a camper inspect, replace or refill more fre- conditions apply. If any of the following on roof rack. quently than the following Normal conditions apply, follow the Maintenance Schedule. After 120 Maintenance Under Severe Usage • Driving for patrol car, taxi, other months or 240,000 km (150,000 Conditions. commercial use of vehicle towing. miles) continue to follow the pre- • Repeatedly driving short distance • Driving over 170 km/h (106 mph). scribed maintenance intervals. of less than 8 km (5 miles) in nor- • Frequently driving in stop-and-go mal temperature or less than 16 conditions. km (10 miles) in freezing temperature. • Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances. • Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads. • Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather. • Driving in heavy dust condition. • Driving in heavy traffic area.

89 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first. MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 At first, inspect at 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months, Drive belts *1 after that, inspect every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months Engine oil and engine oil Kappa 1.6 GDI R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R filter Fuel additives *2 Add every 12,000 km (75,00 miles) or 12 months Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I Spark plugs Kappa 1.6 GDI Replace every 150,000 km (100,000 miles) or 120 months Valve clearance *3 Kappa 1.6 GDI Inspect every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced. *2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. *3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized Kia dealer perform the operation.

8 10 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models(CONT.) MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 HSG belt *4 I I I I I I R I I I I I I I I Rotate tires Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I At first, replace at 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years, Coolant (Engine) after that, replace every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake discs and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Air conditioner compressor/refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Exhaust system I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *4 : Inspect HSG belt for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary. If HSG belt noise occurred, readjust HSG belt tension before replace. 811 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models (CONT.) MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 MAINTENANCE ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Cooling system - - - I - I - I - I - I - I - Dual clutch transmission fluid - - - - I - - - - I - - - - I Replace engine clutch actuator fluid I R I R I R I R I R I R I R I Engine clutch actuator hose and lines I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Vapor hose and fuel filler cap - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Fuel tank air filter *5 - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Fuel lines, hoses and connections - - - I - - - I - - - I - - - Parking brake - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Brake fluid - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Tire rotation Rotate every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) Cooling system hoses and connections Inspect every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 6 months Clutch (if equipped) and brake pedal free Inspect every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 6 months play All latch, hinges and locks Inspect every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 12 months I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *5 : Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality.

8 12 Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION Every 6,000 km (3,750 miles) or A, B, C, D, E, Engine oil and engine oil filter R 6 months F, G, H, I, J, K Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E

Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, F, G, H, I, K

Dual clutch transmission fluid R Every 120,000 km (75,000 miles) C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J Every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) R C, D, E, K or 24 months HSG (Hybrid Starter & Generator) belt Every 6,000 km (3,750 miles) I C, D, E, K or 6 months Brake discs and pads, calipers and rotors I More frequently C, D, E, G, H

Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G

Suspension ball joints I More frequently C, D, E, F, G

813 Maintenance

MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION C, D, E, F, Drive shafts and boots I More frequently G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter R More frequently C, E, G

Severe driving conditions A-Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) E-Driving in heavy dust condition in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freez- F - Driving in heavy traffic area ing temperature G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis- H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack tances I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- towing spread roads J - Driving over 170 km/h (106 mph) D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather K- Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

8 14 Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter Fuel filter (for gasoline) Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con- The engine oil and filter should be Kia gasoline vehicle is equipped a nections changed at the intervals specified in lifetime fuel filter that integrated with Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and the maintenance schedule. If the the fuel tank. Regular maintenance connections for leakage and dam- vehicle is being driven in severe con- or replacement is not needed but age. Have an authorized Kia dealer ditions, more frequent oil and filter depends on fuel quality. If there are replace any damaged or leaking changes are required. some important safety matters like parts immediately. fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, fuel HSG (Hybrid starter & genera- filter inspection or replace is needed. Vapor hose and fuel filler cap tor) belt The fuel filter be Inspected or The vapor hose and fuel filler cap The HSG belt should be changed at replaced by an authorized Kia dealer. should be inspected at those inter- the intervals specified in the mainte- vals specified in the maintenance nance schedule. schedule. Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced.

815 Maintenance

Vacuum crankcase ventilation Air cleaner filter Coolant (Engine / Inverter) hoses A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is The coolant should be changed at Inspect the surface of hoses for evi- recommended when the filter is the intervals specified in the mainte- dence of heat and/or mechanical replaced. nance schedule. damage. Hard and brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and excessive swelling indicate deterio- Spark plugs Dual clutch transmission Fluid ration. Particular attention should be Make sure to install new spark plugs Inspect the dual clutch transmission paid to examine those hose surfaces of the correct heat range. fluid according to the maintenance nearest to high heat sources, such schedule. as the exhaust manifold. Cooling system Inspect the hose routing to assure Brake hoses and lines that the hoses do not come in con- Check the cooling system compo- tact with any heat source, sharp nents, such as the radiator, coolant Visually check for proper installation, edges or moving component which reservoir, hoses and connections for chafing, cracks, deterioration and might cause heat damage or leakage and damage. Replace any any leakage. Replace any deteriorat- mechanical wear. Inspect all hose damaged parts. ed or damaged parts immediately. connections, such as clamps and couplings, to make sure they are secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage.

8 16 Maintenance

Brake fluid Exhaust pipe and muffler Steering gear box, linkage & Check the brake fluid level in the Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, boots/lower arm ball joint brake fluid reservoir. The level should muffler and hangers for cracks, dete- With the vehicle stopped and engine be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks rioration, or damage. Start the off, check for excessive free-play in on the side of the reservoir. Use only engine and listen carefully for any the steering wheel. hydraulic brake fluid conforming to exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con- Check the linkage for bends or dam- DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification. nections or replace parts as neces- age. Check the dust boots and ball sary. joints for deterioration, cracks, or Parking brake damage. Replace any damaged parts. Inspect the parking brake system Suspension mounting bolts including the parking brake pedal Check the suspension connections and cables. for looseness or damage. Retighten Drive shafts and boots to the specified torque. Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or Brake discs, pads, calipers damage. Replace any damaged and rotors parts and, if necessary, repack the Check the pads for excessive wear, grease. discs for run out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage. Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage.

817 Maintenance

CHECKING FLUID LEVELS When checking engine oil, engine coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid, always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant or fluid. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged.

8 18 Maintenance

ENGINE OIL Checking the engine oil level ■ Gasoline Engine (Kappa 1.6L-GDI) WARNING - Radiator hose ■ Gasoline Engine (Kappa 1.6L-GDI) Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F and L. ODE076003

ODE076002 CAUTION - Replacing If it is near or at L, add enough oil to engine oil bring the level to F. Do not overfill. 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground. Do not overfill the engine oil. It Use a funnel to help prevent oil 2. Start the engine and allow it to may damage the engine. reach normal operating tempera- from being spilled on engine com- ture. ponents. 3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes (about 5 minutes) for Use only the specified engine oil. the oil to return to the oil pan. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants 4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and capacities” in chapter 9.) and reinsert it fully.

819 Maintenance

Changing the engine oil and filter Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.

WARNING - Used engine oil Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Always protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil.

8 20 Maintenance

COOLANT The high-pressure cooling system Checking the coolant level • Turn the engine off and wait until it has a reservoir filled with year round cools down. Use extreme care antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is when removing the radiator cap. filled at the factory. WARNING Wrap a thick towel around it, and Check the antifreeze protection and Removing radiator turn it counterclockwise slowly to coolant level at least once a year: at cap the first stop. Step back while the the beginning of the winter season, pressure is released from the cool- and before traveling to a colder cli- ing system. mate. When you are sure all the pressure Never attempt to remove the has been released, press down on radiator cap while the engine is the cap, using a thick towel, and CAUTION - Radiator cap operating or hot. Doing so continue turning counterclockwise might lead to cooling system to remove it. Never attempt to remove the and engine damage and could radiator cap while the engine is result in serious personal injury • Even if the engine is not operating, operating or hot. Doing so from escaping hot coolant or do not remove the radiator cap or might lead to cooling system steam. the drain plug while the engine and and engine damage. radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may still blow out under pressure, causing serious injury. The engine coolant and/or inverter coolant level is influenced by the hybrid system temperature. Before checking or refilling the engine coolant and/or inverter coolant, turn the hybrid vehicle off.

821 Maintenance

Engine coolant Inverter coolant WARNING - Cooling fan ■ Hybrid Use caution when working near the blade of the cooling fan. The electric motor (cooling fan) is controlled by engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. it may sometimes operate even when the engine is not running.

ODE076005 ODE076053 ■ Plug-in Hybrid Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses. The coolant level should be filled between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool. If the coolant level is low, add enough specified coolant to provide protection against freezing and corrosion. ODEP077053 Bring the level to MAX, but do not The coolant level should be filled overfill. If frequent additions are between MAX and MIN marks on the required, see an authorized Kia deal- side of the coolant reservoir when er for a cooling system inspection. the engine is cool.

8 22 Maintenance

If the coolant level is low, add enough Recommended coolant For mixture percentage, refer to the specified coolant to provide protec- • When adding coolant, use only following table. tion against freezing and corrosion. deionized water or soft water for Bring the level to MAX, but do not Mixture Percentage your vehicle and never mix hard Ambient overfill. If frequent additions are (volume) water in the coolant filled at the fac- Temperature required, see an authorized Kia deal- tory. An improper coolant mixture Antifreeze Water er for a cooling system inspection. can result in serious malfunction or -15°C (5°F) 35 65 engine damage. -25°C (-13°F) 40 60 • The engine in your vehicle has alu- -35°C (-31°F) 50 50 minum engine parts and must be -45°C (-49°F) 60 40 protected by an ethylene-glycol with phosphate based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing. • DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant. • Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze. This would reduce the effectiveness of the solution.

823 Maintenance

■ Engine coolant reservoir cap ✽ NOTICE WARNING Make sure the coolant cap is proper- Radiator cap ly closed after refill of coolant. Otherwise the engine could be overheated while driving. ■ Engine room front view Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine and radiator ODE076006 ■ Inverter coolant reservoir cap (Hybrid) are hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure which may result in serious injury.

OQL075072

ODE076004 1. Check if the radiator cap label is ■ Inverter coolant reservoir cap (Plug-in Hybrid) straight In front.

ODEP077004

8 24 Maintenance

■ Engine room rear view Changing the coolant Have the coolant changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.

CAUTION Put a thick cloth or fabric around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to ODE076007 prevent the coolant from over- flowing into engine parts such 2. Make sure that the tiny protru- as the generator. sions inside the coolant cap should be securely interlocked.

825 Maintenance

BRAKE FLUID Checking the brake fluid level In the event the brake system CAUTION - Proper fluid requires frequent additions of fluid, Only use brake fluid in brake the vehicle should be inspected by system. Small amounts of an authorized Kia dealer. improper fluids (such as engine When changing and adding brake oil) can cause damage to the fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it brake system. come in contact with your eyes. If brake fluid should come in contact with your eyes, immediately flush If the level is low, add fluid to the them with a large quantity of fresh MAX (Maximum) level. The level will tap water. Have your eyes examined fall with accumulated mileage. This is by a doctor as soon as possible. a normal condition associated with ODE076008 the wear of brake linings. If the fluid CAUTION - Brake fluid Check the fluid level in the reservoir level is excessively low, have the periodically. The fluid level should be brake system checked by an author- Do not allow brake fluid to con- between MAX (Maximum) and MIN ized Kia dealer. tact the vehicle's body paint, as (Minimum) marks on the side of the paint damage will result. reservoir. Use only the specified brake fluid. Before removing the reservoir cap (Refer to “Recommended lubricants Brake fluid, which has been exposed and adding brake fluid, clean the and capacities” in chapter 9.) to open air for an extended time area around the reservoir cap thor- should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be oughly to prevent brake fluid contam- Never mix different types of fluid. ination. disposed of properly.

8 26 Maintenance

ENGINE CLUTCH ACTUATOR FLUID Checking the engine clutch If the fluid level is excessively low, we actuator fluid level recommend that the system be WARNING - Engine clutch checked by an authorized Kia dealer. actuator fluid When changing and adding Use only the specified engine clutch engine clutch actuator fluid, actuator fluid. handle it carefully. Do not let it come in contact with your eyes. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants If engine clutch actuator fluid or capacities” in chapter 9.) should come in contact with your eyes, immediately flush Never mix different types of fluid. them with a large quantity of fresh tap water. Have your eyes ✽ examined by a doctor as soon NOTICE - Loss of engine as possible. ODE076057 clutch actuator fluid In the event the engine clutch actua- In normal driving conditions, the tor requires frequent additions of actuator fluid level does not go down fluid, we recommend that the system rapidly. However, oil consumption be inspected by an authorized Kia rate may rise as vehicle mileage dealer. increases, and leakage in actuator related parts may result in increased consumption of the engine clutch actuator oil. Regularly check and make sure the engine clutch actuator oil fluid level is between [MIN] and [MAX] marks. If the oil level is below [MIN] mark, we recommend that your vehicle be checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

827 Maintenance

CAUTION Do not allow engine clutch actuator fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as paint damage will result. The engine clutch actuator fluid that has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be properly disposed. Do not put in the wrong kind of fluid. A few drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine oil, in your engine clutch actuator system can damage engine clutch actuator system parts.

8 28 Maintenance

WASHER FLUID Checking the washer fluid level WARNING - Flammable WARNING - Windshield fluid fluid Do not allow the washer fluid to Do not drink the windshield come in contact with open washer fluid. The windshield flames or sparks.The windshield washer fluid is poisonous to washer fluid reservoir is flamma- humans and animals. ble under certain circumstances. This can result in a fire.

WARNING - Coolant • Do not use radiator coolant or ODE076009 antifreeze in the washer fluid The reservoir is translucent so that reservoir. you can check the level with a quick • Radiator coolant can severely visual inspection. obscure visibility when sprayed Check the fluid level in the washer on the windshield and may fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- cause loss of vehicle control. sary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.

829 Maintenance

PARKING BRAKE Checking the parking brake

OJF055017 Check whether the stroke is within specification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 30 kg (66 lb, 294 N) of force. Also, the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the stroke is more or less than specified, have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer. Stroke : 6~7 notch

8 30 Maintenance

AIR CLEANER Filter replacement

ODE076012L ODE076013

ODE076011 1. Loosen the air cleaner cover 2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner. attaching clips and open the cover. It must be replaced when necessary, 3. Replace the air cleaner filter. and should not be washed. 4. Lock the cover with the cover You can clean the filter when inspect- attaching clips. ing the air cleaner element. Clean the filter by using compressed air.

831 Maintenance

Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. CAUTION - Air filter If the vehicle is operated in extreme- maintenance ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the • Do not drive with the air clean- element more often than the usual er removed; this will result in recommended intervals. (Refer to excessive engine wear. “Maintenance under severe usage • When removing the air cleaner conditions” in this chapter.) filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result. • Use a Kia genuine part. Use of a non-genuine part could damage the air flow sensor.

8 32 Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED) Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier. When you replace the climate control air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components. ODE076015 ODE076014 1. Open the glove box and remove 2. With the glove box open, pull the the stoppers on both sides. support strap (1).

833 Maintenance

ODE076054 OQL075021 3. Remove the climate control air fil- 4. Replace the climate control air filter cover while pressing the lock ter. on both sides of the cover. 5. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly. When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly. Otherwise, the system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced.

8 34 Maintenance

WIPER BLADES Blade inspection Contamination of either the wind- Blade replacement shield or the wiper blades with for- When the wipers no longer clean eign matter can reduce the effective- adequately, the blades may be worn ness of the windshield wipers. or cracked, and require replacement. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax To prevent damage to the wiper arms treatments used by some commer- or other components, do not attempt cial car washes. If the blades are not to move the wipers manually. wiping properly, clean both the win- The use of a non-specified wiper dow and the blades with a good blade could result in wiper malfunc- cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse tion and failure. thoroughly with clean water.

1JBA5122 CAUTION - Wiper blades Commercial hot waxes applied by To prevent damage to the wiper automatic car washes have been blades, do not use gasoline, known to make the windshield diffi- kerosene, paint thinner, or other cult to clean. solvents on or near them.

835 Maintenance

Front windshield wiper blade

1JBA7037 OHM078060

1LDA5023 Type A 1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip.

CAUTION - Wiper arms Do not allow the wiper arm to 1JBA7038 OHM078061 fall against the windshield, 2. Compress the clip and slide the Type B since it may chip or crack the blade assembly downward. 1. Raise the wiper arm. windshield. 3. Lift it off the arm. 4. Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.

8 36 Maintenance

Rear window wiper blade CAUTION - Wiper arms Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield.

2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then pull down the blade assembly and remove it.

3. Install the new blade assembly. OHM078063 4. Return the wiper arm on the wind- OHM078062 2. Install the new blade assembly by shield. inserting the center part into the 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out slot in the wiper arm until it clicks the wiper blade assembly. into place. 3. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly. To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, have an authorized Kia dealer replace the wiper blade.

837 Maintenance

BATTERY (PLUG-IN HYBRID) For best battery service Always read the following WARNING - Risk of instructions carefully when explosion handling a battery. Keep lit cigarettes and If any electrolyte gets into all other flames or your eyes, flush your eyes sparks away from the with clean water for at least battery. 15 minutes and get immedi- The battery contains ate medical attention. hydrogen -- a highly If electrolyte gets on your combustible gas which skin, thoroughly wash the will explode if it comes contacted area. If you feel in contact with a flame or pain or burning sensation, get medical attention imme- ODE076016 spark. Keep batteries out of the diately. • Keep the battery securely mount- reach of children An inappropriately disposed ed. because batteries con- battery can be harmful to the • Keep the battery top clean and dry. tain highly corrosive environment and human • Keep the terminals and connec- SULFURIC ACID and health. Dispose the battery tions clean, tight, and coated with electrolytes. Do not according to your local law(s) petroleum jelly or terminal grease. allow battery acid to or regulation. • Rinse any spilled electrolyte from contact your skin, eyes, The battery contains lead. Do the battery immediately with a clothing or paint finish. not dispose of it after use. solution of water and baking soda. Wear eye protection Please return the battery to • If the vehicle is not going to be when charging or work- an authorized Kia dealer to used for an extended time, discon- ing near a battery. be recycled. nect the battery cables. Always provide ventila- Never attempt to recharge the bat- tion when working in an tery when the battery cables are con- enclosed space. nected.

8 38 Maintenance

Recharging the battery - Risk of elec- - Battery lead WARNING WARNING Your vehicle has a maintenance-free, trocution compound calcium-based battery. Never touch the electrical igni- Battery posts, terminals, and • If the battery becomes discharged tion system while the vehicle is related accessories contain in a short time (because, for exam- running. This system works lead and lead compounds. ple, the headlamps or interior with high voltage which can Wash hands after handling. lamps were left on while the vehi- shock you. cle was not in use), recharge it by slow charging (trickle) for 10 hours. ✽ NOTICE • If the battery gradually discharges WARNING - Recharging If you connect unauthorized elec- because of high electric load while Battery tronic devices to the battery, the bat- the vehicle is being used, recharge Never attempt to recharge the tery may be discharged. Never use it at 20-30A for two hours. battery when the battery cables unauthorized devices. are connected.

839 Maintenance

When recharging the battery, • Before performing maintenance or Reset items recharging the battery, turn off all observe the following precautions: The following items should be reset accessories and stop the engine. • The battery must be removed from after the battery has been dis- the vehicle and placed in an area • The negative battery cable must be charged or the battery has been dis- with good ventilation. removed first and installed last connected. when the battery is disconnected. • Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or • Auto up/down window flame near the battery. (See chapter 4) • Watch the battery during charging, • Sunroof (See chapter 4) and stop or reduce the charging • Trip computer (See chapter 4) rate if the battery cells begin gassing (boiling) violently or if the • Climate control system temperature of the electrolyte of (See chapter 4) any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F). • Driver position memory system • Wear eye protection when check- (See chapter 3) ing the battery during charging. • Audio (See chapter 5) • Disconnect the battery charger in the following order. 1. Turn off the battery charger main switch. 2. Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal. 3. Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal.

8 40 Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care - Tire underin- For proper maintenance, safety, and WARNING maximum fuel economy, you must flation always maintain recommended tire Inflate your tires consistent with inflation pressures and stay within the instructions provided in this the load limits and weight distribution manual. Severe underinflation recommended for your vehicle. (70 kPa (10 psi) or more) can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separa- Recommended cold tire inflation and other tire failures that tion pressures can result in the loss of vehicle All tire pressures (including the ODE086006L control.This risk is much higher spare) should be checked when the All specifications (sizes and pres- on hot days and when driving tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the sures) can be found on a label for long periods at high speeds. vehicle has not been driven for at attached to the driver’s side center least three hours or driven less than pillar. 1.6 km (one mile). Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, top vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear. For recommended inflation pressure refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter 9.

841 Maintenance

• Underinflation also results in Tire pressure Checking tire inflation pres- excessive wear, poor handling and Always observe the following: sure reduced fuel economy. Wheel Check your tires once a month or deformation also is possible. Keep • Check tire pressure when the tires more. your tire pressures at the proper are cold. (After vehicle has been levels. If a tire frequently needs parked for at least three hours or Also, check the tire pressure of the refilling, have it checked by an hasn't been driven more than 1.6 spare tire. authorized Kia dealer. km (one mile) since startup.) • Overinflation produces a harsh • Check the pressure of your spare How to check ride, excessive wear at the center tire each time you check the pressure of other tires. Use a good quality gauge to check of the tire tread, and a greater pos- tire pressure. You cannot tell if your sibility of damage from road haz- • Never overload your vehicle. Be tires are properly inflated simply by ards. careful not to overload a vehicle looking at them. Radial tires may • Warm tires normally exceed rec- luggage rack if your vehicle is look properly inflated even when ommended cold tire pressures by equipped with one. they're underinflated. 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do not Check the tire's inflation pressure release air from warm tires to WARNING - Tire Inflation when the tires are cold. - "Cold" adjust the pressure or the tires will means your vehicle has been sitting Overinflation or underinflation be underinflated. for at least three hours or driven no can reduce tire life, adversely • Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation more than 1.6 km (1 mile). valve caps. Without the valve cap, affect vehicle handling, and dirt or moisture could get into the lead to sudden tire failure. This valve core and cause air leakage. If could result in loss of vehicle a valve cap is missing, install a control and potential injury. new one as soon as possible.

8 42 Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tire • Inspect your tires frequently for Tire rotation valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm- proper inflation as well as wear and To equalize tread wear, it is recom- ly onto the valve to get a pressure damage. Always use a tire pres- mended that the tires be rotated measurement. If the cold tire inflation sure gauge. every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or pressure matches the recommended • Tires with too much or too little sooner if irregular wear develops. pressure on the tire and loading pressure wear unevenly causing information label, no further adjust- During rotation, check the tires for poor handling, loss of vehicle con- correct balance. ment is necessary. If the pressure is trol, and sudden tire failure leading low, add air until you reach the rec- to accidents, injuries, and even When rotating tires, check for uneven ommended amount. death. The recommended cold tire wear and damage. Abnormal wear is If you overfill the tire, release air by pressure for your vehicle can be usually caused by incorrect tire pres- pushing on the metal stem in the found in this manual and on the tire sure, improper wheel alignment, out- center of the tire valve. Recheck the label located on the driver's side of-balance wheels, severe braking or tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be center pillar. severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire. sure to put the valve caps back on • Remember to check the pressure the valve stems. They help prevent Replace the tire if you find either of of your spare tire. Kia recommends these conditions. Replace the tire if leaks by keeping out dirt and mois- that you check the spare every ture. fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, time you check the pressure of the be sure to bring the front and rear tire other tires on your vehicle. pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness. Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter 9.

843 Maintenance

Without a spare tire Disc brake pads should be inspected Wheel alignment and tire bal- for wear whenever tires are rotated. ance Rotate radial tires that have an The wheels on your vehicle were asymmetric tread pattern only from aligned and balanced carefully at the front to rear and not from right to left. factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance. WARNING - Mixing tires In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. • Do not use the compact spare However, if you notice unusual tire tire (if equipped) for tire rota- wear or your vehicle pulling one way S2BLA790A tion. Directional tires (if equipped) or the other, the alignment may need • Do not mix bias ply and radial to be reset. ply tires under any circum- If you notice your vehicle vibrating stances. This may cause when driving on a smooth road, your unusual handling characteris- wheels may need to be rebalanced. tics.

CAUTION - Wheel weight Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's alu- CBGQ0707A minum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.

8 44 Maintenance

Tire replacement The ABS works by comparing the Wheel replacement speed of the wheels. The tire size When replacing the metal wheels for affects wheel speed. When replacing any reason, make sure the new tires, all 4 tires must use the same wheels are equivalent to the original size originally supplied with the vehi- factory units in diameter, rim width cle. Using tires of a different size can and offset. cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) and ESC (Electronic A wheel that is not the correct size Stability Control) to work irregularly. may adversely affect wheel and bearing life, braking and stopping abilities, handling characteristics, ✽ NOTICE ground clearance, body-to-tire clear- • We recommend that when replac- ance, snow chain clearance, OUM076204L ing tires, use the same which were speedometer and odometer calibra- originally supplied with the vehi- tion, headlight aim and bumper If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear cle. If not, driving performance height. Indicator (A) will appear as a solid could be altered. band across the tread. This shows • When replacing tires (or wheels), there is less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) it is recommended to replace the of tread left on the tire. Replace the two front or two rear tires (or tire when this happens. wheels) as a pair. Do not wait for the band to appear Replacing just one tire can serious- across the entire tread before replac- ly affect your vehicle's handling. ing the tire.

845 Maintenance

Tire traction Tire sidewall labeling CAUTION - Wheel Tire traction can be reduced if you Wheels that do not meet Kia's drive on worn tires, tires that are specifications may fit poorly improperly inflated or on slippery and result in damage to the road surfaces. Tires should be vehicle or unusual handling and replaced when tread wear indicators poor vehicle control. appear. Slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road, to reduce the possibility of losing control of the vehicle.

Tire maintenance OJF085008L In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps to decrease This information identifies and tire wear. If you find a tire is worn describes the fundamental charac- unevenly, have your dealer check the teristics of the tire and also provides wheel alignment. the tire identification number (TIN) When you have new tires installed, for safety standard certification. The make sure they are balanced. This TIN can be used to identify the tire in will increase vehicle ride comfort and case of a recall. tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed 1. Manufacturer or brand name from the wheel. Manufacturer or Brand name is shown.

8 46 Maintenance

2. Tire size designation 89 - Load Index, a numerical code Tire speed ratings A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire associated with the maximum The chart below lists many of the dif- size designation. You will need this load the tire can carry. ferent speed ratings currently being information when selecting replace- H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the used for passenger vehicles. The ment tires for your car. The following speed rating chart in this section speed rating is part of the tire size explains what the letters and num- for additional information. designation on the sidewall of the bers in the tire size designation tire. This symbol corresponds to that mean. tire's designed maximum safe oper- Wheel size designation Example tire size designation: ating speed. Wheels are also marked with impor- (These numbers are provided as an tant information that you need if you example only; your tire size designa- Speed ever have to replace one. The follow- Rating Maximum Speed tor could vary depending on your ing explains what the letters and Symbol vehicle.) numbers in the wheel size designa- P205/55R16 89H tion mean. S 180 km/h (112 mph) T 190 km/h (118 mph) P - Applicable vehicle type (tires H 210 km/h (130 mph) marked with the prefix “P’’ are Example wheel size designation: V 240 km/h (149 mph) intended for use on passenger 6.0JX16 vehicles or light trucks; however, Z Above 240 km/h (149 mph) not all tires have this marking). 6.0 - Rim width in inches. 205 - Tire width in millimeters. J - Rim contour designation. 55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section height as a percentage of its 16 - Rim diameter in inches. width. R - Tire construction code (Radial). 16 - Rim diameter in inches.

847 Maintenance

3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire 5. Maximum permissible inflation Identification Number) WARNING - Tire age pressure Any tires that are over 6 years old, Replace tires within the recom- This number is the greatest amount of based on the manufacturing date, mended time frame. Failure to air pressure that should be put in the (including the spare tire) should be replace tires as recommended tire. Do not exceed the maximum per- replaced by new ones. You can find can result in sudden tire failure, missible inflation pressure. Refer to the manufacturing date on the tire which could lead to a loss of the Tire and Loading Information label sidewall (possibly on the inside of the control and an accident. for recommended inflation pressure. wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers 4. Tire ply composition and mate- 6. Maximum load rating and English letters. The manufactur- rial This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can ing date is designated by the last four The number of layers or plies of rub- be carried by the tire. When replacing digits (characters) of the DOT code. ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire the tires on the vehicle, always use a manufacturers also must indicate the tire that has the same load rating as materials in the tire, which include DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO the factory installed tire. The front part of the DOT means a steel, nylon, polyester, and others. plant code number, tire size and The letter "R" means radial ply con- tread pattern and the last four num- struction; the letter "D" means diago- 7. Uniform tire quality grading bers indicate week and year manu- nal or bias ply construction; and the Quality grades can be found where factured. letter "B" means belted-bias ply con- applicable on the tire sidewall struction. For example: between tread shoulder and maximum section width. DOT XXXX XXXX 1618 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th For example: week of 2018. TREADWEAR 440 TRACTION A TEMPERATURE A

8 48 Maintenance

Tread wear Tires degrade over time, even when Traction - AA, A, B & C The tread wear grade is a compara- they are not being used. Regardless The traction grades, from highest to tive rating based on the wear rate of of the remaining tread, we recom- lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those the tire when tested under controlled mend that tires be replaced after grades represent the tires ability to conditions on a specified govern- approximately six (6) years of normal stop on wet pavement as measured ment test course. For example, a tire service. Heat caused by hot climates under controlled conditions on spec- graded 150 would wear one-and-a- or frequent high loading conditions ified government test surfaces of half times (1½) as well on the gov- can accelerate the aging process. asphalt and concrete. A tire marked ernment course as a tire graded 100. These grades are molded on the C may have poor traction perform- The relative performance of tires side-walls of passenger vehicle tires. ance. depends upon the actual conditions The tires available as standard or The traction grade assigned to this of their use, however, and may optional equipment on your vehicles tire is based on straight-ahead brak- depart significantly from the norm may vary with respect to grade. ing traction tests, and does not due to variations in driving habits, include acceleration, cornering, service practices and differences in hydroplaning, or peak traction char- road characteristics and climate. acteristics.

849 Maintenance

Temperature -A, B & C Tire terminology and defini- Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of The temperature grades are A (the tions air pressure in a tire, measured in kilopascals (kPa) or pounds per highest), B and C representing the Air Pressure: The amount of air square inch (psi) before a tire has tire’s resistance to the generation of inside the tire pressing outward on built up heat from driving. heat and its ability to dissipate heat the tire. Air pressure is expressed in when tested under controlled condi- kilopascal (kPa) or pounds per Curb Weight: This means the weight tions on a specified indoor laboratory square inch (psi). of a motor vehicle with standard and test wheel. optional equipment including the Accessory Weight: This means the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and Sustained high temperature can combined weight of optional acces- coolant, but without passengers and cause the material of the tire to sories. Some examples of optional cargo. degenerate and reduce tire life, and accessories are, dual clutch trans- excessive temperature can lead to mission, power seats, and air condi- DOT Markings: The DOT code sudden tire failure. Grades B and A tioning. includes the Tire Identification represent higher levels of perform- Number (TIN), an alphanumeric des- Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a ance on the laboratory test wheel ignator which can also identify the tire's height to its width. than the minimum required by law. tire manufacturer, production plant, Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords brand and date of production. that is located between the plies and the tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials. Bead: The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim. Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.

8 50 Maintenance

GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Maximum Inflation Pressure: The Occupant Distribution: Designated GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight maximum air pressure to which a seating positions. Rating for the Front Axle. cold tire may be inflated. The maxi- Outward Facing Sidewall: The side mum air pressure is molded onto the of a asymmetrical tire that has a par- GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight sidewall. Rating for the Rear axle. ticular side that faces outward when Maximum Load Rating: The load mounted on a vehicle. The outward Intended Outboard Sidewall: The rating for a tire at the maximum per- facing sidewall bears white lettering side of an asymmetrical tire, that missible inflation pressure for that or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or must always face outward when tire. model name molding that is higher or mounted on a vehicle. Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight: deeper than the same moldings on Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for The sum of curb weight; accessory the inner facing sidewall. air pressure. weight; vehicle capacity weight; and Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire Light truck(LT) tire: A tire designat- production options weight. used on passenger cars and some ed by its manufacturer as primarily Normal Occupant Weight: The light duty trucks and multipurpose intended for use on lightweight trucks number of occupants a vehicle is vehicles. or multipurpose passenger vehicles. designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg Ply: A layer of rubber-coated parallel Load Index: An assigned number (150 lbs.). cords ranging from 1 to 279 that corre- Pneumatic tire: A mechanical sponds to the load carrying capacity device made of rubber, chemicals, of a tire. fabric and steel or other materials, Load ratings: The maximum load that, when mounted on an automo- that a tire is rated to carry for a given tive wheel, provides the traction and inflation pressure. contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load.

851 Maintenance

Production options weight: The Speed Rating: An alphanumeric Vehicle Maximum Load on the combined weight of installed regular code assigned to a tire indicating the Tire: Load on an individual tire due production options weighing over 2.3 maximum speed at which a tire can to curb and accessory weight plus kg (5 lb.) in excess of the standard operate. maximum occupant and cargo items which they replace, not previ- Traction: The friction between the weight. ously considered in curb weight or tire and the road surface. The Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire: accessory weight, including heavy amount of grip provided. Load on an individual tire that is duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, determined by distributing to each heavy duty battery, and special trim. Tread: The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road. axle its share of the curb weight, Recommended Inflation Pressure: accessory weight, and normal occu- Vehicle manufacturer's recommend- Treadwear Indicators: Narrow pant weight and driving by 2. bands, sometimes called "wear ed tire inflation pressure and shown Vehicle Placard: A label permanent- on the tire placard. bars," that show across the tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of tread ly attached to a vehicle showing the Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in remains. original equipment tire size and rec- which the ply cords that extend to the ommended inflation pressure. beads are laid at 90 degrees to the UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality centerline of the tread. Grading Standards, a tire information system that provides consumers with Rim: A metal support for a tire and ratings for a tire's traction, tempera- upon which the tire beads are seat- ture and treadwear. Ratings are ed. determined by tire manufacturers Sidewall: The portion of a tire using government testing proce- between the tread and the bead. dures. The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire. Vehicle Capacity Weight: The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs.) plus the rated cargo and luggage load.

8 52 Maintenance

All season tires Summer tires Kia specifies all season tires on Kia specifies summer tires on some WARNING some models to provide good per- models to provide superior perform- Do not use summer tires at tem- formance for use all year round, ance on dry roads. Summer tire per- peratures below 7°C (45°F) or including snowy and icy road condi- formance is substantially reduced in when driving on snow or ice. At tions. All season tires are identified snow and ice. Summer tires do not temperatures below 7°C (45°F), by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud have the tire traction rating M+S summer tires can lose elastici- and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow (Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall. ty, and therefore traction and tires have better snow traction than If you plan to operate your vehicle in braking power as well. Change all season tires and may be more snowy or icy conditions, Kia recom- the tires on your vehicle to win- appropriate in some areas. mends the use of snow tires or all ter or all-weather tires of the season tires on all four wheels. same size as the standard tires of the vehicle. Both types of tires are identified by the M+S (Mud and Snow) marking. Using summer tires at very cold temperatures could cause cracks to form, thereby damaging the tires permanently.

853 Maintenance

Snow tires Radial-ply tires Longer wearing tires can be more If you equip your car with snow tires, Radial-ply tires provide improved susceptible to irregular tread wear. It they should be the same size and tread life, road hazard resistance and is very important to follow the tire have the same load capacity as the smoother high speed ride. The radi- rotation interval shown in this section original tires. Snow tires should be al-ply tires used on this vehicle are to achieve the tread life potential of installed on all four wheels; other- of belted construction and are select- these tires. Cuts and punctures in wise, poor handling may result. ed to complement the ride and han- radial-ply tires are repairable only in dling characteristics of your vehicle. the tread area, because of sidewall Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4 flexing. Consult your tire dealer for psi) more air pressure than the pres- Radial-ply tires have the same load radial-ply tire repairs. sure recommended for the standard carrying capacity as bias-ply or bias tires on the tire label on the driver's belted tires of the same size and use side of the center pillar, or up to the the same recommended inflation maximum pressure shown on the tire pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires sidewall, whichever is less. with bias-ply or bias belted tires is Do not drive faster than 120 km/h (75 not recommended. Any combina- mph) when your vehicle is equipped tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias with snow tires. belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling. The best rule to follow is: identical radial-ply tires should always be used as a set of four.

8 54 Maintenance

Low aspect ratio tire • It is not easy to recognize the tire (if equipped) CAUTION damage with your own eyes. But if there is the slightest hint of tire Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect Because the sidewall of the low damage, even though you cannot ratio is lower than 50, are provided aspect ratio tire is shorter than see it, have the tire checked or for sporty looks. the normal, the wheel and tire of the low aspect ratio tire is easi- replaced because the tire damage Because the low aspect ratio tires er to be damaged. So, follow the may cause air leakage from the tire. are optimized for handling and brak- instructions below. • If the tire is damaged by driving on ing, it may be more uncomfortable to a rough road, off road, pothole, ride in and there is more noise com- • When driving on a rough road manhole, or curb stone, it will not pare with normal tires. or off road, drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be covered by the warranty. be damaged. And after driv- • You can find out the tire information ing, inspect tires and wheels. on the tire sidewall. • When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not damaged. • If the tire is impacted, we recommend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized Kia dealer. • To prevent damage to the tire, inspect the tire condition and pressure every 3,000 km (1,900 miles).

855 Maintenance

FUSES ■ Blade type A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload dam- WARNING - Fuse replace- age by fuses. ment This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, • Never replace a fuse with anyone located in the driver’s side panel thing but another fuse of the bolster, the other in the engine com- same rating. ■ Cartridge type partment near the battery. • A higher capacity fuse could If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces- cause damage and possibly a sories, or controls do not work, check fire. the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse • Never install a wire or alu- has blown, the element inside the minum foil instead of the fuse will melt. proper fuse - even as a tem- ■ Multi fuse If the electrical system does not porary repair. It may cause work, first check the driver’s side extensive wiring damage and fuse panel. a possible fire. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating. • Do not arbitrarily modify or add-on If the replacement fuse blows, this electric wiring to the vehicle. ■ BFT indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized Kia CAUTION dealer. Do not use a screwdriver or any Three kinds of fuses are used: blade other metal object to remove type for lower amperage rating, car- fuses because it may cause a tridge type, and multi fuse for higher short circuit and damage the amperage ratings. system. OJF075021 ❈ Left side : Normal , Right side : Blown

8 56 Maintenance

✽ NOTICE Inner panel fuse replacement CAUTION • When replacing fuse, turn the ignition “OFF” and turn off • When replacing a blown fuse switches of all electrical devices or relay, make sure the new then remove battery (-) terminal. fuse or relay fits tightly into • The actual fuse/relay panel label the clips. Failure to tightly may differ from equipped items. install the fuse or relay may cause damage to the wiring and electric systems. WARNING - Electrical Fire • Do not remove fuses, relays Always ensure replacements and terminals fastened with fuses and relays are securely bolts or nuts.The fuses, relays and terminals may not be fas- fastened when installed. Failure ODE076017 to do so can result in a vehicle tened correctly which may fire. 1. Turn the engine start/stop button cause vehicle damage. to the OFF position and all other switches off. 2. Open the fuse panel cover. If the switch is located in the “OFF” position, a caution indicator will be displayed in the cluster.

857 Maintenance

If you do not have a spare, use a CAUTION fuse of the same rating from a circuit • Do not input any other objects you may not need for operating the except fuses or relays into vehicle, such as the power outlet fuse/relay terminals, such as a fuse. driver or wiring. It may cause If the head lamp, turn signal lamp, contact failure and system stop signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail malfunction. lamp, HMSL do not work and the • Do not plug in screwdrivers or fuses are OK, check the fuse panel aftermarket wiring into the ter- in the engine compartment. If a fuse minal originally designed for is blown, it must be replaced. fuse and relays only. The elec- ODE076020 trical system and wiring of the 3. Pull the suspected fuse straight ✽ NOTICE vehicle interior may be dam- out. Use the removal tool provided If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn sig- aged or burned due to contact on the engine compartment fuse failure. nal lamp, or tail lamp malfunction panel cover. even without any problem to the • If you directly connect the 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it lamps, have the vehicle checked by wire on the taillight or replace if it is blown. an authorized Kia dealer for assis- the bulb which is over the reg- tance. ulated capacity to install trail- Spare fuses are provided in the ers, etc., the inner junction engine compartment fuse panel. block can get burned. 5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.

8 58 Maintenance

Fuse switch Engine compartment fuse CAUTION - Fuse Panel replacement Covers • Set all switches to ON before driving. • If the vehicle is going to be unused for over 1 month, set all switches to OFF to prevent the batteries from draining. • The contact points of the switches may wear out with excessive use. Please refrain from excessive use of the ODE076018 switches (except for long-term ODE076021 parking for over 1 month). Always set the fuse switch to the ON position before using the vehicle. 1. Turn the engine start/stop button If you move the switch to the OFF to the OFF position and all other position, some items such as audio switches off. and digital clock must be reset and 2. Remove the fuse panel cover by transmitter (or smart key) may not pressing the tab and pulling the work properly. When the switch is cover up. When the blade type Off, the caution indicator will be dis- fuse is disconnected, remove it by played on the instrument cluster. using the clip designed for chang- Always place the fuse switch in the ing fuses located in the engine ON position while driving the vehicle. compartment fuse box. Upon If the switch is located in the “OFF” removal, securely insert reserve position, a caution indicator will be fuse of the same rating. displayed in the cluster.

859 Maintenance

3. Check the removed fuse; replace it Multi fuse ✽ NOTICE if it is blown. To remove or insert Do not disassemble nor assemble the the fuse, use the fuse puller in the multi fuse when it is secured with engine compartment fuse panel. nuts and bolts. Incorrect or partial 4. Push in a new fuse of the same assembly torque may cause a fire. rating, and make sure it fits tightly Have the vehicle checked by an in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult authorized Kia dealer. an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely install the fuse panel ODE076022 cover to protect against any If the multi fuse is blown, it must be electrical failure which may removed as follows: occur from water contact. Listen 1. Turn off the engine. for the audible clicking sound to ensure the fuse panel cover is 2. Disconnect the negative battery securely fastened. cable. 3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- ture above. 4. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating. 5. Reverse these steps to reinstall the multi fuse.

8 60 Maintenance

Main fuse (Plug-in Hybrid) ✽ NOTICE The electronic system may not func- WARNING - Random tion correctly even when the engine wiring prohibited when compartment and internal fuse retrofitting equipment box’s individual fuses are not dis- Use of random wiring in the connected. In such case the cause of vehicle might cause danger due the problem may be disconnection to failure and damage of the of the main fuse (BFT type), which is vehicle’s performance. located inside the positive battery Using random wires especially terminal (+) cap. when retrofitting AVN or theft Since the main fuse is designed more alarm system, remote engine intricately than other parts, have the control, car phone or radio vehicle checked by an authorized ODE076023 might damage the vehicle or Kia dealer. cause fire. If the multi fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: CAUTION 1. Turn off the engine. ✽ - Remodeling Visually inspect the battery cap NOTICE 2. Disconnect the negative battery to ensure it is securely closed. Prohibited cable. If the battery cap is not securely Do not rewire your vehicle in any 3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- closed, moisture may enter the way as doing so may affect the per- ture above. system and damage the electri- formance of several safety features 4. Replace the fuse with a new one cal components. in your vehicle. Rewiring your vehi- of the same rating. cle may also void your warranty and cause you to be responsible for any 5. Reverse these steps to reinstall subsequent vehicle damage which the multi fuse. may result.

861 Maintenance

Fuse/relay panel description ■ Driver’s side fuse panel (Hybrid) Driver’s side fuse panel

ODE076024 Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

✽ NOTICE ODE076066N Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

8 62 Maintenance

Driver’s side fuse panel ■ Driver’s side fuse panel (Plug-in Hybrid)

ODE076024 Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

✽ NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in ODEP077072N this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

863 Maintenance

Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel) (Hybrid)

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected Electro Chromic Mirror, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit, Audio, Driver IMS (Integrated memory system) Module, VESS (Virtual Engine Sound System) Unit, Shift Lever Indicator, Air Conditioner Control Module, MODULE 5 10A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH/RH, Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module, Crash Pad Switch Lane Keeping Assist Control Module, Crash Pad Switch, AEB Module, Blind Spot Detection Radar LH/RH, MODULE 4 10A AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting System) Unit INTERIOR Front Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch, 10A LAMP Luggage Lamp

A/BAG 15A SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor

IG 1 25A Engine Room Junction Block (Fuse - DCT4, HPCU2, ACTIVE HYDRAULIC BOOSTER3, ECU3)

CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster

BCM (Body Control Module), DCT (Dual Clutch Transmission) Shift Lever, Stop Lamp Switch, Driver Door MODULE 3 10A Module, Passenger Door Module

MEMORY 2 7.5A Active Air Flap Unit

Active Air Flap Unit, Electric Water Pump (Engine), Engine Room Junction Block (Battery C/Fan Relay), MODULE 8 10A BMS (Battery Management System) Control Module

A/BAG IND 7.5A Air Conditioner Control Module, Instrument Cluster

[Without Smart Key & Without Immobilizer] Burglar alarm Relay START 7.5A [With Smart Key/With Immobilizer] Inhibitor Switch

8 64 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected Engine Room Junction Block (Power Outlet Relay), Wireless Charger, BCM (Body Control Module), USB MODULE 2 10A Charger, Smart Key Control Module, Audio, BMS (Battery Management System) Control Module, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit, Driver Power Outside Mirror Switch, AMP (Amplifier) [Without Smart Key] Immobilizer Module PDM 3 7.5A [With Smart Key] Smart Key Control Module Instrument Cluster, Driver IMS (Integrated memory system) Module, BCM (Body Control Module), Air MEMORY 1 10A Conditioner Control Module, Auto Light & Photo Sensor, Driver Door Module, Passenger Door Module, ICM Relay Box (Outside Mirror Folding/Unfolding Relay), Wireless Charger

MULTI MEDIA 15A Audio, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit

EEWP 10A Electric Water Pump (HEV)

MDPS 7.5A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit

TAIL GATE 10A Tail Gate Relay, ICM Relay Box (Fuel Filler Door Relay), Fuel Filler Switch

PDM 1 15A Smart Key Control Module

Front Seat Warmer Control Module, AC Inverter (220V), Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Rear MODULE 7 7.5A Seat Warmer Module, AC Inverter Module

WIPER (REAR) 15A Engine Room Junction Block (Wiper RR Relay), Rear Wiper Motor

HEATED 15A BCM (Body Control Module) STEERING

SUNROOF 20A Sunroof Motor

865 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

P/WINDOW RH 25A Power Window (RH) Relay, Passenger Safety Power Window Module

P/WINDOW LH 25A Power Window (LH) Relay, Driver Safety Power Window Module

[Without Smart Key] Immobilizer Module PDM 2 7.5A [With Smart Key] Smart Key Control Module, Start/Stop Button Switch

BRAKE SWITCH 7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module

Air Conditioner Control Module, Electronic Air Conditioner Compressor, Ionizer, Engine Room Junction A/CON 7.5A Block (Blower Relay, PTC Heater1 Relay, PTC Heater2 Relay)

WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch

S/HEATER (FRT) 25A Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module

BATTERY 10A BMS (Battery Management System) Control Module MANAGEMENT [Without IMS] Driver Seat Manual Switch P/SEAT (DRV) 30A [With IMS] Driver Seat Manual Switch, Driver IMS (Integrated memory system) Module

AMP 30A AMP (Amplifier)

AMS 10A Not Used

Data Link Connector, AEB Module, Hazard Switch, Driver/Passenger Door Module, Driver/Passenger Smart MODULE 1 10A Key Outside Handle, Key Interlock, Natural Vacuum Leak Detection

8 66 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Two Turn Unlock Relay)

Wiper Motor, Engine Room Junction Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay), ECM (Engine Control Module), WIPER 2 (FRT) 10A BCM (Body Control Module)

MODULE 6 7.5A BCM (Body Control Module), Smart Key Control Module

S/HEATER 25A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module (REAR) HEATED 10A Driver Power Outside Mirror, Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Air Conditioner Control Module MIRROR

WIPER1 (FRT) 30A Wiper Motor, Engine Room Junction Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay)

867 Maintenance

Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel) (Plug-in Hybrid)

Lane Keeping Assist Control Module, Crash Pad Switch, AEB Module, Blind Spot Detection Radar Left MODULE 4 10A Handle side/Right Handle side INTERIOR Front Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch, 10A LAMP Luggage Lamp, Wireless Charger

A/BAG 15A SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor

IG 1 25A Engine Room Junction Block (Fuse - DCT4, HPCU2, ACTIVE HYDRAULIC BOOSTER3)

CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster

BCM (Body Control Module), DCT (Dual Clutch Transmission) Shift Lever, Stop Lamp Switch, Driver Door MODULE 3 10A Module, Passenger Door Module Fuel Filler Door & Battery Charger Switch, Instument Cluster, Audio, Charger Indicator, Integrated Gateway IG3 2 10A Power control Module, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit

MEMORY 2 7.5A Active Air Flap Unit

MODULE 8 10A Active Air Flap Unit, Electric Water Pump (Engine)

A/BAG IND 7.5A Air Conditioner Control Module, Instrument Cluster

8 68 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected START 7.5A SMK UNIT, IGN SW, INHIBITOR SW

Engine Room Junction Block (Power Outlet Relay), Wireless Charger, BCM (Body Control Module), USB MODULE 2 10A Charger, Smart Key Control Module, Audio, Audio / Video & Navigation Head Unit, Power Outside Mirror Switch, AMP (Amplifier)

PDM3 7.5A Immobilizer Module, Smart Key Control Module

Instrument Cluster, Driver IMS (Integrated memory system) Module, BCM (Body Control Module), Air MEMORY 1 10A Conditioner Control Module, Auto Light & Photo Sensor, Driver Door Module, Passenger Door Module, ICM Relay Box (Outside Mirror Folding/Unfolding Relay)

MULTI MEDIA 15A Audio, Audio / Video & Navigation Head Unit

OBC (On-Board Charger) Unit, TCM (Transmission Control Module), ECM (Engine Control Module), HPCU IG3 4 10A (Hybrid Power Control Unit)

IG3 3 10A Electric Water Pump (PHEV)

Transaxle Range Switch, BMS (Battery Management System) Control Module, Engine Room Junction Block IG3 5 15A (Battery C/Fan Relay)

IG3 1 20A ICM Relay Box (IG3 #1, IG3 #2, IG3 #3 Relay)

MDPS 7.5A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit

TAIL GATE Tail Gate Relay, ICM Relay Box (Fuel Filler Door Relay, Charger Connector Lock/Unlock Relay), Fuel Filler 10A OPEN & Battery Charger Switch, Charge Connector Lamp

PDM 1 15A Smart Key Control Module

869 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected Front Seat Warmer Control Module, AC Inverter (220V), Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Rear MODULE 7 7.5A Seat Warmer Module, AC Inverter Module, C_FAN_BLDC

WIPER (REAR) 15A Engine Room Junction Block (Wiper RR Relay), Rear Wiper Motor

HEATED 15A BCM (Body Control Module) STEERING

SUNROOF 20A Sunroof Motor

Power Window (RH) Relay, Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch, Rear Power P/WINDOW RH 25A Window Switch RH, Passenger Safety Power Window Module Power Window (LH) Relay, Power Window Main Switch, Rear Power Window Switch LH, Driver Safety P/WINDOW LH 25A Power Window Module

PDM 2 7.5A Immobilizer Module, Smart Key Control Module, Start/Stop Button Switch

BRAKE SWITCH 7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module

OBC 10A OBC (On-Board Charger) Unit

Air Conditioner Control Module, Electronic Air Conditioner Compressor, Ionizer, Engine Room Junction A/CON 7.5A Block (Blower Relay, PTC Heater1 Relay, PTC Heater2 Relay)

WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch

S/HEATER (FRT) 25A Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module

8 70 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected BATTERY 10A BMS (Battery Management System) Control Module MANAGEMENT

P/SEAT (DRV) 30A Driver Seat Manual Switch, Driver IMS (Integrated memory system) Module

AMP 30A AMP (Amplifier)

AMS 10A Battery Sensor

Data Link Connector, AEB Module, Hazard Switch, Driver/Passenger Door Module, Driver/Passenger Smart MODULE 1 10A Key Outside Handle

DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Two Turn Unlock Relay)

Wiper Motor, Engine Room Junction Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay), ECM (Engine Control Module), BCM WIPER2 (FRT) 10A (Body Control Module)

MODULE 6 7.5A BCM (Body Control Module), Smart Key Control Module

S/HEATER 25A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module (REAR) HEATED 10A Driver Power Outside Mirror, Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Air Conditioner Control Module MIRROR

WIPER 1 (FRT) 30A Wiper Motor, Engine Room Junction Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay)

871 Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

ODE076027N

ODE078067N

8 72 Maintenance

Engine room compartment fuse panel (Hybrid)

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected B+ 5 60A Fuse - BATTERY C/FAN, HORN, B/ALARM HORN, ECU2, Engine Control Relay

B+ 2 60A Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse - S/HEATER (REAR))

B+ 3 60A Instrument Panel Junction Block Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse - BATTERY MANAGEMENT, P/WINDOW (LH), P/WIN- B+ 4 50A DOW (RH), TAIL GATE OPEN, SUNROOF, AMP, S/HEATER (FRT), P/SEAT (DRV)) COOLING FAN 60A Cooling Fan Relay

REAR HEATED 50A Rear Heated Relay

BLOWER 40A Blower Relay

MULTI FUSE IG 1 40A [Without Smart Key] Ignition Switch, [With Smart Key] PDM1 (ACC) Relay, PDM2 (IG1) Relay

IG 2 40A [Without Smart Key] Ignition Switch, [With Smart Key] PDM3 (IG2) Relay

MDPS 80A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit PTC 50A PTC Heater 1 Relay HEATER 1 PTC 50A PTC Heater 2 Relay HEATER 2 CLUTCH 40A Clutch Actuator (HEV) ACTUATOR Fuse - POWER OUTLET1, H/LAMP HI, INVERTER, ACTIVE HYDRAULIC BOOSTER1, MAIN 150A ACTIVE HYDRAULIC BOOSTER2, WIPER RR, Low Voltage DC-DC Converter

873 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected POWER 20A Power Outlet #2 OUTLET 3 POWER 20A Power Outlet #1 OUTLET 2

DCT 3 15A TCM (Transmission Control Module)

HPCU 1 10A HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)

EWP 10A Electric Water Pump (Engine)

FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay

FUSE Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse - BRAKE SWITCH, PDM1, PDM2, MODULE1, DOOR B + 1 40A LOCK, Leak Current Autocut Device)

DCT 2 40A TCM (Transmission Control Module)

DCT 1 40A TCM (Transmission Control Module)

WIPER RR 15A Wiper RR Relay

H/LAMP HI 10A H/Lamp HI Relay

ACTIVE HYDRAULIC 40A Integrated Brake Actuation Unit, Multipurpose Check Connector BOOTER 1

8 74 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected ACTIVE HYDRAULIC 30A Integrated Brake Actuation Unit BOOTER 2

INVERTER 30A AC Inverter Module

POWER 40A Power Outlet Relay OUTLET 1

B/UP LAMP 10A Electro Chromic Mirror, Back-Up Lamp LH/RH

ECU 3 10A ECM (Engine Control Module)

HPCU 2 15A HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit), Clutch Actuator (HEV)

ACTIVE FUSE HYDRAULIC 10A Integrated Brake Actuation Unit, Multipurpose Check Connector BOOTER 3 DCT (Dual clutch transmission) Shift Lever, TCM (Transmission Control Module), Inhibitor DCT 4 15A Switch Fuel Pump Relay, Oil Control Valve #1/#2 (Intake/Exhaust), Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2 SENSOR 3 10A (Intake/Exhaust)

BATTERY C/FAN 15A Battery C/Fan Relay

HORN 20A Horn Relay

SENSOR 2 10A Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Cooling Fan Relay, Canister Close Valve, Mass Air Flow Sensor

ECU 1 20A ECM (Engine Control Module)

875 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected SENSOR 1 15A Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down)

IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4 FUSE ECU 2 15A ECM (Engine Control Module)

B/ALARM HORN 10A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay

8 76 Maintenance

Engine room compartment fuse panel (Plug-in Hybrid)

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected B+ 5 60A Fuse - BATTERY C/FAN, HORN, B/ALARM HORN, ECU2, Engine Control Relay

B+ 2 60A Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse - S/HEATER (REAR))

REAR HEATED 50A Rear Heated Relay

BLOWER 40A Blower Relay MULTI FUSE IG 1 40A [Without Smart Key] Ignition Switch, [With Smart Key] PDM1 (ACC) Relay, PDM2 (IG1) Relay

IG 2 40A [Without Smart Key] Ignition Switch, [With Smart Key] PDM3 (IG2) Relay

MDPS 80A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit PTC 50A PTC Heater 1 Relay HEATER 1 PTC 50A PTC Heater 2 Relay HEATER 2 CLUTCH 40A Clutch Actuator (PHEV) ACTUATOR Fuse - POWER OUTLET1, H/LAMP HI, INVERTER, ACTIVE HYDRAULIC BOOSTER1, MAIN 150A ACTIVE HYDRAULIC BOOSTER2, WIPER RR, Low Voltage DC-DC Converter

877 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected POWER 20A Power Outlet #2 OUTLET 3 POWER 20A Power Outlet #1 OUTLET 2

DCT 3 15A TCM (Transmission Control Module)

HPCU 1 10A HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)

EWP 10A Electric Water Pump (Engine)

FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay

FUSE Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse - BRAKE SWITCH, PDM1, PDM2, MODULE1, DOOR B + 1 40A LOCK, Leak Current Autocut Device)

DCT 2 40A TCM (Transmission Control Module)

DCT 1 40A TCM (Transmission Control Module)

WIPER RR 15A Wiper RR Relay

H/LAMP HI 10A H/Lamp HI Relay

ACTIVE HYDRAULIC 40A Integrated Brake Actuation Unit, Multipurpose Check Connector BOOTER 1

8 78 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected ACTIVE HYDRAULIC 30A Integrated Brake Actuation Unit BOOTER 2

INVERTER 30A AC Inverter Module

POWER 40A Power Outlet Relay OUTLET 1

B/UP LAMP 10A Electro Chromic Mirror, Back-Up Lamp LH/RH

ECU 3 10A ECM (Engine Control Module)

HPCU 2 15A HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit), Clutch Actuator (PHEV)

ACTIVE FUSE HYDRAULIC 10A Integrated Brake Actuation Unit, Multipurpose Check Connector BOOTER 3 DCT(Dual clutch transmission) Shift Lever, TCM (Transmission Control Module), Inhibitor DCT 4 15A Switch Fuel Pump Relay, Oil Control Valve #1/#2 (Intake/Exhaust), Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2 SENSOR 3 10A (Intake/Exhaust)

BATTERY C/FAN 15A Battery C/Fan Relay

HORN 20A Horn Relay

SENSOR 2 10A Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Cooling Fan Relay, Canister Close Valve, Mass Air Flow Sensor

ECU 1 20A ECM (Engine Control Module)

879 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected SENSOR 1 15A Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down)

IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4 FUSE ECU 2 15A ECM (Engine Control Module)

B/ALARM HORN 10A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay

8 80 Maintenance

Relay (Hybrid)

Relay Name Type

PTC Heater #2 Relay MICRO

PTC Heater #1 Relay MICRO

PDM2 (IG1) Relay MICRO

Battery C/FAN Relay MICRO

Rear Wiper Relay MICRO

PDM3 (IG2) Relay MICRO

Fuel Pump Relay MICRO

PDM1 (ACC) Relay MICRO

Cooling Fan Relay MINI

Rear Heated Relay MINI

Blower Relay MICRO

H/LAMP HI RELAY MICRO

Power Outlet Relay MICRO

881 Maintenance

Relay (Plug-in Hybrid)

Relay Name Type

PTC Heater #2 Relay MICRO

PTC Heater #1 Relay MICRO

PDM2 (IG1) Relay MICRO

Battery C/FAN Relay MICRO

Rear Wiper Relay MICRO

PDM3 (IG2) Relay MICRO

Fuel Pump Relay MICRO

PDM1 (ACC) Relay MICRO

Cooling Fan Relay MINI

Rear Heated Relay MINI

Blower Relay MICRO

H/LAMP HI RELAY MICRO

Power Outlet Relay MICRO

8 82 Maintenance

Battery terminal cover

OJFH075172 ✽ NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

OJFH075171

883 Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS Bulb replacement precaution Use only bulbs of the specified ✽ NOTICE Please keep extra bulbs on hand wattage. • If the light bulb or lamp connector with appropriate wattage ratings in is removed while the lamp is still case of emergencies. CAUTION - Light replace- on, the fuse box's electronic sys- Refer to “Bulb Wattage” in chapter 9. ment tem may log it as a malfunction. Be sure to replace the burned- Therefore, a lamp malfunction When changing lamps, first turn off incident may be recorded as a the engine at a safe place, firmly out bulb with one of the same wattage rating. Otherwise, it Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in apply the parking brake and detach the fuse box. the battery’s negative (-) terminal. may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system. • It is normal for an operating lamp to flicker momentarily. This is due WARNING - Working on to a stabilization function of the the lights vehicle’s electronic control device. CAUTION - Headlamp If the lamp lights up normally Prior to working on the light, Lens after momentarily blinking, then firmly apply the parking brake, To prevent damage, do not it is functioning as normal. ensure that the engine clean the headlamp lens with However, if the lamp continues to start/stop button is in OFF posi- chemical solvents or strong flicker several times or turns off tion and turn off the lights to detergents. completely, there may be an error avoid sudden movement of the in the vehicle’s electronic control vehicle and burning your fingers device. Please have the vehicle or receiving an electric shock. checked by an authorized Kia dealer immediately. ✽ NOTICE We recommend that the headlight aiming be adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer after an accident or after the headlight assembly is reinstalled.

8 84 Maintenance

✽ NOTICE If you don’t have the necessary tools, Light bulb position (Front) the correct bulbs and the expertise, After driving in heavy rain or wash- ■ Head lamp - Type A ing, headlamp and taillamp lenses consult an authorized Kia dealer. In could appear frosty. This condition is many cases, it is difficult to replace caused by the temperature differ- vehicle light bulbs because other ence between the lamp inside and parts of the vehicle must be removed outside. This is similar to the con- before you can get to the bulb. This is densation on your windows inside especially true if you have to remove your vehicle during the rain and the headlamp assembly to get to the doesn’t indicate a problem with your bulb(s). vehicle. If the water leaks into the Removing/installing the headlamp ODE076029N lamp bulb circuitry, we recommend assembly can result in damage to ■ Head lamp - Type B that you have the vehicle checked by the vehicle. an authorized Kia dealer. If non-genuine parts or substandard bulbs are used, it may lead to blowing a fuse or other wiring damages. Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to the vehicle. If additional lights are installed, it may lead to lamp malfunctions and flickering. Additionally, ODEP077029N the fuse box and other writing may ■ Fog lamp be damaged.

ODEP077030N

885 Maintenance

(1) Headlamp (Low/High) (Bulb type) Light bulb position (Rear) ■ License plate lamp

(2) Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type) ■ Rear combination lamp (3) Position lamp (LED type) - Type A (4) Side marker (Bulb type) (5) Headlamp (Low/High) (LED type) (6) Headlamp (Low) (LED type) (7) Front turn signal lamp/Position lamp (LED type) ODE076056L (8) Side marker (LED type) ■ High mounted stop lamp ODE076031N (9) Day time running lamp (LED ■ Rear combination lamp type) - Type B (10) Front fog lamp (Bulb type)

ODEP077055N

ODEP077032N (1) Stop/tail lamp (Bulb type) ■ Back up lamp (2) Tail lamp (Bulb type) (3) Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) (4) Side marker (Bulb type) (5) Side marker (LED type) (6) Stop/tail lamp (LED type) (7) Back up lamp (Bulb type) (8) License plate lamp (Bulb type) ODEP077033N (9) High mounted stop lamp (LED type) 8 86 Maintenance

Light bulb position (Side) Headlamp (HID type) bulb ✽ NOTICE replacement HID lamps have superior perform- If the light bulb does not operate, ance vs. halogen bulbs. HID lamps have the vehicle checked by an are estimated by the manufacturer to authorized Kia dealer. last twice as long or longer than halogen bulbs depending on their frequency of use. They will probably WARNING - HID require replacement at some point in Headlamp (if equipped) the life of the vehicle. Cycling the Do not attempt to replace or headlamps on and off more than typ- inspect the HID headlamp ical use will shorten HID lamps life. (XENON bulb) due to risk of HID lamps do not fail in the same electric shock. If the light bulb manner as halogen incandescent ODE076034 does not operate, have your lamps. If a headlamp goes out after a (1) Side repeater lamp (LED type) vehicle checked by an author- period of operation but will immedi- ized Kia dealer. ately relight when the headlamp switch is cycled it is likely the HID lamp needs to be replaced. HID ✽ NOTICE lamping components are more complex than conventional halogen bulbs If your vehicle is equipped with thus have higher replacement cost. High Intensity Discharge (HID) headlamps, these headlamps contain mercury. If you need to have your vehicle disposed, you should remove the HID headlamps before disposal. The removed HID headlamps should be recycled, re-used or disposed as hazardous waste.

887 Maintenance

Headlamp (LED type) replace- Headlamp (High/Low beam) 5. Install a new bulb-socket assem- ment bulb replacement bly in the headlamp assembly by aligning the tabs on the bulb-socket with the slots in the headlamp assembly. Push the bulb-socket into the headlamp assembly and turn the bulb-socket clockwise. 6. Install the headlamp bulb cover by turning it clockwise.

ODEP077073N ODE076035 If the Low/High beam lamp (1), Low 1. Open the hood. beam lamp (2), Front turn signal 2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover lamp/Position lamp(3), or side mark- by turning it counterclockwise. er (4) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia 3. Disconnect the headlamp bulb dealer. socket-connector. The LED lamps cannot be replaced 4. Remove the bulb-socket from the as a single component because they headlamp assembly by turning the are part of an integrated unit. The bulb-socket counterclockwise until LED lamps have to be replaced with the tabs on the bulb-socket align the unit. with the slots on the headlamp assembly. A skilled technician should check or repair the head lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle. 8 88 Maintenance

Headlamp bulb • Always handle them carefully, and Front turn signal lamp bulb avoid scratches and abrasions. If replacement the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp. • If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it. • Wear eye protection when chang- OQL075058 ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it. ODE076058L WARNING - Halogen 1. Open the hood. bulbs 2. Remove the dust cover (A) from Handle halogen bulbs with care. the headlamp assembly then the • Halogen bulbs contain pres- bulb-socket by turning it counter- surized gas that will produce clockwise until the tabs on the flying pieces of glass if bro- bulb-socket align with the slots on ken. the headlamp assembly. • Avoid scratches and abra- 3. Remove the bulb from the bulb- sions to the halogen bulbs. If socket by pressing it in and rotat- the bulbs are lit, avoid contact ing it counterclockwise until the with liquids. tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the bulb-socket. Pull the bulb out of the bulb-socket

889 Maintenance

4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it Fog lamp/DRL bulb replace- Stop and tail lamp bulb into the bulb-socket and rotating it ment replacement until it locks into place. 5. Install the socket in the headlamp assembly by aligning the tabs on the bulb-socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the bulb-socket into the headlamp assembly and turn the socket clockwise.

ODE076036 ODE076037

If the front fog lamp (Bulb) and DRL 1. Open the liftgate. bulb(LED) does not operate, have 2. Open the service cover. the vehicle checked by an authorized 3. Loosen the light assembly retain- Kia dealer. ing screws with a cross-tip screw- The LED lamps cannot be replaced driver. as a single component because they are part of an integrated unit. The LED lamps have to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the front fog lamp (Bulb) and DRL bulb (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

8 90 Maintenance

9. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 10. Install the rear combination lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle. 11. Install the service cover.

ODE076038 ODE076039 4. Remove the rear combination 6. Remove the socket from the lamp assembly from the body of assembly by turning the socket the vehicle. counterclockwise until the tabs on 5. Disconnect the rear combination the socket align with the slots on lamp connector. the assembly. 7. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. 8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.

891 Maintenance

Tail lamp (inside) bulb replace- 6. Install the socket in the assembly ment by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 7. Install the service cover by putting it into the service hole.

ODE076041 3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket ODE076040 counterclockwise until the tabs on 1. Open the liftgate. the socket align with the slots on 2. Remove the service cover. the assembly. 4. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. 5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.

8 92 Maintenance

Stop and tail lamp (LED type) Back-up lamp bulb replace- High mounted stop lamp bulb bulb replacement ment replacement

ODE076042 ODE076043 ODE076044

If the stop and tail lamp (LED) does If the Back-up lamp does not oper- If the high mounted stop lamp (LED) not operate, have the vehicle ate, have the vehicle checked by an does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer. authorized Kia dealer. checked by an authorized Kia dealer. The LED lamps cannot be replaced The LED lamps cannot be replaced The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single component because they as a single component because they as a single component because they are part of an integrated unit. The are part of an integrated unit. The are part of an integrated unit. The LED lamps have to be replaced with LED lamps has to be replaced with LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit. the unit. the unit. A skilled technician should check or A skilled technician should check or A skilled technician should check or repair the stop and tail lamp (LED), repair the Back-up lamp, for it may repair the high mounted stop lamp for it may damage related parts of damage related parts of the vehicle. (LED), for it may damage related the vehicle. parts of the vehicle.

893 Maintenance

License plate lamp bulb 2. Remove the socket from the Side repeater lamp (LED type) replacement assembly by turning the socket bulb replacement counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 3. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket by pulling it out. 4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the bulb-socket. 5. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. ODE076045 Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. ODE076034 6. Align the lens cover tabs with the If the side repeater lamp (LED) does lamp housing notches and snap not operate, have the vehicle the lens into place. checked by an authorized Kia dealer. The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single component because they are part of an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit. ODE076046 A skilled technician should check or 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, repair the side repeater lamp (LED), gently pry the lens cover from for it may damage related parts of lamp housing. the vehicle.

8 94 Maintenance

Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb Map lamp (LED type) bulb Vanity mirror lamp bulb replacement replacement replacement

ODE076047 OQM076063 ODE076048 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, If the map lamp (LED) does not oper- gently pry the lens cover from ate, have the vehicle checked by an WARNING - Interior lamps lamp housing. authorized Kia dealer. Prior to working on the Interior 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it The LED lamps cannot be replaced lamps, ensure that the “OFF” straight out. as a single component because they button is depressed to avoid 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. are part of an integrated unit. The burning your fingers or receiv- LED lamps have to be replaced with ing an electric shock. 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the the unit. lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place. A skilled technician should check or repair the map lamp (LED) , for it may damage related parts of the ✽ NOTICE vehicle. Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

895 Maintenance

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, Room lamp (Bulb type) bulb 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lamp assembly from replacement gently pry the lens cover from interior. lamp housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. straight out. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Install the lamp assembly to interior. 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place. ✽ NOTICE Be careful not to dirty or damage the ✽ lens, lens tab, and plastic housings. NOTICE Be careful not to dirty or damage the ODE076049 lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

WARNING - Interior lamps Prior to working on the Interior lamps, ensure that the “OFF” button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.

8 96 Maintenance

Room lamp (LED type) bulb Liftgate room lamp bulb If the Liftgate room lamp (LED) does replacement replacement not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer. The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single component because they are part of an integrated unit. The LED lamps have to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the Liftgate room lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle. ✽ NOTICE ODEP077070 ODE076050 Be careful not to dirty or damage the If the Room lamp (LED) does not 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, lens, lens tab, and plastic housings. operate, have the vehicle checked by gently pry the lens cover from an authorized Kia dealer. lamp housing. The LED lamps cannot be replaced 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it as a single component because they straight out. are part of an integrated unit. The 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. LED lamps have to be replaced with the unit. 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the lamp housing notches and snap A skilled technician should check or the lens into place. repair the Room lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

897 Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Finish maintenance High-pressure washing Exterior general caution Washing • When using high-pressure wash- To help protect your vehicle’s finish ers, make sure to maintain suffi- It is very important to follow the label cient distance from the vehicle. directions when using any chemical from rust and deterioration, wash it cleaner or polish. Read all warning thoroughly and frequently at least Insufficient clearance or excessive and caution statements that appear once a month with lukewarm or cold pressure can lead to component on the label. water. If you use your vehicle for off- damage or water penetration. road driving, you should wash it after • Do not spray the camera, sensors each off-road trip. Pay special atten- or its surrounding area directly with tion to the removal of any accumula- a high pressure washer. Shock tion of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign applied from high pressure water materials. Make sure the drain holes in may cause the device to not oper- the lower edges of the doors and rock- ate normally. er panels are kept clear and clean. • Do not bring the nozzle tip close to Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, boots (rubber or plastic covers) or industrial pollution and similar connectors as they may be dam- deposits can damage your vehicle’s aged if they come into contact with finish if not removed immediately. high pressure water. Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, may be used. After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish. After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed. 8 98 Maintenance

Waxing (Continued) Wax the vehicle when water will no • To prevent damage to the longer bead on the paint. charging door, make sure to close and lock the vehicle Always wash and dry the vehicle doors when washing (high- before waxing. Use a good quality pressure washing, automatic liquid or paste wax, and follow the car washing, etc.) the vehicle. manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster. Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually ODEP077071L strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest CAUTION - Wet engine of the vehicle does not yet need wax- • Water washing in the engine ing. compartment including high Do not apply wax on embossed pressure water washing may unpainted unit, as it may tarnish the cause the failure of electrical unit. circuits located in the engine compartment. • Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them. (Continued)

899 Maintenance

Bright-metal maintenance • Wash the undercarriage of your CAUTION - Drying vehicle • To remove road tar and insects, vehicle regularly during the winter • Wiping dust or dirt off the use a tar remover, not a scraper or and whenever your vehicle has body with a dry cloth will other sharp object. been exposed to such salts or chemicals. scratch the finish. • To protect the surfaces of bright- • Do not use steel wool, abra- metal parts from corrosion, apply a • Do a thorough washing of the sive cleaners, acid detergents coating of wax or chrome preser- undercarriage at the end of the or strong detergents contain- vative and rub to a high luster. winter. ing high alkaline or caustic • During winter weather or in coastal • Use professional service techni- agents on chrome-plated or areas, cover the bright metal parts cians or governmental inspection anodized aluminum parts. with a heavier coating of wax or stations to annually inspect for cor- This may result in damage to preservative. If necessary, coat the rosion. the protective coating and parts with non-corrosive petroleum • Immediately seek an inspection of cause discoloration or paint jelly or other protective compound. your vehicle if you become visually deterioration. aware of corrosion flaking or scal- ing or if you become aware of a Underbody maintenance Finish damage repair change in vehicle performance, Road salt and other corrosive chemi- such as soft or spongey brakes, Deep scratches or stone chips in the cals are used in cold weather states to fluids leaking, impairment of direc- painted surface must be repaired melt snow and prevent ice accumula- tional control, suspension noises promptly. Exposed metal will quickly tion. If these chemicals are not regu- or rattling metal straps. rust and may develop into a major larly removed, they will corrode the repair expense. vehicle underbody and over time dam- If your vehicle is damaged and age fuel lines, the fuel tank retention requires any metal repair or replace- system, the vehicle suspension, the ment, be sure the body shop applies exhaust system, and even the body anti-corrosion materials to the parts frame. repaired or replaced.

8 100 Maintenance

Aluminum wheel maintenance Corrosion protection High-corrosion areas The aluminum wheels are coated with Protecting your vehicle from corrosion If you live in an area where your vehi- a clear protective finish. By using the most advanced design cle is regularly exposed to corrosive • Do not use any abrasive cleaner, and construction practices to combat materials, corrosion protection is polishing compound, solvent, or wire corrosion, we produce vehicles of particularly important. Some of the brushes on aluminum wheels. They the highest quality. However, this is common causes of accelerated cor- may scratch the finish. only part of the job. To achieve the rosion are road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air and industrial • Clean the wheel when it has cooled. long-term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver, the owner's pollution. • Use only a mild soap or neutral cooperation and assistance is also detergent, and rinse thoroughly with required. water. Also, be sure to clean the Moisture breeds corrosion wheels after driving on salted roads. Moisture creates the conditions in This helps prevent corrosion. Common causes of corrosion which corrosion is most likely to • Avoid washing the wheels with high- The most common causes of corro- occur. For example, corrosion is speed vehicle wash brushes. sion on your vehicle are: accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just • Do not use any alkaline or acid • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is above freezing. In such conditions, detergents It may damage and cor- allowed to accumulate underneath the corrosive material is kept in con- rode the aluminum wheels coated the vehicle. tact with the vehicle’s surface by with a clear protective finish. • Removal of paint or protective moisture that evaporates slowly. coatings by stones, gravel, abra- Mud is particularly corrosive WARNING sion or minor scrapes and dents because it dries slowly and holds After washing the vehicle, test which leave unprotected metal moisture in contact with the vehicle. the brakes while driving slowly exposed to corrosion. Although the mud appears to be dry, to see if they have been affected it can still retain the moisture and by water. If braking performance promote corrosion. is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.

8101 Maintenance

High temperatures can also acceler- Keep your vehicle clean • When cleaning lower door panels, ate corrosion of parts that are not The best way to prevent corrosion is rocker panels and frame members, properly ventilated so the moisture to keep your vehicle clean and free be sure that drain holes are kept can be dispersed. For all these rea- of corrosive materials. Attention to open so that moisture can escape sons, it is particularly important to the underside of the vehicle is partic- and not be trapped inside to accel- keep your vehicle clean and free of ularly important. erate corrosion. mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the • If you live in a high-corrosion area Keep your garage dry underside of the vehicle. — where road salts are used, near Don't park your vehicle in a damp, the ocean, areas with industrial poorly ventilated garage. This cre- pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you ates a favorable environment for cor- To help prevent corrosion should take extra care to prevent rosion. This is particularly true if you You can help prevent corrosion from corrosion. In winter, hose off the wash your vehicle in the garage or beginning by observing the following: underside of your vehicle at least drive it into the garage when it is still once a month and be sure to clean wet or covered with snow, ice or the underside thoroughly when mud. Even a heated garage can con- winter is over. tribute to corrosion unless it is well • When cleaning underneath the ventilated so moisture is dispersed. vehicle, give particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials.

8 102 Maintenance

Keep paint and trim in good con- Interior care dition CAUTION - Leather Interior general precautions Scratches or chips in the finish When cleaning leather products Prevent chemicals such as perfume, should be covered with "touch-up" (steering wheel, seats etc.), use cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean- paint as soon as possible to reduce neutral detergents or low alco- er, and air freshener from contacting the possibility of corrosion. If bare hol content solutions. If you use the interior parts because they may metal is showing through, the atten- high alcohol content solutions cause damage or discoloration. If tion of a qualified body and paint or acid/alkaline detergents, the they do contact the interior parts, shop is recommended. color of the leather may fade or wipe them off immediately. If neces- the surface may get stripped off. sary, use a vinyl cleaner, see product Bird droppings : Bird droppings are instructions for correct usage. highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours. Always remove bird droppings as CAUTION - Electrical soon as possible. components Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with Don't neglect the interior electrical/electronic compo- Moisture can collect under the floor nents inside the vehicle as this mats and carpeting and cause corro- may damage them. sion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular care if you carry fertil- izers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle. These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up, flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried.

8103 Maintenance

Taking care of leather seats Cleaning the leather seats Fabric seat cover using precau- • Vacuum the seat periodically to • Remove all contaminations instant- tions (If equipped) remove dust and sand on the seat. ly. Refer to instructions below for Please clean the fabric seats regu- It will prevent abrasion or damage of removal of each contaminant. larly with a vacuum cleaner in con- the leather and maintain its quality. • Cosmetic products(sunscreen, sideration of fabric material charac- • Wipe the natural leather seat cover foundation, etc.) teristics. If they are heavily soiled with beverage stains, etc., use a suit- often with dry or soft cloth. - Apply cleansing cream on a cloth able interior cleaner. To prevent dam- • Sufficient use of a leather protec- and wipe the contaminated point. age to seat covers, wipe off the seat tive may prevent abrasion of the Wipe off the cream with a wet covers down to the seams with a cover and helps maintain the color. cloth and remove water with a dry large wiping motion and moderate cloth. Be sure to read the instructions pressure using a soft sponge or and consult a specialist when • Beverages(coffee, soft drink, etc.) microfiber cloth. using leather coating or protective - Apply a small amount of neutral Velcro closures on clothing or sharp agents. detergent and wipe until contami- objects may cause snagging or • Leather with bright colors(beige, nations do not smear. scratches on the surface of the cream beige) is easily contaminat- • Oil seats. Make sure not to rub such ed and clear in appearance. Clean objects against the surface. the seats frequently. - Remove oil instantly with absorbable cloth and wipe with • Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may stain remover for natural leather cause the surface to crack. only. • Chewing gum - Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually.

8 104 Maintenance

Cleaning the upholstery and inte- Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt Window tinting precaution rior trim webbing Window tint(especially metallic film) Vinyl Clean the belt webbing with any mild might cause communication disorder Remove dust and loose dirt from soap solution recommended for or poor radio reception, and malfunc- vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow tion of the automatic lighting system cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a the instructions provided with the due to excessive change of illumina- vinyl cleaner. soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the tion inside the vehicle. The solution webbing because this may weaken it. used might also flow into electric, electronic devices causing disorder Fabric and failure. Cleaning the interior window Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum glass cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu- If the interior glass surfaces of the tion recommended for upholstery or vehicle become fogged (that is, cov- carpets. Remove fresh spots imme- ered with an oily, greasy or waxy diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If film), they should be cleaned with a fresh spots do not receive immediate glass cleaner. Follow the directions attention, the fabric can be stained on the glass cleaner container. and its color can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties can be CAUTION - Rear window reduced if the material is not proper- Do not scrape or scratch the ly maintained. inside of the rear window. This Using anything but recommended may result in damage of the rear cleaners and procedures may affect window defroster grid. the fabric’s appearance and fire- resistant properties.

8105 Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your Caution for the Inspection and 1. Crankcase emission control vehicle is covered by a written limited Maintenance Test (With Electronic system warranty. Please see the warranty Stability Control (ESC) system) The positive crankcase ventilation information contained in the • To prevent the vehicle from mis- system is employed to prevent air Warranty & Consumer Information firing during dynamometer test- pollution caused by blow-by gases manual in your vehicle. ing, turn the Electronic Stability being emitted from the crankcase. Your vehicle is equipped with an Control (ESC) system off by This system supplies fresh filtered air emission control system to meet all pressing the ESC switch. to the crankcase through the air applicable emission regulations. • After dynamometer testing is intake hose. Inside the crankcase, There are three emission control completed, turn the ESC system the fresh air mixes with blow-by systems, as follows. back on by pressing the ESC gases, which then pass through the switch again. PCV valve into the induction system. (1) Crankcase emission control system 2. Evaporative emission con- (2) Evaporative emission control sys- trol (including ORVR: tem Onboard Refueling Vapor (3) Exhaust emission control system Recovery) system In order to assure the proper function The Evaporative Emission Control of the emission control systems, it is System is designed to prevent fuel recommended that you have your vapors from escaping into the atmos- vehicle inspected and maintained by phere. an authorized Kia dealer in accor- (The ORVR system is designed to dance with the maintenance sched- allow the vapors from the fuel tank to ule in this manual. be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

8 106 Maintenance

Canister 3. Exhaust emission control Engine exhaust gas precautions Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel system (carbon monoxide) tank are absorbed and stored in the The Exhaust Emission Control • Carbon monoxide can be present onboard canister. When the engine is System is a highly effective system with other exhaust fumes. running, the fuel vapors absorbed in which controls exhaust emissions Therefore, if you smell exhaust the canister are drawn into the surge while maintaining good vehicle per- fumes of any kind inside your vehi- tank through the purge control sole- formance. cle, have it inspected and repaired noid valve. immediately. If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into Vehicle modifications Purge Control Solenoid Valve your vehicle, drive it only with all This vehicle should not be modified. the windows fully open. Have your (PCSV) Modification of your vehicle could vehicle checked and repaired The purge control solenoid valve is affect its performance, safety or immediately. controlled by the Engine Control durability and may even violate gov- Module (ECM); when the engine ernmental safety and emissions reg- coolant temperature is low during ulations. WARNING - Exhaust idling, the PCSV closes so that evap- In addition, damage or performance Engine exhaust gases contain orated fuel is not taken into the problems resulting from any modifi- carbon monoxide (CO). Though engine. After the engine warms up cation may not be covered under colorless and odorless, it is during ordinary driving, the PCSV warranty. dangerous and could be lethal if opens to introduce evaporated fuel to inhaled. Follow the instructions the engine. • If you use unauthorized electronic on this page to avoid CO poi- devices, it may cause the vehicle to soning. operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.

8 107 Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in con- Operating precautions for catalyt- fined or closed areas (such as ic converters (if equipped) WARNING - Fire garages) any more than what is • Do not park, idle or drive the necessary to move the vehicle in or WARNING - Catalytic vehicle over or near flamma- out of the area. ble objects, such as grass, converter • When the vehicle is stopped in an vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. open area for more than a short Keep away from the catalytic A hot exhaust system can time with the engine running, converter and exhaust system ignite flammable items under adjust the ventilation system (as while the vehicle is running or your vehicle. immediately thereafter. The needed) to draw outside air into the • Also, do not remove the heat exhaust and catalytic systems vehicle. sink around the exhaust sys- are very hot and may burn you. • Never sit in a parked or stopped tem, do not seal the bottom of vehicle for any extended time with the vehicle or do not coat the the engine running. vehicle for corrosion control. • When the engine stalls or fails to It may present a fire risk under start, excessive attempts to restart certain conditions. the engine may cause damage to the emission control system.

8 108 Maintenance

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat- Failure to observe these precautions alytic converter emission control could result in damage to the catalyt- device. ic converter and to your vehicle. Therefore, the following precautions Additionally, such actions could void must be observed: your warranties. • Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines. • Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance. • Do not misuse or abuse the engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off. • Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more). • Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer. • Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.

8 109 Specifications & Consumer information

Dimensions ...... 9-2 Engine ...... 9-2 Bulb wattage ...... 9-3 Tires and wheels ...... 9-4 Gross vehicle weight...... 9-5 Luggage volume ...... 9-6 Air conditioning system...... 9-6 Recommended lubricants and capacities...... 9-7 • Recommended SAE viscosity number...... 9-8 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ...... 9-9 Vehicle certification label...... 9-10 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 9-11 Engine number ...... 9-11 Air conditioner compressor label ...... 9-12

9 Specifications & Consumer information

DIMENSIONS Item Unit : mm (in) Overall length 4,355 (171.4) Overall width 1,805 (71.0) Without Roof rack 1,535 (60.4) Overall height With Roof rack 1,545 (60.8) 205/60R16 1,565 (61.6) Front 225/45R18 * 1,555 (61.2) Tread 205/60R16 1,579 (62.1) Rear 225/45R18 * 1,569 (61.7) Wheelbase 2,700 (106.2)

* This tire is only for the HEV (Hybrid Electric Vehicle) system

ENGINE Gasoline Item 1.6 GDI Displacement 1,580 (96.4) [cc (cu. in)] Bore x Stroke 72 X 97 (2.8 X 3.8) [mm (in.)] Firing order 1-3-4-2 No. of cylinders 4 In-line, DOHC

29 Specifications & Consumer information

BULB WATTAGE Light Bulb Wattage (W) Bulb type Headlamps (Low/High) 60 HB3 HL+ Headlamps (Low/High) - HID type* 25 D8S Headlamps (Low/High) - LED type* LED LED Front turn signal lamps 21 PY21W Front position lamps LED type LED LED Front Bulb type 21 P21 L/L Daytime running light LED type * LED LED Front fog lamps Bulb type 35 H8LL Bulb type 5 W5W Side Repeater lamps LED type * LED LED Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside) 21/5 P21/5W Bulb type Rear tail lamps (Inside) 3.8 194 Rear fog lamps (Inside) LED type * LED LED Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside) LED LED LED type Rear Rear tail lamps (Inside) LED LED Rear turn signal lamps 21 P21W Back-up lamps 16 W16W High mounted stop lamp LED LED License plate lamps 5 W5W Bulb type 10 WEDGE Map lamps LED type * LED LED Vanity mirror lamps 5 FESTOON Interior Bulb type 10 FESTOON Room lamps LED type * LED LED Bulb type 10 FESTOON Liftgate lamp LED type * LED LED * If equipped

93 Specifications & Consumer information

TIRES AND WHEELS

Load Speed Inflation pressure [kPa (psi)] Wheel lug nut Capacity capacity 3 torque Item Tire size Wheel size Normal load * Maximum load [Kgf·m LI *1 Kg SS *2 Km/h Front Rear Front Rear (lbf·ft, N·m)] 205/60 R16 6.5J X 16 92 630 H 210 250 (36) 250 (36) Full size tire 11 ~ 13 4 225/45 R18 * 7.5J X 18 91 615 V 240 250 (36) 250 (36) (79 ~ 94, Compact T125/80 D16 *4 4T X 16 97 730 M 130 420 (60) 420 (60) 107 ~ 127) Spare tire

*1: Load Index *2: Speed Symbol *3: Normal load : Up to 3 persons *4: Only for Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV)

CAUTION When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make them work irregularly.

✽ NOTICE • It is permissible to add 21 kPa (3 psi) to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon. Tires typically loose 7 kPa (1 psi) for every -11°C (12°F) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, re-check your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated. • We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If not, that affects driving performance. • When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease. Therefore, please check the tire pressure and add more air when necessary. Additionally required tire air pressure per km above sea level: 10.5 kPa (1.5psi)/km

49 Specifications & Consumer information

GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT For HEV Gasoline 1.6 L Item DCT NIRO FE NIRO NIRO Touring 1,850 kg 1,900 kg 1,930 kg GVW (4,078 lb.) (4,189 lb.) (4,255 lb.)

For PHEV Gasoline Item 1.6 L DCT 2,000kg GVW (4,409 lb.)

95 Specifications & Consumer information

LUGGAGE VOLUME For HEV Item Volume MIN. 635 liter SAE MAX. 1,789 liter

For PHEV Item Volume MIN. 548 liter SAE MAX. 1,543 liter Min : Behind rear seat to roof. Max : Behind front seat to roof.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Item Weight of volume Classification 550 ± 10g R-1234yf Refrigerant 550 ± 10g R-134a Compressor lubricant 130 ± 10g POE Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

69 Specifications & Consumer information

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle. Lubricant Volume Classification Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill) Recommends ACEA A5 *3 or above 3.8 liter (4.01 US qt.) API SM or above, ILSAC GF-4 or above

SAE 70W, API GL-4 (Recommended HK SYN DCTF 70W (SK), 1.6 ~ 1.7 liter Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W DCTF (H.K.SHELL), (1.69 ~ 1.79 US qt.) GS DCTF HD 70W (GS CALTEX)) Mixture of antifreeze and water Coolant 5.98 liter (6.31 US qt.) (Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator) Mixture of antifreeze and water Inverter coolant 2.43 liter (2.56 US qt.) (Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator) 402.6 ± 24.4 cc Brake fluid DOT 3 or DOT 4 (0.425 ± 0.025 US qt.) 100 ± 20 cc Engine clutch actuator fluid DOT 3 or DOT 4 (0.105 ± 0.021 US qt.) *1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page. *2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings. *3 : If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SM or above, ILSAC GF-4 or above, ACEA A3

97 Specifications & Consumer information

Lubricant Volume Classification HEV 45 liter (47.5 US qt.) Fuel Refer to Fuel requirements in chapter 1. PHEV 43 liter (45.4 US qt.)

89 Specifications & Consumer information

Recommended SAE viscosity Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers number °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Temperature Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 effect on fuel economy and cold 10W-30 weather operating (engine start and 1.6L GDI engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity 0/5W-20, 5W-30 engine oils can provide better fuel An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark conforms economy and cold weather perform- to the international Lubricant Specification Advisory ance; however, higher viscosity Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only use engine oils engine oils are required for satisfacto- that uphold this API Certification Mark. ry lubrication in hot weather. Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage. When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.

99 Specifications & Consumer information

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) ■ Frame number ■ VIN label

ODE086001 OUM084005 ODE078018N The vehicle identification number The VIN is also on a plate attached The VIN is able to be found by a pro- (VIN) is the number used in register- to the top of the dashboard. The fessional diagnostic equipment from ing your vehicle and in all legal mat- number on the plate can easily be the ECU. The diagnostic equipment ters pertaining to its ownership, etc. seen through the windshield from is connected to OBD connector on The number is punched on the floor outside. the inner fuse panel. For more infor- under the passenger seat. To check mation, we recommend that you con- the number, open the cover. tact an authorized Kia dealer.

9 10 Specifications & Consumer information

VEHICLE CERTIFICATION TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER LABEL PRESSURE LABEL

ODE086003

ODE086002 ODE086006L The engine number is stamped on the The vehicle certification label The tires supplied on your new vehi- engine block as shown in the drawing. attached on the driver’s side center cle are chosen to provide the best pillar gives the vehicle identification performance for normal driving. number (VIN). The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.

911 Specifications & Consumer information

AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR LABEL

ODE086005L A compressor label informs you the type of compressor your vehicle is equipped with such as model, suppli- er part number, production number, refrigerant (1) and refrigerant oil (2).

9 12 Index

I Index

A Audio System ...... 5-2 Antenna ...... 5-2 Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system. . . . 3-43 AUX, USB port ...... 5-3 Adding equipment to or modifying your air Automatic climate control system ...... 4-130 bag-equipped vehicle ...... 3-68 Automatic heating and air conditioning...... 4-131 Air bag warning label...... 3-68 Automatic ventilation...... 4-140 Air bag warning light ...... 3-46 Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant Curtain air bag ...... 3-63 and compressor lubricant ...... 4-143 Driver's and passenger's front air bag ...... 3-58 Climate control air filter...... 4-143 How does the air bag system operate?...... 3-44 Manual heating and air conditioning ...... 4-133 Occupant Detection System (ODS) ...... 3-50 Sunroof inside air recirculation ...... 4-140 Side air bag...... 3-61 System operation ...... 4-140 SRS Care ...... 3-67 Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB)...... 6-36 SRS components and functions ...... 3-47 AEB warning message and system control ...... 6-39 Air cleaner ...... 8-31 Brake operation ...... 6-40 Filter replacement...... 8-31 Limitation of the system ...... 6-43 Air conditioner compressor label ...... 9-12 Sensor to detect the distance from the vehicle Air conditioning system ...... 9-6 in front (front radar)...... 6-41 Appearance care ...... 8-98 System malfunction ...... 6-42 Exterior care...... 8-98 System setting and activation...... 6-36 Interior care ...... 8-103 Audio (With Touch Screen) ...... 5-5 B Feature of Your Audio ...... 5-6 Media ...... 5-11 Battery (Plug-in Hybrid)...... 8-38 Phone ...... 5-24 For best battery service ...... 8-38 Radio ...... 5-10 Recharging the battery ...... 8-39 Setup...... 5-32 Reset items ...... 8-40

I 2 Index

Before driving...... 6-4 Climate control air filter ...... 8-33 Before entering vehicle ...... 6-4 Filter inspection ...... 8-33 Before starting ...... 6-4 Coolant ...... 8-21 Necessary inspections ...... 6-4 Changing the coolant ...... 8-25 Blind Spot Detection system (BSD)...... 6-68 Checking the coolant level...... 8-21 BSD (Blind Spot Detection)/ Engine coolant ...... 8-22 LCA (Lane Change Assist) ...... 6-69 Inverter coolant...... 8-22 Limitations condition ...... 6-74 Recommended coolant...... 8-23 RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) ...... 6-72 Cruise control system ...... 6-48 Brake fluid ...... 8-26 To cancel cruise control, do one of the following . . 6-50 Checking the brake fluid level ...... 8-26 To decrease the cruising speed...... 6-50 Brake system...... 6-23 To increase cruise control set speed...... 6-49 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ...... 6-27 To resume cruising speed at more than Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ...... 6-29 approximately 30 km/h (20 mph) ...... 6-51 Good braking practices ...... 6-34 To set cruise control speed...... 6-49 Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) ...... 6-34 To temporarily accelerate with the cruise Parking brake – Foot type ...... 6-25 control on ...... 6-50 Power brakes ...... 6-23 To turn cruise control off, do one of the following . 6-51 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)...... 6-32 Bulb wattage ...... 9-3 D C Defroster ...... 4-129 Rear window defroster ...... 4-129 Checking fluid levels ...... 8-18 Dimensions ...... 9-2 Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 3-32 Door locks...... 4-20 Children always in the rear ...... 3-32 Child-protector rear door lock ...... 4-23 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 3-36 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle . . . . . 4-21 Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 3-33 Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-20

I 3 Index

Driver Attention Alert system (DAA)...... 6-84 Engine oil ...... 8-19 Resetting the system ...... 6-86 Changing the engine oil and filter ...... 8-20 System disabled ...... 6-86 Checking the engine oil level...... 8-19 System malfunction ...... 6-86 Engine start/stop button ...... 6-9 System setting and activation...... 6-84 Engine start/stop button position ...... 6-9 Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT)...... 6-14 Illuminated engine start/stop button...... 6-9 Dual Clutch Transmission operation ...... 6-14 Starting the hybrid system ...... 6-11 Good driving practices ...... 6-21 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...... 8-15 Exterior features ...... 4-165 E Roof rack ...... 4-165 Exterior overview ...... 2-2 Economical operation ...... 6-89 Emergency starting ...... 7-5 F Before jump starting (for Hybrid) ...... 7-5 Jump starting ...... 7-7 Folding key ...... 4-4 Method to disconnect the (-) cable for regular Battery replacement ...... 4-7 maintenance (For Hybrid) ...... 7-7 Immobilizer system ...... 4-8 Push-starting...... 7-9 Key operations ...... 4-4 Emission control system...... 8-106 Record your key number ...... 4-4 Crankcase emission control system ...... 8-106 Transmitter precautions ...... 4-6 Evaporative emission control(Including ORVR : Fuel filler lid (Plug-in Hybrid) ...... 4-35 Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system. . . . 8-106 Opening the fuel filler lid...... 4-35 Exhaust emission control system ...... 8-107 Fuel filler lid lid ...... 4-34 Engine ...... 9-2 Closing the fuel filler lid ...... 4-34 Engine clutch actuator fluid ...... 8-27 Fuel requirements ...... 1-2 Checking the engine clutch actuator fluid level. . . . 8-27 Do not use methanol ...... 1-3 Engine compartment ...... 2-6, 8-3 Fuel additives ...... 1-4 Engine number ...... 9-11

I 4 Index

Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol ...... 1-2 If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit)...... 7-18 Operation in foreign countries ...... 1-4 Checking the tire inflation pressure ...... 7-26 Fuses ...... 8-56 Components of the Tire Mobility Kit ...... 7-22 Engine compartment fuse replacement ...... 8-59 Distributing the sealant ...... 7-25 Fuse/relay panel description...... 8-62 Introduction ...... 7-19 Inner panel fuse replacement ...... 8-57 Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . 7-20 Technical data...... 7-28 G Using the Tire Mobility Kit ...... 7-23 Important safety precautions ...... 3-2 Gross vehicle weight...... 9-5 Air bag hazards ...... 3-2 Always wear your seat belt ...... 3-2 H Control your speed...... 3-3 Driver distraction ...... 3-2 HEV/PHEV powertrain ...... 1-5 Keep your vehicle in safe condition...... 3-3 Hood ...... 4-32 Restrain all children ...... 3-2 Closing the hood ...... 4-33 In case of an emergency while driving...... 7-3 Hood open warning ...... 4-33 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ...... 7-3 Opening the hood...... 4-32 If the engine stalls while driving ...... 7-3 If you have a flat tire while driving ...... 7-3 I Instrument cluster ...... 4-53 Dual clutch transmission shift indicator ...... 4-63 If an accident occurs...... 7-34 Gauges ...... 4-57 If the engine overheats ...... 7-10 Instrument cluster control ...... 4-56 If the engine will not start ...... 7-4 LCD window control ...... 4-56 If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 7-4 Instrument panel overview ...... 2-5 If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 7-4 Interior features...... 4-152 AC inverter ...... 4-157 Air ventilation seat ...... 4-154

I 5 Index

Cargo security screen ...... 4-164 L Clothes hanger ...... 4-162 Cup holder ...... 4-152 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ...... 6-76 Floor mat anchor (s)...... 4-162 Driver's attention ...... 6-82 Luggage net holder...... 4-163 LKAS Function Change...... 6-83 Power outlet ...... 4-155 LKAS operation ...... 6-77 Seat warmer ...... 4-152 Warning light and message ...... 6-80 Sunvisor ...... 4-155 LCD windows...... 4-64 USB charger ...... 4-156 Digital speedometer ...... 4-67 Wireless smart phone charging system ...... 4-158 Energy flow ...... 4-69 Interior lights ...... 4-125 Energy flow ...... 4-75 Automatic turn off function ...... 4-125 LCD modes ...... 4-77 Liftgate room lamp...... 4-127 One time driving information mode ...... 4-68 Map lamp ...... 4-126 Over view ...... 4-64 Room lamp...... 4-125 Trip information (Trip computer, for Hybrid) . . . . . 4-64 Vanity mirror lamp ...... 4-127 Trip information (Trip computer, for Interior overview...... 2-4 Plug-in Hybrid) ...... 4-71 Liftgate ...... 4-25 K Closing the liftgate ...... 4-25 Emergency liftgate safety release...... 4-26 Key positions ...... 6-6 Opening the liftgate ...... 4-25 Ignition switch position ...... 6-6 Light bulbs ...... 8-84 Illuminated ignition switch ...... 6-6 Back-up lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-93 Starting the hybrid system ...... 6-7 Bulb replacement precaution ...... 8-84 Fog lamp/DRL bulb replacement...... 8-90 Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-89 Headlamp (HID type) bulb replacement ...... 8-87 Headlamp (High/Low beam) bulb replacement. . . . 8-88

I 6 Index

Headlamp (LED type) replacement ...... 8-88 M High mounted stop lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-93 License plate lamp bulb replacement...... 8-94 Maintenance services ...... 8-5 Liftgate room lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-97 Owner maintenance precautions ...... 8-6 Light bulb position (Front)...... 8-85 Owner’s responsibility ...... 8-5 Light bulb position (Rear) ...... 8-86 Mirrors ...... 4-48 Light bulb position (Side) ...... 8-87 Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-48 Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ...... 8-95 Outside rearview mirror ...... 4-50 Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ...... 8-95 Room lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement...... 8-96 O Room lamp (LED type) bulb replacement...... 8-97 Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 8-94 Owner maintenance ...... 8-7 Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 8-93 Owner maintenance schedule...... 8-7 Stop and tail lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-90 Tail lamp (inside) bulb replacement...... 8-92 P Vanity mirror lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-95 Lighting...... 4-116 Parking assist system ...... 4-110 Battery saver function ...... 4-116 Non-operational conditions of parking Check headlight ...... 4-120 assist system...... 4-112 Daytime running light ...... 4-116 Operation of the parking assist system ...... 4-110 Front fog light ...... 4-120 Self-diagnosis...... 4-114 Headlight escort function ...... 4-116 Parking brake ...... 8-30 High beam operation ...... 4-118 Checking the parking brake ...... 8-30 Lighting control ...... 4-117 Turn signals and lane change signals...... 4-119 Luggage volume ...... 9-6

I 7 Index

R Seat belt precautions ...... 3-29 Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-20 Rear parking assist system ...... 4-107 Smart Cruise Control system (SCC) ...... 6-52 Non-operational conditions of rear parking Limitations of the system...... 6-62 assist system...... 4-108 Speed setting (SCC)...... 6-53 Operation of the rear parking assist system...... 4-107 To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control . . 6-61 Rear parking assist system precautions ...... 4-109 To convert to cruise control mode ...... 6-61 Self-diagnosis...... 4-109 Vehicle to vehicle distance setting (SCC) ...... 6-58 Rearview camera...... 4-115 Smart key ...... 4-11 Recommended lubricants and capacities ...... 9-7 Battery replacement ...... 4-14 Recommended SAE viscosity number...... 9-9 Loss of the smart key ...... 4-13 Road warning ...... 7-2 Record your key number ...... 4-11 Hazard warning flasher ...... 7-2 Smart key function ...... 4-11 Smart key immobilizer system...... 4-15 S Smart key precautions ...... 4-14 Special driving conditions ...... 6-91 Scheduled maintenance service ...... 8-9 Driving at night ...... 6-94 Seat ...... 3-4 Driving in flooded areas...... 6-95 Driver position memory system (For power seat) . . . 3-9 Driving in the rain ...... 6-94 Front seat adjustment - manual ...... 3-7 Driving off-road ...... 6-95 Front seat adjustment - power ...... 3-8 Hazardous driving conditions ...... 6-91 Headrest (For front seat) ...... 3-11 Highway driving...... 6-95 Rear seat adjustment ...... 3-14 Reducing the risk of a rollover...... 6-91 Seatback pocket ...... 3-14 Rocking the vehicle ...... 6-93 Seat belts...... 3-20 Smooth cornering...... 6-93 Care of seat belts ...... 3-31 Steering wheel ...... 4-44 Pre-tensioner seat belt ...... 3-27 Electronic power steering (EPS) ...... 4-44 Heated steering wheel ...... 4-46

I 8 Index

Horn ...... 4-47 Tires and wheels ...... 8-41, 9-4 Tilt and telescopic steering...... 4-45 All season tires ...... 8-53 Storage compartments ...... 4-149 Checking tire inflation pressure ...... 8-42 Center console storage ...... 4-149 Low aspect ratio tire...... 8-55 Glove box ...... 4-149 Radial-ply tires...... 8-54 Luggage box...... 4-151 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures...... 8-41 Sunglass holder ...... 4-150 Snow tires...... 8-54 Sunroof ...... 4-39 Summer tires ...... 8-53 Resetting the sunroof ...... 4-43 Tire care ...... 8-41 Sliding the sunroof...... 4-40 Tire maintenance ...... 8-46 Sunroof open warning ...... 4-40 Tire pressure...... 8-42 Sunshade...... 4-42 Tire replacement...... 8-45 Tilting the sunroof ...... 4-42 Tire rotation ...... 8-43 Tire sidewall labeling ...... 8-46 T Tire terminology and definitions ...... 8-50 Tire traction ...... 8-46 Theft-alarm system ...... 4-17 Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 8-44 Armed stage ...... 4-17 Wheel replacement...... 8-45 Disarmed stage...... 4-17 Towing ...... 7-29 Theft-alarm stage ...... 4-18 Emergency towing ...... 7-31 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)...... 7-12 Removable towing hook...... 7-30 Changing a tire with TPMS ...... 7-16 Towing service ...... 7-29 Check tire pressure...... 7-12 Trailer towing ...... 6-99 Low tire pressure position telltale ...... 7-14 Low tire pressure telltale ...... 7-14 V Tire specification and pressure label ...... 9-10 Vehicle break-in process...... 1-5 Vehicle certification label ...... 9-11

I 9 Index

Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ...... 1-6 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 4-145 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ...... 9-10 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-145 Vehicle load limit ...... 6-99 Defogging logic ...... 4-146 Certification label...... 6-102 Winter driving...... 6-96 Tire and loading information label...... 6-99 Carry emergency equipment ...... 6-98 Vehicle weight ...... 6-103 Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary ...... 6-97 Base curb weight ...... 6-103 Check battery and cables ...... 6-97 Cargo weight ...... 6-103 Check spark plugs and ignition system ...... 6-97 GAW (Gross Axle Weight)...... 6-103 Don’t let your parking brake freeze...... 6-98 GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) ...... 6-103 Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . . 6-98 GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) ...... 6-103 Snowy or icy conditions...... 6-96 GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) ...... 6-103 To keep locks from freezing...... 6-98 Vehicle curb weight ...... 6-103 Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system...... 6-98 W Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant...... 6-97 Wiper blades ...... 8-35 Warning and indicator lights...... 4-94 Blade inspection...... 8-35 Indicator lights ...... 4-102 Blade replacement ...... 8-35 Warning lights ...... 4-94 Wipers and washers ...... 4-121 Washer fluid ...... 8-29 Front windshield washers...... 4-122 Checking the washer fluid level...... 8-29 Rear window wiper and washer switch ...... 4-123 Welcome system ...... 4-128 Windshield wipers ...... 4-121 Headlight (Headlamp) escort function...... 4-128 Interior light ...... 4-128 Pocket lamp ...... 4-128 Windows ...... 4-27 Power windows ...... 4-28

I 10